<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>50</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Wildlife and Fisheries</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>3</VOL>
    <DATE>1998-10-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>1998-10-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE>FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA</TITLE>
    <GRANULENUM>679</GRANULENUM>
    <HEADING>PART 679</HEADING>
    <ANCESTORS>
      <PARENT HEADING="" SEQ="1"/>
    </ANCESTORS>
  </FDSYS>
  <PART>
    <EAR>Pt. 679</EAR>
    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA</HD>
    <CONTENTS>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>679.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Relation to other laws.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Permits.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Experimental fisheries.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Facilitation of enforcement.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.9</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Penalties.</SUBJECT>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Management Measures</HD>
        <SECTNO>679.20</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>General limitations.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.21</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibited species bycatch management.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.22</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Closures.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.23</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Seasons.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.24</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Gear limitations.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.25</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Inseason adjustments.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.26</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibited Species Donation Program.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.27</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Improved Retention/Improved Utilization Program.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.28</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Equipment and operational requirements for catch weight measurement.</SUBJECT>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program</HD>
        <SECTNO>679.30</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>General CDQ regulations.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.31</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>CDQ reserves.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.32</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Groundfish and halibut CDQ catch monitoring.</SUBJECT>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures</HD>
        <SECTNO>679.40</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Sablefish and halibut QS.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.41</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Transfer of quota shares and IFQ.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.42</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Limitations on use of QS and IFQ.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.43</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Determinations and appeals.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>679.44</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Penalties.</SUBJECT>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Groundfish Observer Program</HD>
        <SECTNO>679.50</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Groundfish Observer Program.</SUBJECT>
        <APP>Appendix A to Part 679—Performance and Technical Requirements for Scales Used To Weigh Catch at Sea in the Groundfish Fisheries Off Alaska</APP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figures—Part 679</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 1—BSAI Statistical and Reporting Areas</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 2—BSAI Catcher Vessel Operational Area</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 3—Gulf of Alaska Statistical and Reporting Areas</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 4—Herring Savings Areas in the BSAI</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 5—Kodiak Island Areas Closed to Nonpelagic Trawl Gear</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 6—Length Overall of a Vessel</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 7—Location of Trawl Gear Test Areas in the GOA and the BSAI</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 8—Chinook Salmon Savings Areas</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 9—Chum Savings Area (CSSA) of the CVOA</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 10—Pribilof Islands Area Habitat Conservation Zone</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 11—Red King Crab Savings Area (RKCSA)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 12—Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure Area</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 13—BSAI C. Opilio Tanner Crab Bycatch Limitations Zone</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 14—Sablefish Regulatory Areas</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Figure 15—Regulatory Areas for the Pacific Halibut Fishery</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Tables—Part 679</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 1—Product Codes</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 2—Species Codes</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 3—Product Recovery Rates for Groundfish Species and Conversion Rates for Pacific Halibut</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 4—Bering Sea Subarea Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 5—Aleutian Islands Subarea Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 6—Gulf of Alaska Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</FP>

        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 7—Communities Determined to be Eligible to Apply for Community Development Quotas<PRTPAGE P="436"/>
        </FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 8—Harvest Zone Codes for Use with Product Transfer Reports and Vessel Activity Reports</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 9—Required Logbooks, Reports, and Forms from Participants in the Federal Groundfish Fisheries</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 10—Current Gulf of Alaska Retainable Percentages</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Table 11—Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area Retainable Percentages</FP>
      </SUBPART>
    </CONTENTS>
    <AUTH>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
      <P>16 U.S.C. 773 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 1801 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> and 3631 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
      </P>
    </AUTH>
    <SOURCE>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
      <P>61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
    </SOURCE>
    <EDNOTE>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Editorial Notes:</HD>
      <P>1. Nomenclature changes to part 679 appear at 61 FR 56438, Nov. 1, 1996, and 62 FR 2047, Jan. 15, 1997.</P>
      <P>2. At 63 FR 47355, Sept. 4, 1998, part 679 was amended, effective Oct. 5, 1998. The superseded text of the amended sections remaining in effect until Oct. 5, 1998, appears in the Oct. 1, 1997 revision of title 50 parts 600-End.</P>
      <P>3. See 63 FR 64878, Nov. 24, 1998, for a document correcting amendments to part 679 originally published at 63 FR 52642, Oct. 1, 1998.</P>
    </EDNOTE>
    <SUBPART>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 679.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>Regulations in this part were developed by the Council under the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Along with part 600 of this chapter, these regulations implement the following:</P>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska</E>. (1) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for groundfish in the GOA by vessels of the United States (see subparts A, B, D, and E of this part).</P>
        <P>(2) The following State of Alaska regulations are not preempted by this part for vessels regulated under this part fishing for demersal shelf rockfish in the Southeast Outside District, and which are registered under the laws of the State of Alaska: 5 AAC 28.110, fishing seasons; 5 AAC 28.130, gear; 5 AAC 28.160, harvest guidelines; 5 AAC 28.190, harvest of bait by commercial permit holders.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Fishery Management Plan for the Groundfish Fishery of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area</E>. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for groundfish in the BSAI by vessels of the United States (see subparts A, B, C, D, and E of this part).</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Moratorium on entry (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>. Regulations in this part govern a moratorium on the entry of new vessels in the commercial fisheries for groundfish in the GOA and BSAI and in the commercial fisheries for king and Tanner crabs in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area (see subparts A and D of this part).</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">IFQ Program for sablefish and halibut.</E> The IFQ management plan for the commercial fisheries that use fixed gear to harvest sablefish and halibut (see subparts A, B, D, and E of this part).</P>
        <P>(1) <E T="03">Sablefish.</E> (i) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for sablefish by vessels of the United States:</P>
        <P>(A) Using fixed gear within that portion of the GOA and the BSAI over which the United States exercises exclusive fishery management authority; and</P>
        <P>(B) Using fixed gear in waters of the State of Alaska adjacent to the BSAI and the GOA, provided that such fishing is conducted by persons who have been issued permits under § 679.4.</P>
        <P>(ii) Regulations in this part do not govern commercial fishing for sablefish in Prince William Sound or under a State of Alaska limited entry program.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Halibut</E>. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for halibut by vessels of the United States using fixed gear, as that term is defined in 50 CFR 679.2, in and off of Alaska.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Western Alaska CDQ Program.</E> The goals and purpose of the CDQ program are to allocate CDQ to eligible Western Alaska communities to provide the means for starting or supporting commercial fisheries business activities that will result in an ongoing, regionally based, fisheries-related economy.</P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Groundfish Observer Program</E> (Applicable through December 31, 1997). Regulations in this part govern elements of the Groundfish Observer Program for the BSAI groundfish and GOA groundfish fisheries under the Council's authority (see subpart E of this part).</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Fishery Management Plan for the Commercial King and Tanner Crab Fisheries in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area</E>. Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for king and <PRTPAGE P="437"/>Tanner crab in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area by vessels of the United States, including regulations superseding State of Alaska regulations applicable to the commercial king and Tanner crab fisheries in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area EEZ that are determined to be inconsistent with the FMP (see subparts A, B, and E of this part).</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">Fishery Management Plan for the Scallop Fishery off Alaska</E>. (1) Regulations in this part govern commercial fishing for scallops in the Federal waters off Alaska by vessels of the United States (see subpart A of this part).</P>
        <P>(2) State of Alaska laws and regulations that are consistent with the FMP and with the regulations in this part apply to vessels of the United States that are fishing for scallops in the Federal waters off Alaska.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Fishery Management Plan for the High Seas Salmon  Fishery off the Coast of Alaska East of 175 Degrees East Longitude (Salmon FMP)</E>. Regulations in this part govern fishing for salmon by fishing vessels of the United States in the EEZ seaward of Alaska east of 175° E. long., referred to as the High Seas Salmon Management Area.</P>
        <P>(j) <E T="03">License Limitation Program</E>. (1) Regulations in this part implement the license limitation program for the commercial groundfish fisheries in the EEZ off Alaska and for the commercial crab fisheries in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area.</P>
        <P>(2) Regulations in this part govern the commercial fishing for license limitation groundfish by vessels of the United States using authorized gear within the GOA and the BSAI and the commercial fishing for crab species by vessels of the United States using authorized gear within the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area.</P>
        <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 38103, July 23, 1996; 61 FR 56429, Nov. 1, 1996; 62 FR 2045, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 19687, Apr. 23, 1997; 62 FR 59298, Nov. 3, 1997; 63 FR 30398, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 38502, July 17, 1998; 63 FR 52652, Oct. 1, 1998]</CITA>
        <EFFDNOT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
          <P>At 63 FR 52652, Oct. 1, 1998, § 679.1 was amended by adding paragraph (j), effective Jan. 1, 2000.</P>
        </EFFDNOT>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 679.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>In addition to the definitions in the Magnuson-Stevens Act and in part 600 of this chapter, the terms used in this part have the following meanings:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Active/inactive periods</E>—(1) <E T="03">Active periods</E>—(i) <E T="03">Catcher vessel</E>. An active period for a catcher vessel means a period of time when the catcher vessel is in a reporting area (except 300, 400, 550, or 690) or gear remains on the grounds in a reporting area (except 300, 400, 550, or 690), regardless of the vessel location.</P>
        <P>(ii) <E T="03">Shoreside processor, mothership, catcher/processor, and buying station.</E> An active period for a shoreside processor, mothership, catcher/processor, and buying station means a period of time when checked in.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Inactive periods</E>—(i) <E T="03">Catcher vessel</E>. An inactive period for a catcher vessel means any period that does not qualify as an active period.</P>
        <P>(ii) <E T="03">Shoreside processor, mothership, catcher/processor, or buying station</E>. An inactive period for a shoreside processor, mothership, catcher/processor, or buying station means a period of time when not checked in.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Adequate evidence,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means information sufficient to support the reasonable belief that a particular act or omission has occurred.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">ADF&amp;G</E> means the State of Alaska Department of Fish and Game.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affiliates,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means business concerns, organizations, or individuals are affiliates of each other if, directly or indirectly, either one controls or has the power to control the other, or a third party controls or has the power to control both. Indicators of control include, but are not limited to, interlocking management or ownership, identity of interests among family members, shared facilities and equipment, common use of employees, or a business entity organized following the decertification, suspension, or proposed decertification of an observer contractor that has the same or similar management, ownership, or principal employees as the observer contractor that was decertified, suspended, or proposed for decertification.<PRTPAGE P="438"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Alaska local time (A.l.t.)</E> means the current Alaska time, either daylight savings time or standard time.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Alaska State waters</E> means waters adjacent to the State of Alaska and shoreward of the EEZ off Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Aleutian Islands Subarea (AI)</E> of the BSAI means that portion of the EEZ contained in Statistical Areas 541, 542, and 543 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Ancillary product</E> means a product, such as meal, heads, internal organs, pectoral girdles, or any other product that may be made from the same fish as the primary product.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Area endorsement</E> means a designation on a license that authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the designated area, subarea, or district. Area endorsements, which are inclusive of, but not necessarily the same as, management  areas, subareas, or districts defined in this part, are as follows:</P>
        <P>(1) Aleutian Islands area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Aleutian Islands Subarea;</P>
        <P>(2) Bering Sea area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Bering Sea Subarea;</P>
        <P>(3) Central Gulf area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Central Area of the Gulf of Alaska and the West Yakutat District;</P>
        <P>(4) Southeast Outside area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Southeast Outside District; and</P>
        <P>(5) Western Gulf area endorsement. Authorizes the license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the Western Area of the Gulf of Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Area/species endorsement</E> means a designation on a license that authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for the designated crab species in Federal waters in the designated area. Area/species endorsements for crab species licenses are as follows:</P>
        <P>(1) Aleutian Islands brown king in waters with an eastern boundary the longitude of Scotch Cap Light (164° 44’ W. long.), a western boundary of the U.S.-Russian Convention Line of 1867, and a northern boundary of a line from the latitude of Cape Sarichef (54° 36’ N. lat.) westward to 171° W. long., then north to 55° 30’ N. lat., then west to the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867.</P>
        <P>(2) Aleutian Islands red king in waters with an eastern boundary the longitude of Scotch Cap Light (164° 44’ W. long.), a western boundary of the U.S.-Russian Convention Line of 1867, and a northern boundary of a line from the latitude of Cape Sarichef (54° 36’ N. lat.) westward to 171° W. long., then north to 55° 30’ N. lat., and then west to the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867.</P>
        <P>(3) Bristol Bay red king in waters with a northern boundary of 58° 39’ N. lat., a southern boundary of 54° 36’ N. lat., and a western boundary of 168° W. long. and including all waters of Bristol Bay.</P>
        <P>(4) Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area <E T="03">C.</E>
          <E T="03">opilio</E> and <E T="03">C.</E>
          <E T="03">bairdi</E> in Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea waters east of the U.S.-Russian Convention Line of 1867, excluding all Pacific Ocean waters east of a boundary line extending south (180°) from Scotch Cap Light.</P>
        <P>(5) Norton Sound red king and Norton Sound blue king in waters with a western boundary of 168° W. long., a southern boundary of 61° 49’ N. lat., and a northern boundary of 65° 36’ N. lat.</P>
        <P>(6) Pribilof red king and Pribilof blue king in waters with a northern boundary of 58° 39’ N. lat., an eastern boundary of 168° W. long., a southern boundary line from 54° 36’ N. lat., 168° W.  long., to 54° 36’ N. lat., 171° W. long., to 55° 30’ N. lat., 171° W. long., to 55° 30’ N. lat., 173° 30’ E. lat., and then westward to the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867.</P>
        <P>(7) St. Matthew blue king in waters with a northern boundary of 61° 49’ N. lat., a southern boundary of 58° 39’ N. lat., and a western boundary of the U.S.-Russian Convention line of 1867.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Authorized distributor</E> means a tax-exempt organization authorized by NMFS to coordinate the processing, storage, <PRTPAGE P="439"/>transportation, and distribution of salmon taken as bycatch in the groundfish trawl fisheries to tax-exempt hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, and food bank distributors.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Authorized fishing gear</E> means, fixed gear, hook-and-line, jig, longline, longline pot, nonpelagic trawl, nontrawl, pelagic trawl, pot-and-line, trawl, hand troll gear, and power troll gear:</P>
        <P>(1) <E T="03">Fixed gear</E> means:</P>
        <P>(i) For sablefish harvested from any GOA reporting area, all hook-and-line gear and, for purposes of determining initial IFQ allocation, all pot gear used to make a legal landing.</P>
        <P>(ii) For sablefish harvested from any BSAI reporting area, all hook-and-line gear and all pot gear.</P>
        <P>(iii) For halibut harvested from any IFQ regulatory area, all fishing gear comprised of lines with hooks attached, including one or more stationary, buoyed, and anchored lines with hooks attached.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Hook-and-line</E> means a stationary, buoyed, and anchored line with hooks attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device.</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Jig</E> means a single, non-buoyed, non-anchored line with hooks attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device.</P>
        <P>(4) <E T="03">Longline</E> means a stationary, buoyed, and anchored line with hooks or two or more groundfish pots attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device.</P>
        <P>(5) <E T="03">Longline pot</E> means a stationary, buoyed, and anchored line with two or more pots attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device.</P>
        <P>(6) <E T="03">Nonpelagic trawl</E> means a trawl other than a pelagic trawl.</P>
        <P>(7) <E T="03">Nontrawl</E> means hook-and-line, jig, longline, and pot-and-line gear.</P>
        <P>(8) <E T="03">Pelagic trawl</E> means a trawl that:</P>
        <P>(i) Has no discs, bobbins, or rollers;</P>
        <P>(ii) Has no chafe protection gear attached to the footrope or fishing line;</P>
        <P>(iii) Except for the small mesh allowed under paragraph (9)(ix) of this definition:</P>
        <P>(A) Has no mesh tied to the fishing line, headrope, and breast lines with less than 20 inches (50.8 cm) between knots and has no stretched mesh size of less than 60 inches (152.4 cm) aft from all points on the fishing line, headrope, and breast lines and extending past the fishing circle for a distance equal to or greater than one half the vessel's LOA; or</P>
        <P>(B) Has no parallel lines spaced closer than 64 inches (162.6 cm) from all points on the fishing line, headrope, and breast lines and extending aft to a section of mesh, with no stretched mesh size of less than 60 inches (152.4 cm) extending aft for a distance equal to or greater than one half the vessel's LOA;</P>
        <P>(iv) Has no stretched mesh size less than 15 inches (38.1 cm) aft of the mesh described in paragraph (9)(iii) of this definition for a distance equal to or greater than one half the vessel's LOA;</P>
        <P>(v) Contains no configuration intended to reduce the stretched mesh sizes described in paragraphs (9)(iii) and (iv) of this definition;</P>
        <P>(vi) Has no flotation other than floats capable of providing up to 200 lb (90.7 kg) of buoyancy to accommodate the use of a net-sounder device;</P>
        <P>(vii) Has no more than one fishing line and one footrope for a total of no more than two weighted lines on the bottom of the trawl between the wing tip and the fishing circle;</P>
        <P>(viii) Has no metallic component except for connectors (e.g., hammerlocks or swivels) or a net-sounder device aft of the fishing circle and forward of any mesh greater than 5.5 inches (14.0 cm) stretched measure;</P>
        <P>(ix) May have small mesh within 32 ft (9.8 m) of the center of the headrope as needed for attaching instrumentation (e.g., net-sounder device); and</P>
        <P>(x) May have weights on the wing tips.</P>
        <P>(9) <E T="03">Pot-and-line</E> means a stationary, buoyed line with a single pot attached, or the taking of fish by means of such a device.</P>
        <P>(10) <E T="03">Trawl</E> has the meaning specified in § 600.10 of this chapter. For purposes of this part, this definition includes, but is not limited to, Danish seines and otter trawls.</P>
        <P>(11) <E T="03">Hand troll gear</E> means, for purposes of the High Seas Salmon Fishery, one or more lines with lures or hooks attached, drawn through the water behind a moving vessel, and retrieved by hand or hand-cranked reels or gurdies <PRTPAGE P="440"/>and not by any electrically, hydraulically, or mechanically-powered device or attachment.</P>
        <P>(12) <E T="03">Power troll gear</E> means, for purposes of the High Seas Salmon Fishery, one or more lines, with hooks or lures attached, drawn through the water behind a moving vessel, and originating from a power gurdy or power-driven spool fastened to the vessel, the extension or retraction of which is directly to the gurdy or spool.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Basis species</E> means any species or species group that is open to directed fishing that the vessel is authorized to harvest.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area</E>, for purposes of regulations governing the commercial King and Tanner crab fisheries, means those waters of the EEZ off the west coast of Alaska lying south of Point Hope (68°21′ N. lat), and extending south of the Aleutian Islands for 200 nm west of Scotch Cap Light (164°44′36″ W. long).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (BSAI)</E>, for purposes of regulations governing the groundfish fisheries, means the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands subareas (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bering Sea Subarea of the BSAI</E> means that portion of the EEZ contained in Statistical Areas 508, 509, 512, 513, 514, 516, 517, 518, 519, 521, 523, 524, and 530 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bled codend</E> means a form of discard by vessels using trawl gear wherein some or all of the fish are emptied into the sea from the net before fish are brought fully on board.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bogoslof District</E> means that part of the Bering Sea Subarea contained in Statistical Area 518 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Breast line</E> means the rope or wire running along the forward edges of the side panels of a net, or along the forward edge of the side rope in a rope trawl.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Briefing</E> means a short (usually 2-4 day) training session that observers must complete to fulfill certification requirements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Buying station</E> means a person or tender vessel that receives unprocessed groundfish from a vessel for delivery to a shoreside processor or mothership and that does not process those fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bycatch Limitation Zone 1 (Zone 1)</E> means that part of the Bering Sea Subarea that is contained within the boundaries of Statistical Areas 508, 509, 512, and 516 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bycatch Limitation Zone 2 (Zone 2)</E> means that part of the Bering Sea Subarea that is contained within the boundaries of Statistical Areas 513, 517, and 521 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bycatch rate</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) For purposes of § 679.21(f) with respect to halibut, means the ratio of the total round weight of halibut, in kilograms, to the total round weight, in metric tons, of groundfish for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20 while participating in any of the fisheries defined under § 679.21(f).</P>
        <P>(2) For purposes of § 679.21(f) with respect to red king crab, means the ratio of number of red king crab to the total round weight, in metric tons, of BSAI groundfish for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20 while participating in the BSAI yellowfin sole and BSAI “other trawl” fisheries, as defined under § 679.21(f).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Bycatch species</E> means any species or species group for which a maximum retainable bycatch amount is calculated.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catch</E> (see 50 CFR 600.10.)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catcher/processor</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) With respect to groundfish recordkeeping and reporting, a vessel that is used for catching fish and processing that fish.</P>
        <P>(2) (Applicable through December 31, 1998). With respect to moratorium groundfish or crab species, a vessel that can be used as a catcher vessel and that can process or prepare fish to render it suitable for human consumption, industrial use, or long-term storage, including, but not limited to, cooking, canning, smoking, salting, drying, freezing, and rendering into meal or oil, but not including heading and gutting unless additional preparation is done.</P>
        <P>(3) With respect to subpart E of this part, a processor vessel that is used for, or equipped to be used for, catching fish and processing that fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catcher/processor vessel designation</E> means, for purposes of the license limitation program, a license designation that authorizes the license holder:<PRTPAGE P="441"/>
        </P>
        <P>(1) Designated on a groundfish license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish and process license limitation groundfish on that vessel or to conduct only directed fishing for license limitation groundfish; or</P>
        <P>(2) Designated on a crab species license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for crab species and process crab species on that vessel or to conduct only directed fishing for crab species.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catcher vessel</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) With respect to groundfish recordkeeping and reporting, the PSD program and subpart E of this part, a vessel that is used for catching fish and that does not process fish on board.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catcher vessel designation</E> means, for purposes of the license limitation program, a license designation that authorizes the license holder:</P>
        <P>(1) Designated on a groundfish license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for, but not process, license limitation groundfish on that vessel; or</P>
        <P>(2) Designated on a crab species license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for, but not process, crab species on that vessel.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Catcher Vessel Operational Area (CVOA)</E> (see Figure 2 of this part and § 679.22(a)(5)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">CBL</E> means crab bycatch limit.</P>
        <P>CDQ <E T="03">allocation</E> means a percentage of a CDQ reserve under § 679.31 that is assigned to a CDQ group when NMFS approves a proposed CDP.</P>
        <P>CDQ <E T="03">group</E> means a qualified applicant with an approved CDP.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">CDQ number</E> means a number assigned to a CDQ group by NMFS that must be used on all reports submitted by the CDQ group or by vessels and processors catching CDQ or PSQ under an approved CDP.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">CDQ project</E> means any program that is funded by a CDQ group's assets for the economic or social development of a community or group of communities that are participating in a CDQ group, including, but not limited to, infrastructure development, CDQ investments, employment and training programs, and CDP administration.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">CDQ representative</E> means the individual who is the official contact for NMFS regarding all matters relating to a CDQ group's activities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">CDQ species</E> means any species or species group that has been assigned to a CDQ reserve under § 679.31.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Central Aleutian District</E> means that part of the Aleutian Islands Subarea contained in Statistical Area 542 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Central Gulf or GOA Central Regulatory Area</E> means that portion of the GOA EEZ that is contained in Statistical Areas 620 and 630 (see Figure 3 to this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Chief, RAM Division</E> means Chief of the Restricted Access Management Division, NMFS, Alaska Region.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Chinook Salmon Savings Area of the BSAI</E> (see § 679.21(e)(7)(vii)(B)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Chum Salmon Savings Area of the BSAI CVOA</E> (see § 679.21(e)(7)(vi)(B)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Civil judgment,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a judgment or finding of a civil offense by any court of competent jurisdiction.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Clearing officer</E> means a NMFS special agent, a NMFS fishery enforcement officer, or a NMFS enforcement aide who performs the function of clearing vessels at one of the primary ports listed in § 679.5(l)(3)(viii).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Commercial fishing</E>, for purposes of the High Seas Salmon Fishery, means fishing for fish for sale or barter.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Commissioner of ADF&amp;G</E> means the principal executive officer of ADF&amp;G.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Community Development Plan</E> (CDP) means a business plan for the economic and social development of a specific Western Alaska community or group of communities under the CDQ program at § 679.30.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Community Development Quota</E> (CDQ) means the amount of a CDQ species established under § 679.31, in metric tons, that is allocated to the CDQ program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Community Development Quota Program (CDQ Program) (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means the Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program implemented under subpart C of this part.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Community Development Quota Reserve (CDQ Reserve) (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means a percentage of the TAC for a particular management area for pollock, halibut, or hook-and-line sablefish that has been set aside for purposes of the CDQ program.<PRTPAGE P="442"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Conviction,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a judgment or conviction of a criminal offense by any court of competent jurisdiction, whether entered upon a verdict or a plea, and includes a conviction entered upon a plea of nolo contendere.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">C. Opilio Crab Bycatch Limitation Zone (COBLZ)</E> (see §679.21(e) and Figure 13 to this part.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Council</E> means North Pacific Fishery Management Council.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Daily reporting period or day</E> is the period from 0001 hours, A.l.t., until the following 2400 hours, A.l.t.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Crab species</E> means all crab species covered by the Fishery Management Plan for the Commercial King and Tanner Crab Fisheries in the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands, including, but not limited to, red king crab (<E T="03">Paralithodes</E>
          <E T="03">camtschatica</E>), blue king crab (<E T="03">Paralithodes</E>
          <E T="03">platypus</E>), brown or golden king crab (<E T="03">Lithodes</E>
          <E T="03">aequispina</E>), scarlet or deep sea king crab (<E T="03">Lithodes</E>
          <E T="03">couesi</E>), Tanner or bairdi crab (<E T="03">Chionoecetes</E>
          <E T="03">bairdi</E>), opilio or snow crab (<E T="03">Chionoecetes</E>
          <E T="03">opilio</E>), grooved Tanner crab (<E T="03">Chionoecetes</E>
          <E T="03">tanneri</E>), and triangle Tanner crab (<E T="03">Chionoecetes</E>
          <E T="03">angulatus</E>).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Crab species license</E> means a license issued by NMFS that authorizes the license holder designated on the license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for crab species.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Debriefing</E> means the post-deployment process that includes a one-on-one interview with NMFS staff, a NMFS preliminary data review, observer completion of all data corrections noted, observer preparation of affidavits and reports, and completion of tasks related to biological specimens or special projects.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Decertification,</E> as used in § 679.50(j), means action taken by a decertifying official under § 679.50(j)(7) to revoke indefinitely certification of observers or observer contractors under this section; an observer or observer contractor whose certification is so revoked is decertified.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Decertifying official,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to impose decertification.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Deep water flatfish</E> (see annual final specifications published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to §679.20(c).)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Deployment</E> means the period between an observer's arrival at the point of embarkation and the date the observer disembarks for travel to debriefing.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Direct financial interest</E> means any source of income to, or capital investment or other interest held by, an individual, partnership, or corporation or an individual's spouse, immediate family member or parent that could be influenced by performance or non-performance of observer or observer contractor duties.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Directed fishing</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) With respect to groundfish recordkeeping and reporting, any fishing activity that results in the retention of an amount of a species or species group on board a vessel that is greater than the maximum retainable bycatch amount for that species or species group as calculated under § 679.20.</P>
        <P>(2) (Applicable through December 31, 1998). With respect to moratorium groundfish species, directed fishing as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition, or, with respect to moratorium crab species, the catching and retaining of any moratorium crab species.</P>
        <P>(3) With respect to license limitation groundfish species, directed fishing as defined in paragraph (1) of this definition, or, with respect to license limitation crab species, the catching and retaining of any license limitation crab species.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Discard</E> (see §600.10.)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Dockside sale</E> means the transfer of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from the person who harvested it to individuals for personal consumption, and not for resale.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Documented harvest</E> means a lawful harvest that was recorded in compliance with Federal and state commercial fishing regulations in effect at the time of harvesting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Donut Hole</E> means the international waters of the Bering Sea outside the limits of the EEZ and Russian economic zone as depicted on the current edition of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Eastern Aleutian District</E> means that part of the Aleutian Islands Subarea contained in Statistical Area 541 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Eastern Gulf or GOA Eastern Regulatory Area</E> means the Reporting Areas <PRTPAGE P="443"/>649 and 659 and that portion of the GOA EEZ that is contained in Statistical Areas 640 and 650 (see Figure 3 to this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Eligible applicant</E> means a qualified person who submitted an application during the application period announced by NMFS and:</P>
        <P>(1) Who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, from which the minimum number of documented harvests of license limitation groundfish or crab species were made in the relevant areas during the qualifying periods specified in § 679.4(i)(4) and (i)(5), unless the fishing history of that vessel was transferred in conformance with the provisions in paragraph (2) of this definition; or</P>
        <P>(2) To whom the fishing history of a vessel from which the minimum number of documented harvests of license limitation groundfish or crab species were made in the relevant areas during the qualifying periods specified in § 679.4(i)(4) and (i)(5) has been transferred or retained by the express terms of a written contract that clearly and unambiguously provides that the qualifications for a license under the LLP have been transferred or retained; or</P>
        <P>(3) Who was an individual who held a State of Alaska permit for the Norton Sound king crab summer fishery in 1993 and 1994, and who made at least one harvest of red or blue king crab in the relevant area during the period specified in § 679.4(i)(5)(ii)(G), or a corporation that owned or leased a vessel on June 17, 1995, that made at least one harvest of red or blue king crab in the relevant area during the period in § 679.4(i)(5)(ii)(G), and that was operated by an individual who was an employee or a temporary contractor; or</P>
        <P>(4) Who is an individual that can demonstrate eligibility pursuant to the provisions of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 at 29 U.S.C. 794(a).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Eligible community</E> means a community that is listed in Table 7 to this part or that meets all of the following requirements:</P>
        <P>(1) The community is located within 50 nm from the baseline from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured along the Bering Sea coast from the Bering Strait to the most western of the Aleutian Islands, or on an island within the Bering Sea. A community is not eligible if it is located on the GOA coast of the North Pacific Ocean, even if it is within 50 nm of the baseline of the Bering Sea.</P>
        <P>(2) That is certified by the Secretary of the Interior pursuant to the Native Claims Settlement Act (Pub. L. 92-203) to be a native village.</P>
        <P>(3) Whose residents conduct more than half of their current commercial or subsistence fishing effort in the waters of the BSAI.</P>
        <P>(4) That has not previously developed harvesting or processing capability sufficient to support substantial groundfish fisheries participation in the BSAI, unless the community can show that benefits from an approved CDP would be the only way to realize a return from previous investments. The community of Unalaska is excluded under this provision.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Federal waters</E> means waters within the EEZ off Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fish product weight</E> means the weight of the fish product in pounds or to at least the nearest thousandth of a metric ton (0.001 mt). Fish product weight is based upon the number of production units and the weight of those units. Production units include pans, cartons, blocks, trays, cans, bags, and individual fresh or frozen fish. The weight of a production unit is the average weight of representative samples of the product, and, for fish other than fresh fish, may include additives or water but not packaging. Any allowance for water added cannot exceed 5 percent of the gross product weight (fish, additives, and water).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishermen</E> means persons who catch, take, or harvest fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishing circle</E> means the circumference of a trawl intersecting the center point on a fishing line, and that is perpendicular to the long axis of a trawl.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishing day</E> means a 24-hour period, from 0001 hours A.l.t. through 2400 hours A.l.t., in which fishing gear is retrieved and groundfish are retained. Days during which a vessel only delivers unsorted codends to a processor are not fishing days.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishing line</E> means a length of chain or wire rope in the bottom front end of a trawl to which the webbing or lead ropes are attached.<PRTPAGE P="444"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishing month</E> refers to a time period calculated on the basis of weekly reporting periods as follows: Each fishing month begins on the first day of the first weekly reporting period that has at least 4 days in the associated calendar month and ends on the last day of the last weekly reporting period that has at least 4 days in that same calendar month. Dates of each fishing month will be announced in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> published under § 679.21(f)(5).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishing trip</E> means: (1) <E T="03">Groundfish directed fishing closures or the UR/IU Program.</E> With respect to groundfish directed fishing closures or the IR/IU program, an operator of a vessel is engaged in a fishing trip from the time the harvesting, receiving, or processing of groundfish is begun or resumed in an area until:</P>
        <P>(i) The effective date of a notification prohibiting directed fishing in the same area under § 679.20 or § 679.21;</P>
        <P>(ii) The offload or transfer of all fish or fish product from that vessel;</P>
        <P>(iii) The vessel enters or leaves an area where a different directed fishing prohibition applies; or</P>
        <P>(iv) The end of a weekly reporting period, whichever comes first.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">IFQ program.</E> With respect to the IFQ program, the period beginning when a vessel operator commences harvesting IFQ species and ending when the vessel operator lands any species.</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Groundfish observer program.</E> With respect to subpart E of this part, one of the following periods:</P>
        <P>(i) For a vessel used to process groundfish or a catcher vessel used to deliver groundfish to a monthership, a weekly reporting period during which one or more fishing days occur.</P>
        <P>(ii) For a catcher vessel used to deliver fish to other than a mothership, the time period during which one or more fishing days occur, that starts on the day when fishing gear is first deployed and ends on the day the vessel offloads groundfish, returns to an Alaskan port, or leaves the EEQ off Alaska and adjacent waters of the State of Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fishing year</E> means 0001 hours, A.l.t., on January 1, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., on December 31 (see § 679.23).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fixed gear sablefish and halibut CDQ fishing (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means fishing with fixed gear by an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP that results in the catch of any halibut CDQ or the catch of any sablefish CDQ that accrues against the fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserve.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Food bank distributor</E> means a tax-exempt organization with the primary purpose of distributing food resources to hunger relief agencies.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Food bank network</E> means a tax-exempt organization with the primary purpose of coordinating receipt and delivery of food resources to its member food bank distributors or hunger relief agencies.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Footrope</E> means a chain or wire rope attached to the bottom front end of a trawl and attached to the fishing line.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Forage fish</E> means all species of the following families:</P>
        <P>(1) <E T="03">Osmeridae</E> (eulachon, capelin and other smelts),</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Myctophidae</E> (lanternfishes),</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Bathylagidae</E> (deep-sea smelts),</P>
        <P>(4) <E T="03">Ammodytidae</E> (Pacific sand lance),</P>
        <P>(5) <E T="03">Trichodontidae</E> (Pacific sandfish),</P>
        <P>(6) <E T="03">Pholidae</E> (gunnels),</P>
        <P>(7) <E T="03">Stichaeidae</E> (pricklebacks, warbonnets, eelblennys, cockscombs and shannys),</P>
        <P>(8) <E T="03">Gonostomatidae</E> (bristlemouths, lightfishes, and anglemouths), and</P>
        <P>(9) The Order <E T="03">Euphausiacea</E> (krill).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Gear deployment</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) For trawl gear: Where the trawl gear reaches the fishing level and begins to fish.</P>
        <P>(2) For jig/troll, hook-and-line, or longline gear: Where the gear enters the water.</P>
        <P>(3) For pot-and-line gear: Where the first pot enters the water.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Gear retrieval</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) For trawl gear: Where retrieval of trawl cable commences.</P>
        <P>(2) For jig/troll gear: Where the jig/troll gear leaves the water.</P>
        <P>(3) For hook-and-line or longline pot gear: Where the last hook-and-line or longline pot gear of a set leaves the water, regardless of where the majority of the haul or set took place.</P>

        <P>(4) For pot-and-line gear: Where the last pot of a set leaves the water.<PRTPAGE P="445"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Groundfish</E> means target species and the “other species” category, specified annually pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ fishing (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means fishing by an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP that results in the catch of any CDQ or PSQ species other than pollock CDQ, halibut CDQ, and fixed gear sablefish CDQ.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Groundfish license</E> means a license issued by NMFS that authorizes the license holder designated on the license to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Groundfish product or fish product</E> means any species product listed in Tables 1 and 2 to this part, excluding the prohibited species listed in Table 2 to this part.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Gulf of Alaska (GOA)</E> means that portion of the EEZ contained in Statistical Areas 610, 620, 630, 640, and 650 (see Figure 3 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Halibut</E> means Pacific halibut (<E T="03">Hippoglossus stenolepis</E>).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Halibut CDQ reserve</E> means the amount of the halibut catch limit for IPHC regulatory areas 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E that is reserved for the halibut CDQ program (see § 679.31(b)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Harvesting or to harvest</E> means the catching and retaining of any fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Headrope</E> means a rope bordering the top front end of a trawl.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Herring Savings Area</E> means any of three areas in the BSAI presented in Figure 4 (see also § 679.21(e)(7)(v) for additional closure information).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">High Seas Salmon Management Area</E> means the portion of the EEZ off Alaska east of 175 degrees E. long. The High Seas Salmon Management Area is divided into a West Area and an East Area:</P>
        <P>(1) The <E T="03">West Area</E> consists of the waters of the High Seas Salmon Management Area which are west of 143°53′36″ W. long. (Cape Suckling).</P>
        <P>(2) The <E T="03">East Area</E> consists of the waters of the High Seas Salmon Management Area east of 143°53′36″ W. long.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Hunger relief agency</E> means a tax-exempt organization with the primary purpose of feeding economically disadvantaged individuals free of charge.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Indictment,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means indictment for a criminal offense. An information or other filing by competent authority charging a criminal offense must be given the same effect as an indictment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Individual</E> means a natural person who is not a corporation, partnership, association, or other such entity.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Individual fishing quota (IFQ)</E> means the annual catch limit of sablefish or halibut that may be harvested by a person who is lawfully allocated a harvest privilege for a specific portion of the TAC of sablefish or halibut.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IFQ crew member</E> means any individual who has at least 150 days experience working as part of the harvesting crew in any U.S. commercial fishery, or any individual who receives an initial allocation of QS. For purposes of this definition, “harvesting” means work that is directly related to the catching and retaining of fish. Work in support of harvesting, but not directly involved with harvesting, is not considered harvesting crew work. For example, searching for fish, work on a fishing vessel only as an engineer or cook, or work preparing a vessel for a fishing trip would not be considered work of a harvesting crew.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IFQ halibut</E> means any halibut that is harvested with fixed gear in any IFQ regulatory area.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IFQ landing</E> means the unloading or transferring of any IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or products thereof from the vessel that harvested such fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IFQ regulatory area means:</E>
        </P>

        <P>(1) With respect to IFQ halibut, areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title.</P>
        <P>(2) With respect to IFQ sablefish, any of the three regulatory areas in the GOA and any subarea of the BSAI, and all waters of the State of Alaska between the shore and the inshore boundary of such regulatory areas and subareas, except waters of Prince William Sound and areas in which sablefish fishing is managed under a State of Alaska limited entry program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IFQ sablefish</E> means any sablefish that is harvested with fixed gear, either in the EEZ off Alaska or in waters of the State of Alaska, by persons holding an IFQ permit, but does not include <PRTPAGE P="446"/>sablefish harvested in Prince William Sound or under a State of Alaska limited entry program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Inshore component</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) means the following three categories of the U.S. groundfish fishery that process pollock harvested in a directed fishery for pollock in the GOA or BSAI, or Pacific cod harvested in a directed fishery for Pacific cod in the GOA, or both:</P>
        <P>(1) Shoreside processing operations.</P>
        <P>(2) Vessels less than 125 ft (38.1 m) in LOA, that process no more than 126 mt per week in round-weight equivalents of an aggregate amount of those fish.</P>
        <P>(3) Vessels that process those fish at a single geographic location in Alaska State waters during a fishing year. For the purposes of this definition, NMFS will determine the single geographic location in a fishing year for an individual processor from the geographic coordinates the vessel operator reports on the check-in report (§ 679.5(h)) when that vessel first engages in processing those fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IPHC</E> means International Pacific Halibut Commission (see part 300 of chapter III of this title).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IR/IU</E> means the improved retention/improved utilization program set out at § 679.27.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">IR/IU species</E> means any groundfish species that is regulated by a retention or utilization requirement set out at § 679.27.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">King crab</E> means red king crab (<E T="03">Paralithodes camtschatica</E>), blue king crab (<E T="03">P. platypus</E>), brown (or golden) king crab (<E T="03">Lithodes aequispina</E>), and scarlet (or deep sea) king crab (<E T="03">Lithodes couesi</E>).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Landing</E> means offloading fish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Legal landing</E> means a landing in compliance with Federal and state commercial fishing regulations in effect at the time of landing.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Legal landing of halibut or sablefish</E> (see § 679.40(a)(3)(v)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Legal proceedings,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means any civil judicial proceeding to which the Government is a party or any criminal proceeding. The term includes appeals from such proceedings.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Length overall (LOA)</E> of a vessel means the horizontal distance, rounded to the nearest foot, between the foremost part of the stem and the aftermost part of the stern, excluding bowsprits, rudders, outboard motor brackets, and similar fittings or attachments (see Figure 6 of this part; see also maximum LOA, original qualifying LOA, and reconstruction).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">License holder</E> means the person who is named on a currently valid groundfish license or crab species license.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03"> License limitation groundfish</E> means target species and the “other species” category, specified annually pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2), except that demersal shelf rockfish east of 140° W. longitude and sablefish managed under the IFQ program are not considered license limitation groundfish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Logbook</E> means Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL), Daily Cumulative Logbook (DCL), or a Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL) required by § 679.5.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Lost or destroyed vessel (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means a vessel that has sunk at sea or has been destroyed by fire or other accident and has been reported to the USCG on USCG Form 2692, Report of Marine Casualty.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Management area</E> means any district, regulatory area, subpart, part, or the entire GOA or BSAI.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Manager,</E> with respect to any shoreside processor or land-based buying station, means the individual responsible for the operation of the shoreside processor operation or land-based buying station.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Managing organization</E> means the organization responsible for managing all or part of a CDP.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Maximum LOA</E> (MLOA) means:</P>
        <P>(1) Applicable through December 31, 1998, with respect to a vessel's eligibility for a moratorium permit:</P>
        <P>(i) Except for a vessel under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, if the original qualifying LOA is less than 125 ft (38.1 m)  LOA, 1.2 times the original qualifying LOA or 125 ft (38.1 m), whichever is less.</P>
        <P>(ii) Except for a vessel under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, if the original qualifying LOA is equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m), the original qualifying LOA.</P>

        <P>(iii) For an original qualifying vessel under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, <PRTPAGE P="447"/>the LOA on the date reconstruction was completed, provided that maximum LOA is certified under § 679.4(c)(9).</P>
        <P>(2) With respect to the license limitation program, the LOA of the vessel on June 24, 1992, unless the vessel was less than 125 ft (38.1 m) on June 24, 1992, then 1.2 times the LOA of the vessel on June 24, 1992, or 125 ft (38.1 m), whichever is less. However, if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, then the basis for the MLOA will be the LOA of the vessel on the date that reconstruction was completed and not June 24, 1992. The following exceptions apply regardless of how the MLOA was determined.</P>
        <P>(i) If the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, was less than 60 ft (18.3 m), or if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, and the vessel's LOA on the date that reconstruction was completed was less than 60 ft (18.3 m), then the vessel's MLOA cannot exceed 59 ft (18 m).</P>
        <P>(ii) If the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, was greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) but less than 125 ft (38.1 m), or if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, and the vessel's LOA on the date that reconstruction was completed was greater than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) but less 125 ft (38.1 m), then the vessel's MLOA cannot exceed 124 ft (37.8 m).</P>
        <P>(iii) If the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, was 125 ft (38.1 m) or greater, then the vessel's MLOA is the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, or if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, and the vessel's LOA on the date that reconstruction was completed was 125 ft (38.1 m) or greater, then the vessel's MLOA is the vessel's LOA on the date reconstruction was completed.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Moratorium crab species (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means species of king or Tanner crabs harvested in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area, the commercial fishing for which is governed by this part.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Moratorium groundfish species</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) means species of groundfish, except sablefish caught with fixed gear, harvested in the GOA or in the BSAI, the commercial fishing for which is governed by this part.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Moratorium qualification</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) with respect to the groundfish and crab vessel moratorium program means a transferable prerequisite for a moratorium permit.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Moratorium species</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) (Applicable through June 30, 2000) any scallop species.</P>
        <P>(2) (Applicable through December 31, 1998) any moratorium crab species or moratorium groundfish species.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Mothership</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A vessel that receives and processes groundfish from other vessels; or</P>
        <P>(2) With respect to subpart E of this part, a processor vessel that receives and processes groundfish from other vessels and is not used for, or equipped to be used for, catching groundfish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure Area of the BSAI</E> (see § 679.22(a)(9))</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Net-sounder device</E> means a sensor used to determine the depth from the water surface at which a fishing net is operating.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Non-allocated or nonspecified species</E> means those fish species, other than prohibited species, for which TAC has not been specified (e.g., grenadier, prowfish, lingcod).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">NMFS investigator,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to conduct investigations under this section.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">North Pacific fishery</E> means any commercial fishery in state or Federal waters off Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Observed or observed data</E> refers to data collected by observers (see § 679.21(f)(7) and subpart E of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Observer</E> means any individual that is awarded NMFS certification to serve as an observer under this part, is employed by an observer contractor for the purpose of providing observer services to vessels or shoreside processors under this part, and is acting within the scope of his/her employment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Observer contractor</E> means any person that is awarded NMFS certification to provide observer services to vessels and shoreside processors under subpart E and who contracts with observers to provide these services.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Observer Program Office</E> means the administrative office of the Groundfish Observer Program located at Alaska <PRTPAGE P="448"/>Fisheries Science Center (see <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>, part 600).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Offshore component</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) means all vessels not included in the definition of “inshore component” that process pollock caught in directed fisheries for pollock in the GOA or BSAI, or Pacific cod caught in directed fisheries for Pacific cod in the GOA, or both.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Optimum yield</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) With respect to the High Seas Salmon Fishery, that amount of any species of salmon which will provide the greatest overall benefit to the Nation, with particular reference to food production and recreational opportunities, as specified in the Salmon FMP.</P>
        <P>(2) With respect to the groundfish fisheries, see § 679.20(a)(1).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Original qualifying LOA</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) means the LOA of the original moratorium qualifying vessel on June 24, 1992.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Original qualifying vessel</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) means a vessel that made a legal landing during the moratorium qualifying period.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Other flatfish</E> (see annual final specifications published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to §679.20(c).)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Other red rockfish</E> (see annual final specifications published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to §679.20(c); see also “rockfish” at § 679.2.)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Other rockfish</E> (see annual final specifications published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 679.20(c); see also “rockfish” at § 679.2.)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Other species</E> is a category that consists of groundfish species in each management area that are not specified as target species (see Table 1 of the specifications provided at § 679.20(c)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Person</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) For purposes of IFQ species and the CDQ program, any individual who is a citizen of the United States or any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity (or its successor-in-interest), regardless of whether organized or existing under the laws of any state, who is a U.S. citizen.</P>
        <P>(2) For purposes of High Seas Salmon Fishery permits issued under § 679.4(h), the term “person” excludes any nonhuman entity.</P>
        <P>(3) (Applicable through December 31, 1998). For purposes of the moratorium, any individual who is a citizen of the United States or any U.S. corporation, partnership, association, or other entity (or its successor-in-interest), regardless of whether organized or existing under the laws of any state.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Personal use fishing</E> means, for purposes of the High Seas Salmon Fishery, fishing other than commercial fishing.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Pollock CDQ fishing</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) means fishing with pelagic trawl gear by an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP that results in the catch of pollock that accrues against a CDQ group's allocation of pollock CDQ.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Pollock roe</E> means product consisting of pollock eggs, either loose or in sacs or skeins.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Preponderance of the evidence,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means proof by information that, compared with that opposing it, leads to the conclusion that the fact at issue is more probably true than not.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Primary product</E> means a product, such as fillets, made from each fish, with the highest recovery rate (see Table 1 to this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Processing</E>, or <E T="03">to process</E>, means the preparation of, or to prepare, fish or crab to render it suitable for human consumption, industrial uses, or long-term storage, including but not limited to cooking, canning, smoking, salting, drying, freezing, or rendering into meal or oil, but does not mean icing, bleeding, heading, or gutting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Processor vessel</E> means, unless otherwise restricted, any vessel that has been issued a Federal fisheries permit and that can be used for processing groundfish.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Prohibited species catch</E> (<E T="03">PSC</E>) means any of the species listed in § 679.21(b).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Prohibited species quota</E> (<E T="03">PSQ</E>) means the amount of a prohibited species catch limit established under § 679.21(e) (1) and (2) that is allocated to the groundfish CDQ program under § 679.21 (e)(1)(i) and (e)(2)(i).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">PRR</E> means standard product recovery rate (see Table 3 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">PSD Permit</E> means a permit issued by NMFS to an applicant who qualifies as an authorized distributor for purposes of the PSD.<PRTPAGE P="449"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03"> PSD Program</E> means the Prohibited Species Donation Program established under § 679.26.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">PSQ allocation</E> means a percentage of a PSQ reserve specified pursuant to § 679.31(g) that is assigned to a CDQ group when NMFS approves a proposed CDP.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">PSQ species</E> means any species that has been assigned to a PSQ reserve as specified at § 679.31(g) for purposes of the CDQ program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Qualified applicant</E> means, for the purposes of the CDQ program:</P>
        <P>(1) A local fishermen's organization that:</P>
        <P>(i) Represents an eligible community or group of eligible communities;</P>
        <P>(ii) Is incorporated under the laws of the State of Alaska or under Federal law; and</P>
        <P>(iii) Has a board of directors composed of at least 75 percent resident fishermen of the community (or group of communities); or</P>
        <P>(2) A local economic development organization that:</P>
        <P>(i) Represents an eligible community or group of communities;</P>
        <P>(ii) Is incorporated under the laws of the State of Alaska or under Federal law specifically for the purpose of designing and implementing a CDP; and</P>
        <P>(iii) Has a board of directors composed of at least 75 percent resident fishermen of the community (or group of communities).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Qualified Person</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) With respect to the IFQ program, see IFQ Management Measures at § 679.40(a)(2).</P>
        <P>(2) With respect to the license limitation program, a person who was eligible on June 17, 1995, to document a fishing vessel under Chapter 121, Title 46, U.S.C.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Qualifying period</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998) with respect to the groundfish and crab vessel moratorium program means the period to qualify for the moratorium from January 1, 1988, through February 9, 1992.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Quarter,</E> or <E T="03">quarterly reporting period,</E> means one of four successive 3-month periods, which begin at 0001 hours, A.l.t., on the first day of each quarter, and end at 2400 hours, A.l.t., on the last day of each quarter, as follows:</P>
        <P>(1) 1st quarter: January 1 through March 31.</P>
        <P>(2) 2nd quarter: April 1 through June 30.</P>
        <P>(3) 3rd quarter: July 1 through September 30.</P>
        <P>(4) 4th quarter: October 1 through December 31.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Quota share (QS)</E> means a permit, the face amount of which is used as a basis for the annual calculation of a person's IFQ.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Reconstruction (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E> means a change in the LOA of the vessel from its original qualifying LOA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Red King Crab Savings Area (RKCSA) of the BSAI</E> (see § 679.22(a)(3))</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Red King Crab Savings Subarea (RKCSS) of the BSAI (see § 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B))</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regional Administrator,</E> for purposes of this part, means the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, as defined at § 600.10 of this chapter, or a designee.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regulatory area</E> means any of three areas of the EEZ in the GOA (see Figure 3 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Reporting area</E> (see Figures 1 and 3 to this part) means:</P>
        <P>(1) An area that includes a statistical area of the EEZ off Alaska and any adjacent waters of the State of Alaska;</P>
        <P>(2) The reporting areas 300, 400, 550, and 690, which do not contain EEZ waters off Alaska or Alaska state waters; or</P>
        <P>(3) Reporting areas 649 and 659, which contain only waters of the State of Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Reprocessed or rehandled product</E> means a product, such as meal, that results from processing a previously reported product or from rehandling a previously reported product (see Table 1 to this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Resident fisherman</E> means an individual with documented commercial or subsistence fishing activity who maintains a mailing address and permanent domicile in an eligible community and is eligible to receive an Alaska Permanent Fund dividend at that address.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Retain on board</E> (see §§ 600.10 and 679.27 of this chapter.)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Rockfish</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) For the Gulf of Alaska: Any species of the genera <E T="03">Sebastes</E> or <E T="03">Sebastelobus</E> except <E T="03">Sebastes</E>
          <E T="03">melanops</E>, <PRTPAGE P="450"/>(black rockfish), and <E T="03">Sebastes</E>
          <E T="03">mystinus</E>, (blue rockfish).</P>

        <P>(2) For the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area: Any species of the genera <E T="03">Sebastes</E> or <E T="03">Sebastelobus</E>.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Round-weight equivalent</E> means the weight of groundfish calculated by dividing the weight of the primary product made from that groundfish by the PRR for that primary product as listed in Table 3 of this part, or, if not listed, the weight of groundfish calculated by dividing the weight of a primary product by the standard PRR as determined using the best available evidence on a case-by-case basis.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Sablefish</E> (black cod) means <E T="03">Anoplopoma fimbria.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Sablefish CDQ reserve</E> means 20 percent of the sablefish fixed gear TAC for each subarea in the BSAI for which a sablefish TAC is specified (see § 679.31(c)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Salmon</E> means the following species:</P>
        <P>(1) Chinook (or king) salmon (<E T="03">Oncorhynchus</E>
          <E T="03">tshawytscha</E>);</P>
        <P>(2) Coho (or silver) salmon (<E T="03">O</E>. <E T="03">kisutch</E>);</P>
        <P>(3) Pink (or humpback) salmon (<E T="03">O</E>. <E T="03">gorbuscha</E>);</P>
        <P>(4) Sockeye (or red) salmon (<E T="03">O</E>. <E T="03">nerka</E>); and</P>
        <P>(5) Chum (or dog) salmon (<E T="03">O</E>. <E T="03">keta</E>).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Scallop(s)</E> means any species of the family Pectinidae, including, without limitation, weathervane scallops (<E T="03">Patinopectin caurinus</E>).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Scallop Registration Area H (Cook Inlet)</E> means all Federal waters of the GOA west of the longitude of Cape Fairfield (148°50’ W. long.) and north of the latitude of Cape Douglas (58°52’ N. lat.).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Set</E> means a string of pots or hook-and-line gear or a group of pots that is deployed in a similar location with similar soak time.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Shallow water flatfish</E> (see annual final specifications published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 679.20(c).)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Shoreside processor</E> means any person or vessel that receives unprocessed groundfish, except catcher/processors, motherships, buying stations, restaurants, or persons receiving groundfish for personal consumption or bait.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Shucking machine</E> means any mechanical device that automatically removes the meat or the adductor muscle from the shell.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Southeast Outside District</E> of the GOA means that part of the Eastern Regulatory Area contained in Statistical Area 650 (see Figure 3 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">State</E> means the State of Alaska.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Statistical area</E> means the part of any reporting area defined in Figures 1 and 3 of this part, contained in the EEZ.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</E> (see Tables 4, 5, and 6 of this part and §§ 679.22(a)(7), (a)(8), 679.22(b)(2), and 227.12 of this title).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Stem</E> means the forward part of a vessel—that portion of the vessel where the sides are united at the fore end with the lower end attached to the keel and the bowsprit, if one is present, resting on the upper end.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Stern</E> means the aft part of the vessel.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Stretched mesh size</E> means the distance between opposite knots of a four-sided mesh when opposite knots are pulled tautly to remove slack.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Superexclusive registration area</E> means any State of Alaska designated registration area within the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area where, if a vessel is registered to fish for crab, that vessel is prohibited from fishing for crab in any other registration area during that registration year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Support vessel</E> means any vessel that is used in support of other vessels regulated under this part, including, but not limited to, supplying a fishing vessel with water, fuel, provisions, fishing equipment, fish processing equipment or other supplies, or transporting processed fish. The term “support vessel” does not include processor vessels or tender vessels.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Suspending official,</E> for purposes of subpart E of this part, means a designee authorized by the Regional Administrator to impose suspension.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Suspension,</E> as used in § 679.50, means action taken by a suspending official under § 679.50(j) to suspend certification of observers or observer contractors temporarily until a final decision is made with respect to decertification.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Tanner crab</E> means <E T="03">Chionoecetes</E> species or hybrids of these species.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Target species</E> are those species or species groups, except the “other species” category, for which a TAC is specified pursuant to § 679.20(a)(2).<PRTPAGE P="451"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Tax-exempt organization</E> means an organization that received a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service recognizing tax exemption under 26 CFR part 1 (§§ 1.501 to 1.640).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Tender vessel</E> means a vessel that is used to transport unprocessed fish received from another vessel to a shoreside processor, mothership, or buying station.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Transfer</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) <E T="03">Groundfish fisheries of the GOA and BSAI.</E> Any loading, offloading, shipment or receipt of any groundfish product by a mothership, catcher/processor, or shoreside processor, including quantities transferred inside or outside the EEZ, within any state's territorial waters, within the internal waters of any state, at any shoreside processor, or at any offsite meal reduction plant.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">IFQ/CDQ fisheries.</E> Any loading, offloading, shipment or receipt of any groundfish product, including quantities transferred inside or outside the EEZ, within any state's territorial waters, within the internal waters of any state, at any shoreside processor, or at any offsite meal reduction plant.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Trawl test areas</E> (see Figure 7 of this part and § 679.24(d)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Unsorted codend</E> is a codend of groundfish that is not brought on board a catcher vessel and that is delivered to a mothership or shoreside processor without the potential for sorting. No other instance of catcher vessel harvest is considered an “unsorted codend.” All other catch that does not meet this definition is considered “presorted” whether or not sorting occurs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">U.S. citizen</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) Any individual who is a citizen of the United States at the time of application for QS; or</P>
        <P>(2) Any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity that would have qualified to document a fishing vessel as a vessel of the United States during the QS qualifying years of 1988, 1989, and 1990.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">U.S.-Russian Boundary</E> means the seaward boundary of Russian waters as defined in Figure 1 of this part.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Vessel Activity Report (VAR)</E> (see § 679.5).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Vessel operations category</E> (see § 679.4).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Walrus Protection Areas</E> (see § 679.22(a)(4)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Weekly reporting period</E> means a time period that begins at 0001 hours, A.l.t., Sunday morning (except during the first week of each year, when it starts on January 1) and ends at 2400 hours, A.l.t., the following Saturday night (except during the last week of each year, when it ends on December 31).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">West Yakutat District</E> of the GOA means that part of the GOA Eastern Regulatory Area contained in Statistical Area 640 (see Figure 3 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Western Aleutian District</E> means that part of the Aleutian Islands Subarea contained in Statistical Area 543 (see Figure 1 of this part).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Wing tip</E> means the point where adjacent breast lines intersect or where a breast line intersects with the fishing line.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Vessel length category</E> means the length category of a vessel, based on the assigned MLOA, used to determine  eligibility.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Western Gulf or GOA Western Regulatory Area</E>s means that portion of the GOA EEZ that is contained in Statistical Area 610 (see Figure 3 to this part).</P>
        <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 33384, June 27, 1996; 61 FR 35578, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 38104, July 23, 1996; 61 FR 38359, July 24, 1996; 61 FR 49981, Sept. 24, 1996; 61 FR 56429, Nov. 1, 1996; 61 FR 65987, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 2045, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 17752, 17755, Apr. 11, 1997; 62 FR 19687, Apr. 23, 1997; 62 FR 26428, May 14, 1997; 62 FR 38944, July 21, 1997; 62 FR 63890, Dec. 3, 1997; 62 FR 66831, Dec. 22, 1997; 63 FR 8360, Feb. 19, 1998; 63 FR 11168, Mar. 6, 1998; 63 FR 13011, Mar. 17, 1998; 63 FR 30398, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 32145, June 12, 1998; 63 FR 38502, July 17, 1998; 63 FR 47355, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 52654, Oct. 1, 1998]</CITA>
        <EFFDNOT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>

          <P>1. At 63 FR 47355, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.2 was amended by removing the definition “processor” by revising the definitions “C. Opilio Crab Bycatch Limitation Zone (COBLZ),” “Manager,” “Reporting area,” and “Transfer” by amending the definition of “Fishing trip” by adding headings to paragraph (1) and (2) and revising the introductory text of paragraph (3); and by adding the definitions for “Ancillary product,” “Bled codend,” “Catch,” “Central Gulf or GOA Central Regulatory Area,” “Deep water flatfish,” “Discard,” “Eastern Gulf or GOA Eastern Regulatory Area,” “Groundfish product or fish product,” “Other flatfish,” “Other red rockfish,” “Other rockfish,” <PRTPAGE P="452"/>“Primary product,” “Reprocessed or rehandled product,” “Retain on board,” “Shallow water flatfish,” “Unsorted codend,” and “Western Gulf or GOA Western Regulatory Area”, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
          <P>2. At 63 FR 52652, Oct. 1, 1998, § 679.2 was amended by revising the definitions for “Legal Landing”, “Maximum LOA”, “Processing or to process”, and “Qualified Person”, effective Jan. 1, 2000; and by adding the definitions for “Area Endorsement”, “Area/Species Endorsement”, “Catcher/Processor Vessel Designation”, “Catcher Vessel Designation”, “Crab Species”, “Crab Species License”, paragraph (3) for “Directed Fishing”, “Documented Harvest”, “Eligible Applicant”, “Groundfish License”, “License Holder”, “License Limitation Groundfish”, “State”, and “Vessel Length Category”, effective Jan. 1, 1999. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:</P>
          <SUPERSED>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 679.2</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <STARS/>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Legal landing</E> (applicable through June 30, 2000) means any amount of a moratorium species that was or is landed in compliance with Federal and state commercial fishing regulations in effect at the time of the landing.<STARS/>
              </P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Maximum LOA</E> (applicable through December 31, 1998), with respect to a vessel's eligibility for a groundfish or crab  moratorium permit, means:</P>
              <P>(1) Except for a vessel under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, if the original qualifying LOA is less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, 1.2 times the original qualifying LOA or 125 ft (38.1 m), whichever is less.</P>
              <P>(2) Except for a vessel under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, if the original qualifying LOA is equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m), the original qualifying LOA.</P>
              <P>(3) For an original qualifying vessel under reconstruction on June 24, 1992, the LOA on the date reconstruction was completed, provided that maximum LOA is certified under § 679.4(c)(9).<STARS/>
              </P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Processing,</E> or <E T="03">to process,</E> means the preparation of fish to render it suitable for human consumption, industrial uses, or long-term storage, including but not limited to cooking, canning, smoking, salting, drying, freezing, or rendering into meal or oil, but does not mean icing, bleeding, heading, or gutting.<STARS/>
              </P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Qualified person</E> (see IFQ Management Measures, § 679.40(a)(2)).<STARS/>
              </P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 679.3</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Relation to other laws.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) <E T="03">Foreign fishing for groundfish.</E> Regulations governing U.S. nationals fishing in the Russian fisheries are set forth in part 300 of chapter III of this title.</P>
              <P>(b) <E T="03">Domestic fishing for groundfish.</E> (1) The conservation and management of groundfish in waters of the territorial sea and internal waters of the State of Alaska are governed by the Alaska Administrative Code at 5 AAC Chapter 28 and by the Alaska Statutes at Title 16.</P>
              <P>(2) Alaska Administrative Code (5 AAC 39.130) governs reporting and permitting requirements using ADF&amp;G “Intent to Operate” and “Fish Tickets.”</P>
              <P>(c) <E T="03">Halibut.</E> Additional regulations governing the conservation and management of halibut are set forth in subpart E of part 300 of chapter III of this title.</P>
              <P>(d) <E T="03">King and Tanner crab</E>. Additional regulations governing conservation and management of king crab and Tanner crab in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area are contained in Alaska Statutes at A.S. 16 and Alaska Administrative Code at 5 AAC Chapters 34, 35, and 39.</P>
              <P>(e) <E T="03">Incidental catch of marine mammals.</E> Regulations governing exemption permits and the recordkeeping and reporting of the incidental take of marine mammals are set forth in § 216.24 and part 229 of this title.</P>
              <P>(f) <E T="03">Domestic fishing for high seas salmon</E>. (1) Additional regulations governing the conservation and management of high seas salmon are set forth in § 600.705 of this chapter.</P>
              <P>(2) This part does not apply to fishing for salmon by vessels other than vessels of the United States conducted under subpart H, part 660 (West Coast Salmon Fisheries) under the North Pacific Fisheries Act of 1954, 16 U.S.C. 1021-1035, concerning fishing for salmon seaward of Washington, Oregon, and California.</P>

              <P>(3) The High Seas Salmon Fishery is administered in close coordination with ADF&amp;G's administration of the <PRTPAGE P="453"/>State of Alaska's regulations governing the salmon troll fishery off Southeast Alaska. Because no commercial fishing for salmon is allowed in the EEZ west of Cape Suckling, all commercial salmon fishing west of Cape Suckling must take place in Alaska's territorial sea and, consequently, is subject to Alaska's management authority.</P>
              <P>(4) For State of Alaska statutes and regulations governing commercial fishing, see Alaska Statutes, title 16—Fish and Game; title 5 of the Alaska Administrative Code, chapters 1-39.</P>
              <P>(5) For State of Alaska regulations specifically governing the salmon troll fishery, see 5 Alaska Administrative Code 30 (Yakutat Area), and 5 Alaska Administrative Code 33 (Southeastern Alaska Area).</P>
              <P>(6) For State of Alaska statutes and regulations governing sport and personal use salmon fishing other than subsistence fishing, see Alaska Statutes, title 16—Fish and Game; 5 Alaska Administrative Codes 42.010 through 75.995.</P>
              <P>(7) For State of Alaska statutes and regulations governing subsistence fishing, see Alaska Statutes, title 16—Fish and Game; 5 Alaska Administrative Codes 01, 02, 39, and 99.010.</P>
              <P>(g) <E T="03">Scallops</E>. Additional regulations governing conservation and management of scallops off Alaska are contained in Alaska Statutes A.S. 16 and Alaska Administrative Code at 5 AAC Chapter 38.</P>
              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35578, July 5, 1996; 62 FR 2045, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 19688, Apr. 23, 1997; 63 FR 38502, July 17, 1998; 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
              <EFFDNOT>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                <P>At 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.3 was amended by revising paragraph (b), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
              </EFFDNOT>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 679.4</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Permits.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) <E T="03">General requirements—</E>(1) <E T="03">Application.</E> (i) A person may obtain or renew an application for any of the permits under this section and must mail completed forms to the Chief, RAM Division.</P>
              <P>(ii) Upon receipt of an incomplete or improperly completed permit application, the Chief, RAM Division, will notify the applicant of the deficiency in the permit application. If the applicant fails to correct the deficiency, the permit will not be issued. No permit will be issued to an applicant until a complete application is received.</P>
              <P>(iii) A separate application must be completed for each vessel, processor, or buying station and a copy must be retained of each completed or revised application.</P>
              <P>(iv) The information requested on the application must be typed or printed legibly.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Amended applications.</E> An owner, operator, or manager who applied for and received a permit under this section must notify the Chief, RAM Division, in writing, of any change in the information within 10 days of the date of that change.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Alteration.</E> No person may alter, erase, or mutilate any permit, card, or document issued under this section. Any such permit, card, or document that is intentionally altered, erased, or mutilated is invalid.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Disclosure.</E> NMFS will maintain a list of permitted processors that may be disclosed for public inspection.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Sanctions and denials.</E> Procedures governing permit sanctions and denials are found at subpart D of 15 CFR part 904.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Harvesting privilege</E>. Quota shares, permits, or licenses issued pursuant to this part are neither a right to the resource nor any interest that is subject to the “takings” provision of the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Rather, such quota shares, permits, or licenses represent only a harvesting privilege that may be revoked or amended subject to the requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable law.</P>
              <P>(b) <E T="03">Federal Fisheries permit—</E>(1) <E T="03">Groundfish.</E> No vessel of the United States may be used to fish for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI unless the owner first obtains a Federal fisheries permit for the vessel, issued under this part. A Federal fisheries permit is issued without charge.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Non-groundfish.</E> A vessel of the United States that fishes in the GOA or BSAI for any non-groundfish species, including but not limited to halibut, crab, salmon, scallops, and herring, and that does not retain any bycatch of groundfish is not required to obtain a <PRTPAGE P="454"/>Federal fisheries permit under this part.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Vessel operations categories.</E> (i) A Federal fisheries permit authorizes a vessel to conduct operations in the GOA and BSAI as a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, tender vessel, or support vessel.</P>
              <P>(ii) A vessel may be issued a Federal fisheries permit as a support vessel or as any combination of the other four categories (catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, tender vessel). A vessel permitted as a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, or tender vessel also may conduct all operations authorized for a support vessel.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Duration</E>. (i) A Federal fisheries permit is issued on a 3-year cycle and is in effect from the date of issuance through the end of the current NMFS 3-year cycle, unless it is revoked, suspended, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter.</P>
              <P>(ii) A Federal fisheries permit is surrendered when the original permit is submitted to and received by the NMFS Enforcement Office in Juneau, AK.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Application.</E> A complete application for a Federal fisheries permit must include the following information for each vessel:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">Amended permit.</E> If application is for an amended permit, the current Federal fisheries permit number and information that has changed.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Vessels.</E> The complete name and homeport (city and state) of the vessel; the ADF&amp;G vessel number; the USCG documentation number or Alaska registration number; the vessel's LOA and registered net tonnage; and the telephone, fax, and COMSAT (satellite communication) numbers used on board the vessel.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Owner information.</E> The owner of the vessel must record the owner's name, permanent business mailing address, telephone and fax numbers; and the name of any company (other than the owner) that manages the operations of the vessel or shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Federal fisheries permit information.</E> The owner of the vessel must record:</P>
              <P>(A) The fishery or fisheries and the vessel operations category for which the permit would apply, as set forth under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) If a catcher vessel or catcher/processor, the gear type(s) used for groundfish operations.</P>
              <P>(C) If a catcher vessel, whether groundfish is retained only as bycatch from halibut, crab, or salmon fisheries; and whether sablefish is the only groundfish targeted in the GOA.</P>
              <P>(D) If a mothership or catcher/processor, whether inshore or offshore, to indicate component in which Pacific cod in the GOA or pollock will be processed for the entire fishing year.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Signature.</E> The owner of the vessel must sign and date the application.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Issuance.</E> (i) Except as provided in subpart D of 15 CFR part 904, upon receipt of a properly completed permit application, the Regional Administrator will issue a Federal fisheries permit required by this paragraph (b).</P>
              <P>(ii) The Regional Administrator will send the Federal fisheries permit to the applicant with the appropriate logbooks, as provided under § 679.5.</P>
              <P>(7) <E T="03">Amended application.</E> If the application for an amended permit required under this section designates a change or addition of a vessel operations category, the amended permit must be on board the vessel before the new type of operations begins.</P>
              <P>(8) <E T="03">Transfer.</E> A Federal fisheries permit issued under this paragraph (b) is not transferable or assignable and is valid only for the vessel for which it is issued.</P>
              <P>(9) <E T="03">Inspection.</E> (i) An original Federal fisheries permit issued under this paragraph (b) must be carried on board the vessel whenever the vessel is fishing. Photocopied or faxed copies are not considered originals.</P>
              <P>(ii) A permit issued under this paragraph (b) must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer.</P>
              <P>(c) <E T="03">Moratorium permits (applicable through December 31, 1998—</E>(1) <E T="03">General—</E>(i) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> Except as provided under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, any vessel used to catch and retain any moratorium crab species or to conduct directed fishing for any moratorium groundfish species must have a valid moratorium permit issued for that vessel under this part on board the vessel <PRTPAGE P="455"/>at all times it is engaged in fishing activities.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Duration.</E> The moratorium permit is valid for the duration of the moratorium, unless otherwise specified.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Validity.</E> A moratorium permit issued under this part is valid only if:</P>
              <P>(A) The vessel's LOA does not exceed the maximum LOA as specified in § 679.2;</P>
              <P>(B) The vessel's moratorium qualification has not been transferred;</P>
              <P>(C) The permit has not been revoked or suspended under 15 CFR part 904;</P>
              <P>(D) The permit is endorsed for all gear types on board the vessel; and</P>
              <P>(E) The permit's term covers the fishing year in which the vessel is fishing.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Inspection.</E> A moratorium permit must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Moratorium exempt vessels.</E> (i) A moratorium exempt vessel is not subject to the moratorium permit requirement of paragraph (c)(1) of this section and is not eligible for a moratorium permit.</P>
              <P>(ii) A moratorium exempt vessel may catch and retain moratorium species, provided it complies with the permit requirements of the State of Alaska with respect to moratorium crab species, Federal permit requirements in this part with respect to moratorium groundfish species, and other applicable Federal and State of Alaska regulations.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Moratorium exempt vessel categories.</E> A moratorium exempt vessel is a vessel in any of the following categories:</P>
              <P>(i) Vessels other than catcher vessels or catcher/processor vessels.</P>
              <P>(ii) Catcher vessels or catcher/processor vessels less than or equal to 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA that conduct directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA.</P>
              <P>(iii) Catcher vessels or catcher/processor vessels less than or equal to 32 ft (9.8 m) LOA that catch and retain moratorium crab species in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area or that conduct directed fishing for moratorium groundfish species in the BSAI.</P>
              <P>(iv) Catcher vessels or catcher/processor vessels that are fishing for IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish, or halibut or sablefish under the Western Alaska CDQ Program in accordance with regulations at subpart C of this part and that are not directed fishing for any moratorium species.</P>
              <P>(v) Catcher vessels or catcher/processor vessels less than or equal to 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA that after November 18, 1992, are specifically constructed for and used in accordance with a CDP under § 679.30, and that are designed and equipped to meet specific needs described in the CDP.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Moratorium permit endorsements</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> A moratorium permit will be endorsed for one or more fishery-specific gear type(s) in accordance with the endorsement criteria of paragraph (c)(5) of this section.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Authorization.</E> A fishery-specific gear type endorsement authorizes the use by the vessel of that gear type in the specified fisheries.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Fishing gear requirements.</E> (A) Fishing gear requirements for the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area crab fisheries are set forth in the Alaska Administrative Code at title 5, chapters 34 and 35.</P>
              <P>(B) Fishing gear requirements for the GOA and the BSAI groundfish fisheries are set forth under § 679.24.</P>
              <P>(C) A moratorium permit may be endorsed for any one or a combination of the following fishing gear types:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Trawl, which includes pelagic and nonpelagic trawl gear.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Pot, which includes longline pot and pot-and-line gear.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Hook, which includes hook-and-line and jig gear.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Gear endorsement criteria.</E> For purposes of this paragraph (c)(5), the period January 1, 1988, through February 9, 1992, is “period 1,” and February 10, 1992, through December 11, 1994, is “period 2.” Fishery-specific gear type endorsement(s) will be based on the following criteria:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">Crab fisheries/pot gear.</E> A moratorium permit for a vessel may be endorsed for crab fisheries/pot gear if the vessel made a legal landing:</P>
              <P>(A) Of a moratorium crab species in period 1;</P>
              <P>(B) Of a moratorium groundfish species with any authorized fishing gear in period 1, and, in period 2, made a legal landing of a moratorium crab species; or</P>

              <P>(C) Of moratorium groundfish in period 1 with pot gear.<PRTPAGE P="456"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Groundfish fisheries/trawl gear.</E> A moratorium permit may be endorsed for groundfish fisheries/trawl gear if the vessel made a legal landing:</P>
              <P>(A) Of a moratorium groundfish species with any authorized fishing gear in period 1; or</P>
              <P>(B) Of a moratorium crab species in period 1, and, in period 2, made a legal landing of a moratorium groundfish species using trawl gear.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Groundfish fisheries/pot gear.</E> A moratorium permit may be endorsed for groundfish fisheries/pot gear if the vessel made a legal landing:</P>
              <P>(A) Of a moratorium groundfish species with any authorized fishing gear in period 1; or</P>
              <P>(B) Of a moratorium crab species in period 1.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Groundfish fisheries/hook gear.</E> A moratorium permit may be endorsed for groundfish fisheries/hook gear if the vessel made a legal landing:</P>
              <P>(A) Of a moratorium groundfish species with any authorized fishing gear in period 1; or</P>
              <P>(B) Of a moratorium crab species in period 1, and, in period 2, made a legal landing of a moratorium groundfish species using hook gear.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Application for permit.</E> A moratorium permit will be issued to the owner of a vessel of the United States if he/she submits to the Regional Administrator a complete moratorium permit application that is subsequently approved and if the vessel's LOA does not exceed the maximum LOA as specified in § 679.2. A complete application for a moratorium permit must include the following information for each vessel:</P>
              <P>(i) Name of the vessel, state registration number of the vessel and the USCG documentation number of the vessel, if any.</P>
              <P>(ii) Name(s), business address(es), and telephone and fax numbers of the owner of the vessel.</P>
              <P>(iii) Name of the managing company.</P>
              <P>(iv) Valid documentation of the vessel's moratorium qualification, if requested by the Regional Administrator due to an absence of landings records for the vessel from January 1, 1988, through February 9, 1992.</P>
              <P>(v) Reliable documentation of the vessel's original qualifying LOA, if requested by the Regional Administrator, such as a vessel survey, builder's plan, state or Federal registration certificate, fishing permit records, or other reliable and probative documents that clearly identify the vessel and its LOA, and that are dated before June 24, 1992.</P>
              <P>(vi) Specification of the fishing gear(s) used from January 1, 1988, through February 9, 1992, and, if necessary, the fishing gear(s) used from February 10, 1992, through December 11, 1994.</P>
              <P>(vii) Specification of the vessel as either a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor vessel.</P>
              <P>(viii) If applicable, transfer authorization if a permit request is based on transfer of moratorium qualification pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
              <P>(ix) Signature of the person who is the owner of the vessel or the person who is responsible for representing the vessel owner.</P>
              <P>(7) <E T="03">Moratorium qualification.</E> A vessel has moratorium qualification if:</P>
              <P>(i) The vessel is an original qualifying vessel;</P>
              <P>(ii) The vessel is not a moratorium exempt vessel under paragraph (c)(2) of this section;</P>
              <P>(iii) The vessel's moratorium qualification has not been transferred;</P>
              <P>(iv) The vessel receives a valid moratorium qualification through a transfer approved by the Regional Administrator under pargraph (c)(9) of this section; and</P>
              <P>(v) That moratorium qualification is not subsequently transferred.</P>
              <P>(8) <E T="03">Application for moratorium qualification transfer</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> An application for approval of a transfer of moratorium qualification (see paragraph (c)(9) of this section) must be completed and the transfer approved by the Regional Administrator before an application for a moratorium permit based on that transfer can be approved. An application for approval of a transfer and an application for a moratorium permit may be submitted simultaneously.<PRTPAGE P="457"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Contents of application.</E> A complete application for approval of transfer must include the following information, as applicable, for each vessel involved in the transfer of moratorium qualification:</P>
              <P>(A) Name(s), business address(es), and telephone and fax numbers of the applicant(s) (including the owners of the moratorium qualification that is to be or was transferred and the person who is to receive or received the transferred moratorium qualification).</P>
              <P>(B) Name of the vessel whose moratorium qualification is to be or was transferred and the name of the vessel that would receive or received the transferred moratorium qualification (if any), the state registration number of each vessel and, if documented, the USCG documentation number of each vessel.</P>
              <P>(C) The original qualifying LOA of the vessel whose moratorium qualification is to be or was transferred, its current LOA, and its maximum LOA.</P>
              <P>(D) The LOA of the vessel that would receive or received the transferred moratorium qualification and documentation of that LOA by a current vessel survey or other reliable and probative document.</P>
              <P>(E) Signatures of the persons from whom moratorium qualification would be transferred or their representative, and the persons who would receive the transferred moratorium qualification or their representative.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Contract or agreement.</E> A legible copy of a contract or agreement must be included with the application for transfer that specifies the vessel or person from which moratorium qualification is to be or is transferred, the date of the transfer agreement, names and signatures of all current owner(s) of the vessel whose moratorium qualification is to be or was transferred, and names and signatures of all current owner(s) of the moratorium qualification that is to be or was transferred.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Vessel reconstruction.</E> The following information must be included with the application for transfer:</P>
              <P>(A) A legible copy of written contracts or written agreements with the firm that performed reconstruction of the vessel and that relate to that reconstruction.</P>
              <P>(B) An affidavit signed by the vessel owner(s) and the owner/manager of the firm that performed the vessel reconstruction, specifying the beginning and ending dates of the reconstruction.</P>
              <P>(C) An affidavit signed by the vessel owner(s) specifying the LOA of the reconstructed vessel.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Vessels lost or destroyed.</E> A copy of USCG Form 2692, Report of Marine Casualty, must be included with the application for transfer.</P>
              <P>(9) <E T="03">Transfer of moratorium qualification (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> A transfer of a vessel's moratorium qualification must be approved by the Regional Administrator before a moratorium permit may be issued under this section for the vessel to which the qualification is transferred. A moratorium permit is not transferrable or assignable. A fishery-specific gear type endorsement(s) is not severable from an endorsed permit. A transfer of moratorium qualification will not be approved by the Regional Administrator unless:</P>
              <P>(A) A complete transfer application that satisfies all requirements specified in paragraph (c)(8) of this section is submitted;</P>
              <P>(B) The LOA of the vessel to which the moratorium qualification is transferred does not exceed the maximum LOA of the original qualifying vessel; and</P>
              <P>(C) The moratorium permit associated with the moratorium qualification is not revoked or suspended.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Vessels lost or destroyed in 1988.</E> The moratorium qualification of a vessel that was lost or destroyed before January 1, 1989, may not be transferred to another vessel and is not valid for purposes of issuing a moratorium permit for that vessel, if salvaged, unless salvage began on or before June 24, 1992, and the LOA of the salvaged vessel does not exceed its maximum LOA. The moratorium qualification of such a vessel is not valid for purposes of issuing a moratorium permit for 1998 unless that vessel is used to make a legal landing of a moratorium species from January 1, 1996, through December 31, 1997.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Vessels lost or destroyed from 1989 through 1995.</E> The moratorium qualification of any vessel that was lost or <PRTPAGE P="458"/>destroyed on or after January 1, 1989, but before January 1, 1996, is valid for purposes of issuing a moratorium permit for that vessel, if salvaged, regardless of when salvage began, provided that the vessel has not already been replaced and the LOA of the salvaged vessel does not exceed its maximum LOA. The moratorium qualification of any vessel that was lost or destroyed on or after January 1, 1989, but before January 1, 1996, may be transferred to another vessel, provided the LOA of that vessel does not exceed the maximum LOA of the original qualifying vessel. The moratorium qualification of such a vessel is not valid for purposes of issuing a moratorium permit for 1998, unless that vessel is used to make a legal landing of a moratorium species from January 1, 1996, through December 31, 1997.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Vessels lost or destroyed after 1995.</E> The moratorium qualification of any vessel that was lost or destroyed on or after January 1, 1996, is valid for purposes of issuing a moratorium permit for that vessel, if salvaged, regardless of when salvage began, provided that the vessel has not already been replaced and the LOA of the salvaged vessel does not exceed its maximum LOA. The moratorium qualification of any vessel that is lost or destroyed on or after January 1, 1996, may be transferred to another vessel, providing the LOA of that vessel does not exceed the maximum LOA of the original qualifying vessel.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Reconstruction.</E> The moratorium qualification of a vessel is not valid for purposes of issuing a moratorium permit if, after June 23, 1992, reconstruction is initiated that results in increasing the LOA of the vessel to exceed the maximum LOA of the original qualifying vessel. For a vessel whose reconstruction began before June 24, 1992, and was completed after June 24, 1992, the maximum LOA is the LOA on the date reconstruction was completed, provided the owner files an application for transfer and the Regional Administrator certifies that maximum LOA and approves the transfer based on information concerning the LOA of the reconstructed vessel submitted under paragraph (c)(8)(iv) of this section.</P>
              <P>(10) <E T="03">Appeal</E>—(i) <E T="03">Determination</E>. The Chief, RAM Division, will issue an initial administrative determination to each applicant who is denied a moratorium permit by that official. An initial administrative determination may be appealed by the applicant in accordance with § 679.43. The initial administrative determination will be the final agency action if a written appeal is not received by the Regional Administrator, within the period specified at § 679.43.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Permit denial.</E> An initial administrative determination that denies an application for a moratorium permit must authorize the affected vessel to catch and retain moratorium crab or moratorium groundfish species with the type of fishing gear specified on the application. The authorization expires on the effective date of the final agency action relating to the application.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Final action.</E> An administrative determination denying approval of the transfer of a moratorium qualification and/or denying the issuance of a moratorium permit based on that moratorium qualification is the final agency action for purposes of judicial review.</P>
              <P>(d) <E T="03">IFQ</E>—(1) <E T="03">General</E>. In addition to the permit and licensing requirements prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title and in the permit requirements of this section, all fishing vessels that harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish must have on board:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">IFQ permit.</E> A copy of an IFQ permit that specifies the IFQ regulatory area and vessel category in which IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish may be harvested by the IFQ permit holder and a copy of the most recent accompanying statement specifying the amount of each species that may be harvested during the current IFQ fishing season; and</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">IFQ card.</E> An original IFQ card issued by the Regional Administrator.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Registered buyer permit</E>. Any person who receives IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from the person(s) that harvested the fish must possess a registered buyer permit, except under conditions of paragraph (d)(2) (i), (ii), or (iii) of this section. A registered buyer permit <PRTPAGE P="459"/>also is required of any person who harvests IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish and transfers such fish:</P>
              <P>(i) In a dockside sale;</P>
              <P>(ii) Outside of an IFQ regulatory area; or</P>
              <P>(iii) Outside the State of Alaska.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Permit issuance</E>—(i) <E T="03">IFQ permits and cards</E>—(A) <E T="03">Issuance</E>. IFQ permits and cards will be renewed or issued annually by the Regional Administrator to each person with approved QS for IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish allocated in accordance with this section.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">IFQ permit</E>. Each IFQ permit issued by the Regional Administrator will identify the permitted person and will be accompanied by a statement that specifies the amount of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish that person may harvest from a specified IFQ regulatory area using fixed gear and a vessel of a specified vessel category.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">IFQ card</E>. Each IFQ card issued by the Regional Administrator will display an IFQ permit number and the individual authorized by the IFQ permit holder to land IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish for debit against the permit holder's IFQ.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Registered buyer permits</E>. Registered buyer permits will be renewed or issued annually by the Regional Administrator to persons that have a registered buyer application approved by the Regional Administrator.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Duration</E>—(i) <E T="03">IFQ permit</E>. An IFQ permit authorizes the person identified on the permit to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish from a specified IFQ regulatory area at any time during an open fishing season during the fishing year for which the IFQ permit is issued until the amount harvested is equal to the amount specified under the permit, or until it is revoked, suspended, or modified under 15 CFR part 904.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">IFQ card</E>. An IFQ card authorizes the individual identified on the card to land IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish for debit against the specified IFQ permit until the card expires, or is revoked, suspended, or modified under 15 CFR part 904, or cancelled on request of the IFQ permit holder.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Registered buyer permit</E>. A registered buyer permit authorizes the person identified on the permit to receive or make an IFQ landing by an IFQ permit or card holder at any time during the fishing year for which it is issued until the registered buyer permit expires, or is revoked, suspended, or modified under 15 CFR part 904.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Transfer</E>. The IFQ permits issued under this section are not transferable, except as provided under § 679.41. IFQ cards and registered buyer permits issued under this paragraph (d) are not transferable.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Inspection</E>—(i) <E T="03">IFQ permit</E>. A legible copy of any IFQ permit issued under this section must be carried on board the vessel used by the permitted person to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish at all times that such fish are retained on board.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">IFQ card</E>. Except as specified in § 679.42(d), an individual that is issued an IFQ card must remain aboard the vessel used to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish with that card during all fishing operations until arrival at the point of landing and during all IFQ landings. The IFQ cardholder must present a copy of the IFQ permit and the original IFQ card for inspection on request of any authorized officer, clearing officer, or registered buyer purchasing IFQ species. Nothing in this paragraph would prevent an individual who is issued an IFQ card from being absent from the vessel used to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish between the time the vessel arrives at the point of landing until the commencement of landing.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Registered buyer permit</E>. A legible copy of the registered buyer permit must be present at the location of an IFQ landing, and must be made available for inspection on request of any authorized officer or clearing officer.</P>
              <P>(e) <E T="03">Halibut/sablefish CDQ permits and CDQ cards</E>. See § 679.33(a) and (b).</P>
              <P>(f) <E T="03">Federal processor permit</E>—(1) <E T="03">Requirement</E>. No shoreside processor of the United States or vessel of the United States operating solely as a mothership in Alaska State waters may receive or process groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI, unless the owner first obtains a Federal processor permit issued under this part. A Federal processor permit is issued without charge.<PRTPAGE P="460"/>
              </P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Application</E>. A complete application for a Federal processor permit must include the following:</P>
              <P>(i) If the application is for an amended permit, the current Federal processor permit number and an update of the permit information that has changed.</P>
              <P>(ii) The shoreside processor's name, business street address, telephone number, and fax number.</P>
              <P>(iii) The shoreside processor owner's name or names, business mailing address, managing company, if any, telephone number, ADF&amp;G Processor Code, and fax number.</P>
              <P>(iv) Indication of the fishery or fisheries for which the permit is requested.</P>
              <P>(v) Indication of the shoreside processor operations category.</P>
              <P>(vi) The owner of the shoreside processor must sign and date the application.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Issuance</E>. (i) Upon receipt of a properly completed permit application, the Regional Administrator will issue a Federal processor permit required by this paragraph (f).</P>
              <P>(ii) The Regional Administrator will send the Federal processor permit to the applicant with the shoreside processor logbook, as provided under § 679.5.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Duration</E>. (i) A Federal processor permit is issued for a 3-year period and remains in full force and effect from the date of issuance through the end of the current NMFS 3-year renewal cycle, unless it is revoked, suspended, or modified under § 600.735 or § 600.740 of this chapter.</P>
              <P>(ii) A Federal processor permit is surrendered when the original permit is submitted to and received by the Chief, RAM Division, NMFS.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Transfer</E>. A Federal processor permit issued under this paragraph (f) is not transferable or assignable and is valid only for the processor for which it is issued.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Inspection</E>. (i) An original Federal processor permit issued under this paragraph (f) must be on site at the shoreside processor at all times. Photocopied or faxed copies are not considered originals.</P>
              <P>(ii) A permit issued under this paragraph (f) must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer.</P>
              <P>(g) <E T="03">Scallop moratorium permits</E> (applicable through June 30, 2000)—(1) <E T="03">General</E>—(i) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. Except as provided under paragraph (g)(2) of this section, any vessel used to take or retain any scallop species in Federal waters must have a valid scallop moratorium permit on board the vessel at all times when the vessel is engaged in fishing for scallops in Federal waters or has scallops taken from Federal waters retained on board. Any vessel used to take or retain scallops in Federal waters within Scallop Registration Area H must have a scallop moratorium permit endorsed for Registration Area H. Any vessel used to take or retain scallop species in Federal waters outside Registration Area H must have a scallop moratorium permit endorsed for Federal waters exclusive of Registration Area H.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Applicable dates and duration</E>. The requirement to carry a moratorium permit is applicable from July 1, 1997, through June 30, 2000. A scallop moratorium permit is valid for the duration of the moratorium unless otherwise specified.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Validity</E>. A scallop moratorium permit issued under this paragraph is valid only if:</P>
              <P>(A) A person named on the moratorium permit is the owner or operator of the vessel on which the permit is used.</P>
              <P>(B) The vessel's LOA does not exceed the maximum LOA specified on the permit.</P>
              <P>(C) The permit has not been revoked or suspended under 15 CFR  part 904.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Inspection</E>. A scallop moratorium permit must be presented for inspection upon the request of any authorized officer.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Exemptions</E>. A vessel that has an LOA of less than or equal to 26 ft (7.9 m) in the GOA, and less than or equal to 32 ft (9.8 m) in the BSAI and that does not have dredge gear on board is exempt from the requirements of this paragraph (g) when fishing for scallops with dive gear.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Qualification criteria</E>—(i) <E T="03">Qualifying period</E>. To qualify for a moratorium permit, a vessel must have made a legal landing of scallops during 1991, 1992, or 1993, or during at least 4 separate years from 1980 through 1990.<PRTPAGE P="461"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Area endorsements</E>. A scallop moratorium permit may contain an area endorsement for Federal waters within Registration Area H, for Federal waters outside Registration Area H, or for both areas.</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Registration Area H</E>. A scallop moratorium permit may be endorsed for fishing in Federal waters within Registration Area H if a qualifying vessel made a legal landing of scallops taken inside Registration Area H during the qualifying period defined at paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Waters outside Registration Area H</E>. A scallop moratorium permit may be endorsed for fishing in Federal waters outside Registration Area H if the qualifying vessel made a legal landing of scallops taken in waters outside Registration Area H during the qualifying period defined at paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Legal landings</E>. Evidence of legal landings shall be limited to documentation of State or Federal catch reports that indicate the amount of scallops harvested, the registration area or location in which they were caught, the vessel used to catch them, and the date of harvesting, landing, or reporting.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Maximum LOA</E>—(i) All scallop moratorium permits will specify a maximum LOA, which will be 1.2 times the LOA of the qualifying vessel on January 20, 1993, unless the qualifying vessel was under reconstruction on January 20, 1993.</P>
              <P>(ii) If a qualifying vessel was under reconstruction on January 20, 1993, the maximum LOA will be the LOA on the date reconstruction was completed.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Application for permit</E>. A scallop moratorium permit will be issued to the person or successor in interest who was the owner of a qualifying vessel when it most recently made qualifying landings under paragraph (g)(3) of this section, if he/she submits to the Regional Administrator a complete scallop moratorium permit application that is subsequently approved. A complete application for a scallop moratorium permit must include the following information:</P>
              <P>(i) Name(s), signature(s), business address(es), and telephone and fax numbers of the person(s) who owned the vessel when the most recent qualifying landing of scallops occurred.</P>
              <P>(ii) Name of the qualifying vessel, state registration number of the vessel and the USCG number of the vessel, if any.</P>
              <P>(iii) Valid documentation of the vessel's basis for  moratorium qualification, if requested by the Regional Administrator due to an absence of landings records for the vessel for the qualifying period.</P>
              <P>(iv) Reliable documentation of the vessel's qualifying LOA, if requested by the Regional Administrator, such as a vessel survey, builder's plan, state or Federal registration certificate, or other reliable and probative documents that clearly identify the vessel and its LOA and that are dated on or before January 20, 1993.</P>
              <P>(v) Name(s) and signature(s) of the person(s) who is/are the owner(s) of the vessel or the person(s) responsible for representing the vessel owner.</P>
              <P>(vi) If the qualifying vessel was under reconstruction on January 20, 1993, the permit application must contain the following additional information:</P>
              <P>(A) A legible copy of written contracts or written agreements with the firm that performed reconstruction of the vessel and that relate to that reconstruction.</P>
              <P>(B) An affidavit signed by the vessel owner(s) and the owner/manager of the firm that performed the reconstruction specifying the beginning and ending dates of the reconstruction.</P>
              <P>(C) An affidavit signed by the vessel owner(s) specifying the LOA of the reconstructed vessel.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Vessel ownership</E>. Evidence of vessel ownership shall be limited to the following documents, in order of priority:</P>
              <P>(i) For vessels required to be documented under the laws of the United States, the USCG abstract of title issued in respect to that vessel.</P>
              <P>(ii) A certificate of registration that is determinative as to vessel ownership.</P>
              <P>(iii) A bill of sale.</P>
              <P>(7) <E T="03">Permit transfer</E>—(i) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. A moratorium permit transfer is required to effect any change in permit ownership including the addition or subtraction of partners. Area endorsements <PRTPAGE P="462"/>may not be transferred independently of a moratorium permit.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Required information</E>. A complete application for approval of transfer of a scallop moratorium permit must include the following:</P>
              <P>(A) The original moratorium permit to be transferred.</P>
              <P>(B) Name(s), business address(es), and telephone and fax numbers of the applicant(s) including the holders of the scallop moratorium permit that is to be transferred and the person(s) who is to receive the transferred scallop moratorium permit.</P>
              <P>(C) Name(s) and signature(s) of the person(s) from whom the moratorium permit would be transferred or their representative, and the person(s) who would receive the transferred moratorium permit or their representative.</P>
              <P>(D) A legible copy of a contract or agreement to transfer the moratorium permit in question must be included with the application for transfer that specifies the person(s) from whom the scallop moratorium permit is to be transferred, the date of the transfer agreement, name(s) and signature(s) of the current holder(s) of the permit, and name(s) and signature(s) of  person(s) to whom the scallop moratorium permit is to be transferred.</P>
              <P>(8) <E T="03">Appeal</E>—(i) <E T="03">Determination</E>. The Chief, RAM Division, will issue an initial administrative determination to an applicant upon denial of a scallop moratorium permit by that official. An initial administrative determination may be appealed by the applicant in accordance with § 679.43. The initial administrative determination will be the final agency action if a written appeal is not received by the Regional Administrator postmarked within the period specified at § 679.43.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Permit denial</E>. An initial administrative determination that denies an application for a scallop moratorium permit may authorize the affected person to take or retain scallops. Any administrative determination that authorizes fishing will expire on the effective date of the final agency action relating to the application.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Final action</E>. An administrative determination denying the issuance of a scallop moratorium permit is the final agency action for purposes of judicial review.</P>
              <P>(9) <E T="03">Harvesting privilege</E>. Scallop moratorium permits issued pursuant to this part do not represent an interest that is subject to the “takings” provision of the 5th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Rather, such permits represent only a harvesting privilege that may be revoked or amended subject to the requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable laws.</P>
              <P>(h) <E T="03">High Seas Salmon permits</E>—(1) <E T="03">Operators of commercial fishing vessels using power troll gear</E>. The operator of a fishing vessel using power troll gear may engage in commercial fishing for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management  Area if the operator:</P>
              <P>(i) Held a valid State of Alaska power troll permanent entry permit on May 15, 1979, or is a transferee under paragraph (h)(13) of this section from an operator who held such a permit on that date;</P>
              <P>(ii) Held a valid State of Alaska power troll interim use permit on May 15, 1979; or</P>
              <P>(iii) Holds a High Seas Salmon Fishery permit issued by the Regional Administrator under paragraph (h)(7) of this section.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Crew members and other persons not the operator of a commercial fishing vessel using power trawl gear</E>. Crew members or other persons aboard but not the operator of a fishing vessel may assist in the vessel's commercial salmon fishing operations in the High Seas Management Area without a permit if a person described in paragraph (h)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section is also aboard the vessel and is engaged in the vessel's commercial fishing operations.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Personal use fishing</E>. Any person who holds a valid State of Alaska sport fishing license may engage in personal use fishing in the High Seas Salmon Management Area.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Duration</E>. Authorization under this paragraph (h) to engage in fishing for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area constitutes a use privilege which may be revoked or modified without compensation.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Eligibility criteria for permits issued by the Regional Administrator</E>. (i) Any person is eligible to be issued a High Seas Salmon Fishery permit under <PRTPAGE P="463"/>paragraph (h)(7) of this section if that person, during any one of the calendar years 1975, 1976, or 1977:</P>
              <P>(A) Operated a fishing vessel in the High Seas Salmon Management Area.</P>
              <P>(B) Engaged in commercial fishing for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area.</P>
              <P>(C) Caught salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area using power troll gear.</P>
              <P>(D) Landed such salmon.</P>
              <P>(ii) The following persons are not eligible to be issued a High Seas Salmon Fishery permit under paragraph (h)(7) of this section:</P>
              <P>(A) Persons described in paragraph (h)(1)(i) or (h)(1)(ii) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) Persons who once held but no longer hold a State of Alaska power troll permanent entry or interim-use permit.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Application</E>. Applications for a High Seas Salmon Fishery permit must be in writing, signed by the applicant, and submitted to the Regional Administrator, at least 30 days prior to the date the person wishes to commence fishing, and must include:</P>
              <P>(i) The applicant's name, mailing address, and telephone number.</P>
              <P>(ii) The vessel's name, USCG documentation number or State of Alaska registration number, home port, length overall, registered tonnage, and color of the fishing vessel.</P>
              <P>(iii) The type of fishing gear used by the fishing vessel.</P>
              <P>(iv) State of Alaska fish tickets or other equivalent documents showing the actual landing of salmon taken in the High Seas Salmon Management Area by the applicant with power troll gear during any one of the years 1975 to 1977.</P>
              <P>(7) <E T="03">Issuance</E>. (i) Except as provided in subpart D of 15 CFR part 904, upon receipt of a properly completed application, the Regional Administrator will determine whether the permit eligibility conditions have been met, and if so, will issue a High Seas Salmon Fishery permit.</P>
              <P>(ii) If the permit is denied, the Regional Administrator will notify the applicant in accordance with paragraph (h)(16) of this section.</P>
              <P>(iii) If an incomplete or improperly completed permit application is filed, the Regional Administrator will notify the applicant of the deficiency. If the applicant fails to correct the deficiency within 30 days following the date of receipt of notification, the application shall be considered abandoned.</P>
              <P>(8) <E T="03">Amended application</E>. Any person who applies for and receives a High Seas Salmon Fishery permit issued under paragraph (h)(7) of this section must notify the Regional Administrator within 30 days of a change in any of the information submitted under paragraph (h)(6) of this section.</P>
              <P>(9) <E T="03">Replacement</E>. Replacement permits may be issued for lost or unintentionally mutilated permits. An application for a replacement permit shall not be considered a new application.</P>
              <P>(10) <E T="03">Display</E>. Any permit or license described in paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(3) of this section must be on board the vessel at all times while the vessel is in the High Seas Salmon Management Area.</P>
              <P>(11) <E T="03">Inspection</E>. Any permit or license described in paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(3) of this section must be presented for inspection upon request by an authorized officer.</P>
              <P>(12) <E T="03">Sanctions</E>. Procedures governing permit sanctions and denials are found at subpart D of 15 CFR part 904.</P>
              <P>(13) <E T="03">Transfer of authority to fish in the High Seas Salmon Management Area</E>—(i) <E T="03">State of Alaska power troll permanent entry permits</E>. The authority of any person to engage in commercial fishing for salmon using power troll gear in the High Seas Salmon Management Area shall expire upon the transfer of that person's State of Alaska power troll permanent entry permit to another and shall be transferred to the new holder of that permit.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Transfer of Authority by the Regional Administrator</E>. (A) Any person to whom the proposed transfer of a State of Alaska power troll permanent entry permit is denied by the State of Alaska may apply, with the consent of the current holder of that permit, to the Regional Administrator for transfer to the applicant of the current holder's authority to engage in commercial fishing for salmon using power troll gear in the High Seas Salmon Management Area.<PRTPAGE P="464"/>
              </P>
              <P>(B) The application for transfer shall be filed with the Regional Administrator within 30 days of the denial by the State of Alaska of the proposed transfer of the permit.</P>
              <P>(C) The application for transfer shall include all documents  and other evidence submitted to the State of Alaska in support of the proposed transfer of the permit and a copy of the State of Alaska's decision denying the transfer of the permit. The Regional Administrator may request additional information from the applicant or from the State of Alaska to assist in the consideration of the application.</P>
              <P>(D) The Regional Administrator shall approve the transfer if it is determined that:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The applicant had the ability to participate actively in the fishery at the time the application for transfer of the permit was filed with the State of Alaska.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The applicant has access to power troll gear necessary for participation in the fishery.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The State of Alaska has not instituted proceedings to revoke the permit on the ground that it was fraudulently obtained.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The proposed transfer of the permit is not a lease.</P>
              <P>(E) Upon approval of the transfer application by the Regional Administrator, the authority of the permit holder to engage in commercial fishing for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area using power troll gear shall expire, and that authority shall be transferred to the applicant.</P>
              <P>(14) <E T="03">Other Permits</E>. (i) Except for emergency transfers under paragraph (h)(15) of this section, the authority of any person described in paragraph (h)(1)(ii), (h)(1)(iii), or (h)(3) of this section to fish for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area, may not be transferred to any other person.</P>
              <P>(ii) Except for emergency transfers under paragraph (h)(15) of this section, the authority to engage in commercial fishing for salmon which was transferred under paragraph (h)(13)(ii) of this section may not be transferred to any other person except the current holder of the State of Alaska power troll permanent entry permit from which that authority was originally derived.</P>
              <P>(iii) The authority described in paragraph (h)(14)(ii) of this section may be transferred to the current holder of that permit upon receipt of written notification of the transfer by the Regional Administrator.</P>
              <P>(15) <E T="03">Emergency transfers—authority to use power troll gear</E>. (i) The authority of any person to engage in commercial fishing for salmon using power troll gear in the High Seas Salmon Management Area may be transferred to another person for a period not lasting beyond the end of the calendar year of the transfer when sickness, injury, or other unavoidable hardship prevents the holder of that authority from engaging in such fishing.</P>
              <P>(ii) Such a transfer shall take effect automatically upon approval by the State of Alaska of an emergency transfer of a State of Alaska power troll entry permit, in accordance with the terms of the permit transfer.</P>
              <P>(iii) Any person may apply to the Regional Administrator for emergency transfer of the current holder's authority to engage in commercial fishing for salmon using power troll gear in the High Seas Salmon Management Area for a period not lasting beyond the calendar year of the proposed transfer, if a person:</P>
              <P>(A) Is denied emergency transfer of a State of Alaska power  troll entry permit by the State of Alaska; or</P>
              <P>(B) Requests emergency transfer of a Federal commercial power troll permit previously issued by the Regional Administrator, with the consent of the current holder of that permit.</P>
              <P>(iv) The Regional Administrator shall approve the transfer if he determines that:</P>
              <P>(A) Sickness, injury, or other unavoidable hardship prevents the current permit holder from engaging in such fishing.</P>

              <P>(B) The applicant had the ability to participate actively in the fishery at the time the application for emergency transfer of the permit was filed with the State of Alaska or, in the case of a Federal permit, with the Regional Administrator.<PRTPAGE P="465"/>
              </P>
              <P>(C) The applicant has access to power troll gear necessary for participation in the fishery.</P>
              <P>(D) The State of Alaska has not instituted proceedings to revoke the permit on the grounds that it was fraudulently obtained.</P>
              <P>(v) The application in the case of a State of Alaska permit shall be filed with the Regional Administrator within 30 days of the denial by the State of Alaska of emergency transfer of the permit.</P>
              <P>(vi) The application shall include all documents and other evidence submitted to the State of Alaska in support of the proposed emergency transfer of the permit and a copy of the State of Alaska's decision denying the emergency transfer of the permit. The Regional Administrator may request additional information from the applicant or from the State of Alaska to assist in the consideration of the application.</P>
              <P>(vii) Upon approval of the application by the Regional Administrator, the authority of the permit holder to engage in commercial fishing for salmon using power troll gear in the High Seas Salmon Management Area shall expire for the period of the emergency transfer, and that authority shall be transferred to the applicant for that period.</P>
              <P>(16) <E T="03">Appeals and hearings</E>. (i) A decision by the Regional Administrator to deny a permit under paragraph (h)(7) of this section or to deny transfer of authority to engage in commercial fishing for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area under paragraphs (h)(13) and (h)(14) of this section will:</P>
              <P>(A) Be in writing.</P>
              <P>(B) State the facts and reasons therefor.</P>
              <P>(C) Advise the applicant of the rights provided in this paragraph (h)(16).</P>
              <P>(ii) Any such decision of the Regional Administrator shall be final 30 days after receipt by the applicant, unless an appeal is filed with the NOAA/NMFS Assistant Administrator within that time.</P>
              <P>(iii) Failure to file a timely appeal shall constitute waiver of the appeal.</P>
              <P>(iv) Appeals under this paragraph (h)(16) must:</P>
              <P>(A) Be in writing.</P>
              <P>(B) Set forth the reasons why the appellant believes the Regional Administrator's decision was in error.</P>
              <P>(C) Include any supporting facts or documentation.</P>
              <P>(v) At the time the appeal is filed with the Assistant Administrator, the appellant may request a hearing with respect to any disputed issue of material fact. Failure to request a hearing at this time will constitute a waiver of the right to request a hearing.</P>
              <P>(vi) If a hearing is requested, the Assistant Administrator may order an informal fact-finding hearing if it is determined that a hearing is necessary to resolve material issues of fact and shall so notify the appellant.</P>
              <P>(vii) If the Assistant Administrator orders a hearing, the order will appoint a hearing examiner to conduct the hearing.</P>
              <P>(viii) Following the hearing, the hearing examiner shall promptly furnish the Assistant Administrator with a report and appropriate recommendations.</P>
              <P>(ix) As soon as practicable after considering the matters raised in the appeal, and any report or recommendation of the hearing examiner in the event a hearing is held under this paragraph (h)(16), the Assistant Administrator shall decide the appeal.</P>
              <P>(x) The Assistant Administrator shall promptly notify the appellant of the final decision. Such notice shall set forth the findings of the Assistant Administrator and set forth the basis of the decision. The decision of the Assistant Administrator shall be the final administrative action of the Department of Commerce.</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">Experimental fisheries permits.</E> (See § 679.6.)</P>
              <P>(j) <E T="03">Salmon donation program permits.</E> (See § 679.26(a)(3).)</P>
              <P>(k) <E T="03">Licenses for license limitation groundfish or crab species</E>—(1) <E T="03">General requirements</E>. (i) In addition to the permit and licensing requirements prescribed in this part, and except as provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, each vessel within the GOA or the BSAI must have a groundfish license on board at all times it is engaged in fishing activities defined in § 679.2 as directed fishing for license limitation groundfish. This groundfish license, <PRTPAGE P="466"/>issued by NMFS to a qualified person, authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish only in the specific area(s) designated on the license and may only be used on a vessel that complies with the vessel designation and MLOA specified on the license.</P>
              <P>(ii) In addition to the permit and licensing requirements prescribed in this part, and except as provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, each vessel within the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area must have a crab species license on board at all times it is engaged in fishing activities defined in § 679.2 as directed fishing for crab species. This crab species license, issued by NMFS to a qualified person, authorizes a license holder to deploy a vessel to conduct directed fishing for crab species only for the specific species and in the specific area(s) designated on the license, and may be used only on a vessel that complies with the vessel designation and MLOA specified on the license.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Exempt vessels</E>. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (i)(1) of this section,</P>
              <P>(i) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA may conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the GOA without a groundfish license;</P>
              <P>(ii) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 32 ft (9.8 m) LOA may conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the BSAI without a groundfish license and may conduct directed fishing for crab species in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area without a crab species license;</P>
              <P>(iii) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA may use a maximum of 5 jig  machines, one line per jig machine, and a maximum of 15 hooks per line, to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the BSAI without a groundfish license; or</P>
              <P>(iv) A catcher vessel or catcher/processor vessel that does not exceed 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, and that was, after November 18, 1992, specifically constructed for and used exclusively in accordance with a CDP approved by NMFS under Subpart C of this part, and is designed and equipped to meet specific needs that are described in the CDP may conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish in the GOA and in the BSAI area without a groundfish license and for crab species in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area without a crab species license.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Vessel designations and vessel length categories</E>—(i) <E T="03">General</E>. A license can be used only on a vessel that complies with the vessel designation specified on the license and that has an LOA less than or equal to the MLOA specified on the license.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Vessel designations</E>—(A) <E T="03">Catcher/processor vessel</E>. A license will be assigned a catcher/processor vessel designation if:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) For license limitation groundfish, license limitation groundfish were processed on the vessel that qualified for the groundfish license under paragraph (i)(4) of this section during the period January 1, 1994, through June 17, 1995, or in the most recent calendar year of participation during the area endorsement qualifying period specified in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of this section; or</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) For crab species, crab species were processed on the vessel that qualified for the crab species license under paragraph (i)(5) of this section during the period January 1, 1994, through December 31, 1994, or in the most recent calendar year of participation during the area endorsement qualifying period specified in paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) For purposes of paragraphs (i)(3)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) and (i)(3)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section, evidence of processing must be demonstrated by Weekly Production Reports or other valid documentation demonstrating that processing occurred on the vessel during the relevant period.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Catcher vessel</E>. A license will be assigned a catcher vessel designation if it does not meet the criteria in paragraph (i)(3)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) or (i)(3)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section to be assigned a catcher/processor vessel designation.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Changing a vessel designation</E>. A person who holds a groundfish license or a crab species license with a catcher/processor vessel designation may, upon <PRTPAGE P="467"/>request to the Regional Administrator, have the license reissued with a catcher vessel designation. The vessel designation change to a catcher vessel will be permanent, and that license will be valid for only those activities specified in the definition of catcher vessel designation at § 679.2.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Vessel length categories</E>. A vessel's eligibility will be determined using the following three vessel length categories, which are based on the vessel's LOA on June 17, 1995, or, if the vessel was under reconstruction on June 17, 1995, the  vessel's length on the date that reconstruction was completed.</P>
              <P>(A) Vessel length category “A” if the LOA of the qualifying vessel on the relevant date was equal to or greater than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA.</P>
              <P>(B) Vessel length category “B” if the LOA of the qualifying vessel on the relevant date was equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) but less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA.</P>
              <P>(C) Vessel length category “C” if the LOA of the qualifying vessel on the relevant date was less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Qualifications for a groundfish license</E>. A groundfish license will be issued to an eligible applicant that meets the criteria in paragraphs (i)(4)(i) and (i)(4)(ii) of this section. For purposes of the license limitation program, evidence of a documented harvest must be demonstrated by a state catch report, a Federal catch report, or other valid documentation that indicates the amount of license limitation groundfish harvested, the groundfish reporting area in which the license limitation groundfish was harvested, the vessel and gear type used to harvest the license limitation groundfish, and the date of harvesting, landing, or reporting. State catch reports are Alaska, California, Oregon, or Washington fish tickets. Federal catch reports are Weekly Production Reports required under § 679.5.</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">General qualification periods (GQP)</E>. (A) At least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish species must have been made from a vessel to qualify for one or more of the area endorsements in paragraphs (i)(4)(ii)(A) and (i)(4)(ii)(B) of this section. This documented harvest must have been of license limitation groundfish species caught and retained in the BSAI or in the State waters shoreward of the BSAI and must have occurred during the following periods:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) January 1, 1988, through June 27, 1992;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) January 1, 1988, through December 31, 1994, provided that the harvest was of license limitation groundfish using pot or jig gear from a vessel that was less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA; or</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) January 1, 1988, through June 17, 1995, provided that the vessel qualified for a gear endorsement under the Vessel Moratorium based on criteria specified at § 679.4(c)(5)(ii)(B) or § 679.4(c)(5)(iv)(B).</P>
              <P>(B) At least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish species must have been made from a vessel to qualify for one or more of the area endorsements in paragraphs (i)(4)(ii)(C) through (i)(4)(ii)(E) of this section. This documented harvest must have been of fish caught and retained in the GOA or in the State waters shoreward of the GOA and must have occurred during the following periods:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) January 1, 1988, through June 27, 1992;</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) January 1, 1988, through December 31, 1994, provided that the harvest was of license limitation groundfish using pot or jig gear from a vessel that was less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA; or</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) January 1, 1988, through June 17, 1995, provided that the vessel qualified for a gear endorsement under the Vessel  Moratorium based on criteria specified at § 679.4(c)(5)(ii)(B) or § 679.4(c)(5)(iv)(B).</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Endorsement qualification periods (EQP)</E>. A groundfish license will be assigned one or more area endorsements based on the criteria in paragraphs (i)(4)(ii)(A) through (i)(4)(ii)(E) of this section.</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Aleutian Islands area endorsement</E>. For a license to be assigned an Aleutian Islands endorsement, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from a vessel in any vessel length category (vessel categories “A” through “C”) between January 1, 1992, and June 17, 1995, and in <PRTPAGE P="468"/>the Aleutian Islands Subarea or in State waters shoreward of that subarea.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Bering Sea area endorsement</E>. For a license to be assigned a Bering Sea area endorsement, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from a vessel in any vessel length category (vessel categories “A” through “C”) between January 1, 1992, and June 17, 1995, and in the Bering Sea Subarea or in State waters shoreward of that subarea.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Western Gulf area endorsement</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “A”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Western Gulf area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “A”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995, in the Western Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “B” and catcher vessel designation</E>. For a license to be assigned a Western Gulf area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “B” and that would qualify for a catcher vessel designation under this section, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995, in the Western Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “B” and catcher/processor vessel designation</E>. For a license to be assigned a Western Gulf area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “B” and that would qualify for a catcher/processor vessel designation under this section, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel in each of any 2 calendar years from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995, in the Western Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area, or at least four documented harvests of any amount of license limitation groundfish harvested from January 1, 1995, through June 17, 1995, in the Western Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “C”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Western Gulf area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “C”, at  least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995. This documented harvest must have recorded a harvest occurring in the Western Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area for a Western Gulf area endorsement.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Central Gulf area endorsement</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “A”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Central Gulf area endorsement based on the participation of a vessel in vessel length category “A”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel in each of any 2 calendar years from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995. These documented harvests must have recorded harvests occurring in the Central Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area, or in the West Yakutat District or in state waters shoreward of that district.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “B”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Central Gulf area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “B”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel in each of any 2 calendar years from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995, or at least four documented harvests from January 1, 1995, through June 17, 1995. These documented harvests must have recorded harvests occurring in the Central Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area, or in the West Yakutat District or in state waters shoreward of that district.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “C”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Central Gulf area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “C”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel from January 1, 1992, <PRTPAGE P="469"/>through June 17, 1995. This documented harvest must have recorded a harvest occurring in the Central Area of the Gulf of Alaska or in State waters shoreward of that area, or in the West Yakutat District or in state waters shoreward of that district.</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">Southeast Outside area endorsement</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “A”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Southeast Outside area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “A”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel in each of any 2 calendar years from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995. These documented harvests must have recorded harvests occurring in the Southeast Outside District or in State waters shoreward of that district.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “B”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Southeast Outside area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “B”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel in each of any 2 calendar years from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995, or at least four documented harvests from January 1, 1995, through June 17, 1995. These documented harvests must have recorded harvests  occurring in the Southeast Outside District or in State waters shoreward of that district.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Vessel length category “C”</E>. For a license to be assigned a Southeast outside area endorsement based on the participation from a vessel in vessel length category “C”, at least one documented harvest of any amount of license limitation groundfish must have been made from that vessel from January 1, 1992, through June 17, 1995. This documented harvest must have recorded a harvest occurring in the Southeast Outside District or in State waters shoreward of that district.</P>

              <P>(iii) An eligible applicant that is issued a groundfish license based on a vessel's qualifications under paragraph (i)(4)(i)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) or (i)(4)(i)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section must choose only one area endorsement for that groundfish license even if the vessel qualifies for more than one area endorsement.</P>
              <P>(iv) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph (i)(4) of this section, a license with the appropriate area endorsements will be issued to an eligible applicant whose vessel meets the requirements of paragraph (i)(4)(i)(A), and the requirements of paragraph (i)(4)(ii)(C), (i)(4)(ii)(D), or (i)(4)(ii)(E) of this section, but</P>
              <P>(A) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the GOA or state waters shoreward of the GOA between January 1, 1988, and June 27, 1992, and</P>
              <P>(B) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the BSAI or state waters shoreward of the BSAI between January 1, 1992, and June 17, 1995.</P>
              <P>(v) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph(i)(4) of this section, a license with the appropriate area endorsements will be issued to an eligible applicant whose vessel meets the requirements of paragraph (i)(4)(i)(B) of this section, and the requirements of paragraph (i)(4)(ii)(A) or (i)(4)(ii)(B) of this section, but</P>
              <P>(A) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the BSAI or state waters shoreward of the BSAI between January 1, 1988, and June 27, 1992, and</P>
              <P>(B) From whose vessel no documented harvests were made in the GOA or state waters shoreward of the GOA between January 1, 1992, and June 17, 1995.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Qualifications for a crab species license</E>. A crab species license will be issued to an eligible applicant who owned a vessel that meets the criteria in paragraphs (i)(5)(i) and (i)(5)(ii) of this section, except that vessels are exempt from the requirements in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section for the area/species endorsements in paragraph (i)(5)(ii)(A) and (i)(5)(ii)(G) of this section.</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">General qualification period (GQP)</E>. To qualify for one or more of the area/species endorsements in paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section:</P>
              <P>(A) At least one documented harvest of any amount of crab species must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1988, and June 27, 1992; or</P>

              <P>(B) At least one documented harvest of any amount of crab species must <PRTPAGE P="470"/>have been made from a vessel between January 1,  1988, and December 31, 1994, providing that the vessel from which the documented harvest was made qualified for a gear endorsement under the Vessel Moratorium based on criteria specified at § 679.4(c)(5)(i)(B).</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Area/Species Endorsements</E>. A crab species license will be assigned one or more area/species endorsements specified at § 679.2 based on the criteria in paragraphs (i)(5)(ii)(A) through (G) of this section.</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Pribilof red king and Pribilof blue king</E>. At least one documented harvest of any amount of red king or blue king crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the Pribilof red king and Pribilof blue king area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1993, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a Pribilof red king and Pribilof blue king area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area C. opilio and C. bairdi</E>. At least three documented harvests of any amount of <E T="03">C.</E>
                <E T="03">opilio</E> or <E T="03">C.</E>
                <E T="03">bairdi</E> crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area <E T="03">C.</E>
                <E T="03">opilio</E> or <E T="03">C.</E>
                <E T="03">bairdi</E> area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1992, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a <E T="03">C.</E>
                <E T="03">opilio</E> and <E T="03">C.</E>
                <E T="03">bairdi</E> area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">St. Matthew blue king</E>. At least one documented harvest of any amount of blue king crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the St. Matthews blue king area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1992, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a St. Matthew blue king area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Aleutian Islands brown king</E>. At least three documented harvests of any amount of brown king crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the Aleutian Islands brown king area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1992, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a Aleutian Islands brown king area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">Aleutian Islands red king</E>. At least one documented harvest of any amount of red king crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the Aleutian Islands red king area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1992, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a Aleutian Islands red king area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(F) <E T="03">Bristol Bay red king</E>. At least one documented harvest of any amount of red king crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the Bristol Bay red king area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between January 1, 1991, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a Bristol Bay red king area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(G) <E T="03">Norton Sound red king and Norton Sound blue king</E>. At least one documented harvest of any amount of red king or blue king crab harvested in the area described in the definition for the Norton Sound red king and Norton Sound blue king area/species endorsement in § 679.2 must have been made from a vessel between  January 1, 1993, and December 31, 1994, to qualify for a Norton Sound red king and Norton Sound blue king area/species endorsement.</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Application for a groundfish license or a crab species license</E>. [Reserved].</P>
              <P>(7) <E T="03">Transfers</E>. [Reserved].</P>
              <P>(8) <E T="03">Other provisions</E>. (i) Any person committing, or a fishing vessel used in the commission of, a violation of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act or any regulations issued pursuant thereto, is subject to the civil and criminal penalty provisions and the civil forfeiture provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, part 621 of this chapter, 15 CFR part 904 (Civil Procedure), and other applicable law. Penalties include, but are not limited to, permanent or temporary sanctions to licenses.</P>

              <P>(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of the license limitation program in this part, vessels fishing for species other than license limitation groundfish as defined in § 679.2 that were authorized under Federal regulations to incidentally catch license limitation groundfish without a Federal fisheries permit described at § 679.4(b) will continue to be authorized to catch the maximum retainable bycatch amounts of license <PRTPAGE P="471"/>limitation groundfish as provided in this part without a groundfish license.</P>
              <P>(iii) An eligible applicant, who qualifies for a groundfish license or crab species license but whose vessel on which the eligible applicant's qualification was based was lost or destroyed, will be issued a license. This license:</P>
              <P>(A) Will have the vessel designation of the lost or destroyed vessel.</P>
              <P>(B) Cannot be used to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or to conduct directed fishing for crab species on a vessel that has an LOA greater than the MLOA designated on the license.</P>
              <P>(iv) A qualified person who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, that made a documented harvest of license limitation groundfish, or crab species if applicable, between January 1, 1988, and February 9, 1992, but whose vessel was unable to meet all the criteria in paragraph (i)(4) of this section for a groundfish license or paragraph (i)(5) of this section for a crab species license because of an unavoidable circumstance (i.e., the vessel was lost, damaged, or otherwise unable to participate in the license limitation groundfish or crab fisheries) may receive a license if the qualified person is able to demonstrate that:</P>
              <P>(A) The owner of the vessel at the time of the unavoidable circumstance held a specific intent to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species with that vessel during a specific time period in a specific area.</P>
              <P>(B) The specific intent to conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species with that vessel was thwarted by a circumstance that was:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Unavoidable.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Unique to the owner of that vessel, or unique to that vessel.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Unforeseen and reasonably unforeseeable to the owner  of the vessel.</P>
              <P>(C) The circumstance that prevented the owner from conducting directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species actually occurred.</P>
              <P>(D) Under the circumstances, the owner of the vessel took all reasonable steps to overcome the circumstance that prevented the owner from conducting directed fishing for license limitation groundfish or crab species.</P>
              <P>(E) Any amount of license limitation groundfish or appropriate crab species was harvested on the vessel in the specific area that corresponds to the area endorsement or area/species endorsement for which the qualified person who owned a vessel on June 17, 1995, is applying and that the license limitation groundfish or crab species was harvested after the vessel was prevented from participating by the unavoidable circumstance but before June 17, 1995.</P>
              <P>(v) A groundfish license or a crab species license may be used on a vessel that complies with the vessel designation on the license and that does not exceed the MLOA on the license.</P>
              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35578, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 41525, Aug. 9, 1996; 61 FR 56430, Nov. 1, 1996; 62 FR 2045, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 17752, 17756, Apr. 11, 1997; 62 FR 19688, Apr. 23, 1997; 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 52654, Oct. 1, 1998; 63 FR 54753, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
              <EFFDNOT>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
                <P>1. At 62 FR 17752, Apr. 11, 1997, § 679.4 was amended by adding a new paragraph (g), effective May 12, 1997 through June 30, 2000, except for paragraph (g)(1)(ii) which is effective July 1, 1997 through June 30, 2000.</P>
                <P>2. At 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.4 was amended in paragraph (f)(1) by removing the final “s” from the word “States” that follows the word “Alaska;” and by adding paragraphs (i) and (j), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                <P>3. At 63 FR 52654, Oct. 1, 1998, § 679.4 was amended by adding paragraphs (a)(6) and (i)(1), (i)(2), (i)(7), (i)(8)(i) and (ii), effective Jan. 1, 2000. Paragraphs (i)(3), (i)(4), (i)(5), (i)(6), (i)(8)(iii), and (i)(8)(iv) were added effective Jan. 1, 1999. At 63 FR 54753, Oct. 13, 1998, paragraph (i) was correctly designated as paragraph (k).</P>
              </EFFDNOT>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 679.5</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) <E T="03">General requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Applicability, Federal fisheries permit.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section, the following participants must comply with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this section:</P>

              <P>(i) Any catcher vessel, mothership, catcher/processor, or tender vessel, 5 net tons or larger, that is required to have a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4.<PRTPAGE P="472"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) Any shoreside processor, mothership, or buying station that receives groundfish from vessels issued a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4. A shoreside processor, mothership, or buying station subject to recordkeeping and reporting requirements must report all groundfish and prohibited species received, including:</P>
              <P>(A) Fish received from vessels not required to have a Federal fisheries permit.</P>
              <P>(B) Fish received under contract for handling or processing for another processor.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Exemption for vessels less than 60 ft LOA.</E> A catcher vessel less than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA is not required to comply with recordkeeping and reporting requirements contained in § 679.5(a) through (j).</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Exemption for groundfish used as crab bait.</E> (A) Owners or operators of catcher vessels who take groundfish in crab pot gear for use as crab bait on board their vessels while participating in an open season for crab, and the bait is neither transferred nor sold, are exempt from Federal recordkeeping and reporting requirements contained in paragraphs (a) through (j) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) This exemption does not apply to fishermen who:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Catch groundfish for bait during an open crab season and sell that groundfish or transfer it to another vessel, or</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Participate in a directed fishery for groundfish using any gear type during periods that are outside an open crab season for use as crab bait on board their vessel.</P>
              <P>(C) No groundfish species listed by NMFS as “prohibited” in a management or regulatory area may be taken in that area for use as bait.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Applicability, Federal processor permit.</E> Any shoreside processor or vessel operating solely as a mothership in Alaska State waters that retains groundfish is responsible for complying with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this section.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Responsibility.</E> (i) The operator of a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, or buying station receiving from a catcher vessel and delivering to a mothership (hereafter referred to as the operator) and the manager of a shoreside processor or buying station receiving from a catcher vessel and delivering to a shoreside processor (hereafter referred to as the manager) are each responsible for complying with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this section.</P>
              <P>(ii) The owner of a vessel, shoreside processor, or buying station is responsible for compliance and must ensure that the operator, manager, or representative (see paragraph (b) of this section) complies with the requirements given in paragraph (a)(3)(i).</P>
              <P>(iii) The signature of the owner, operator, or manager on the DFL, DCL, or DCPL is verification of acceptance of the responsibility required in paragraphs (a)(3) (i) and (ii) and must be signed by noon of the day following the week-ending date of the weekly reporting period.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Groundfish logbooks and forms.</E> The Regional Administrator will prescribe and provide groundfish logbooks and forms required under this section as shown in Table 9 to this part. The operator or manager must use these logbooks and forms or obtain approval from the Regional Administrator to use electronic versions of the logbooks and forms.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Participant identification information.</E> The operator or manager must record on all required records, reports, and logbooks, as appropriate:</P>
              <P>(i) The name of the catcher vessel, catcher/processor, mothership, shoreside processor, or buying station as displayed in official documentation.</P>
              <P>(ii) If a catcher vessel, the Federal fisheries permit number and ADF&amp;G vessel number.</P>
              <P>(iii) If a shoreside processor, the Federal processor permit number and ADF&amp;G processor number.</P>
              <P>(iv) If a buying station, the name and ADF&amp;G vessel number (if a vessel) of the buying station, and the name, ADF&amp;G processor code, and Federal processor permit number of associated shoreside processor, or the Federal fisheries permit number of the associated mothership.</P>

              <P>(v) Except for a DFL, DCL, or DCPL, the following information describing a representative's identification: the representative's name, daytime business <PRTPAGE P="473"/>telephone number (including area code), and fax or telex number. In addition, if completing a DPR, a VAR, or a mothership or catcher/processor PTR or check-in/check-out report, the representative's COMSAT number.</P>
              <P>(vi) If a mothership or catcher/processor, the ADF&amp;G processor code and Federal fisheries permit number.</P>
              <P>(vii) Signature of owner, operator, or manager (see paragraph (a)(3)).</P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Maintenance of records.</E> (i) The operator or manager must maintain all records, reports, and logbooks in a legible, timely, and accurate manner; in English; if handwritten, in indelible ink; if computer-generated, in a printed paper copy; and based on A.l.t.</P>
              <P>(ii) The operator or manager must account for each day of the fishing year in the logbook, starting with January 1 and ending with December 31. Time periods must be recorded consecutively in the logbook.</P>
              <P>(iii) When applicable, the operator or manager must record in each report, form, and logbook the following information:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Page number.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(6)(iii)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section, the operator or manager must number the pages in each logbook consecutively, beginning with page 1 and continuing throughout the logbook for the remainder of the fishing year. If more than one logbook is used in a fishing year, the page numbers should follow the consecutive order of the previous logbook.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The manager of a shoreside processor must number the DCPL pages within Part I and Part II separately, beginning with page 1.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Date,</E> presented as month-day-year.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) If a catcher vessel and the logsheet contains records for more than one day, enter the first day of the logsheet at the top of the logsheet and the date of each day in the “catch” and “discard/donate” sections of the DFL.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If a shoreside processor, enter the week-ending date of the weekly reporting period at the top of the logsheet and the date of each day of the week in the “landings” and “discard/donate” sections of the DCPL.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Time,</E> in military format to the nearest hour, A.l.t.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Position coordinates,</E> latitude and longitude to the nearest minute (optional: record to the nearest second or fraction of minute).</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">Original/revised report.</E> Except for a DFL, DCL, or DCPL, if a report is the first one submitted to the Regional Administrator for a given date, gear type, and reporting area, the report should be labeled, “ORIGINAL REPORT.” If a report is a correction to a previously submitted report for a given date, gear type, and reporting area, the report should be labeled, “REVISED REPORT.”</P>
              <P>(7) <E T="03">Active and inactive periods—</E>(i) Each day of fishing year. Account for each day of the fishing year in the DFL, DCL, or DCPL by checking the appropriate box to indicate active and inactive periods as defined under §679.2.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Separate logsheet.</E> (A) If a mothership, catcher/processor, or buying station, use a separate logbook page for each day of an active period.</P>
              <P>(B) If a catcher vessel, use a separate logbook page for each day or use one logbook page for up to 7 days.</P>
              <P>(C) If a shoreside processor, use a separate logbook page for each day or use one logbook page for up to 7 days.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Inactive period.</E> (A) Indicate in the DFL, DCL, or DCPL on one logbook page the first and last day of an inactive period.</P>
              <P>(B) During an inactive period that extends across two or more successive quarters, the operator or manager must complete two logsheets: The one to indicate the last day of the first inactive quarter and the next page to indicate the first day of the second inactive quarter.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Fishing activity.</E> Indicate in the DFL, DCL, or DCPL all fishing activity, which is defined for each type of vessel as follows:</P>
              <P>(A) If a catcher vessel—harvest or discard of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(B) If a catcher/processor—harvest, discard, or processing of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(C) If a mothership or shoreside processor—receipt, discard, or processing of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(D) If a buying station—receipt, discard, or delivery of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Active and conducting fishing activity.</E> If in an active period and conducting fishing activity, the operator or <PRTPAGE P="474"/>manager must record in the DFL, DCL, or DCPL:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Gear type.</E> The gear type used to harvest the groundfish.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) If a catcher vessel or catcher/processor and using hook-and-line gear, the average number of hooks per skate.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If a mothership or shoreside processor and groundfish shipment is received from a different processor through the use of a PTR, circle “PTR TRANSFER.”</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) If gear type is not an authorized fishing gear, circle “OTHER.”</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) If a mothership and groundfish are received in the same reporting area but were harvested with more than one gear type or if a catcher/processor and groundfish were caught in the same reporting area using more than one gear type, the operator must use a separate page in the DCPL for each gear type and must submit a separate check-in/check-out report, DPR (if required), and WPR for each gear type.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) If a shoreside processor and groundfish are received from the same reporting area but were harvested with more than one gear type, the manager must:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Use a separate page in the DCPL for each gear type.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Except for gear type “PTR TRANSFER,” submit a separate check-in/check-out report, DPR (if required), and WPR for each gear type. The manager must not use the gear type “PTR TRANSFER” on a WPR.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Reporting Area.</E> The reporting area code where gear retrieval was completed (see Figures 1 and 3 to this part).</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) If a haul or set occurs in more than one reporting area, record the reporting area code where gear retrieval was completed, regardless of where the majority of the haul or set took place.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If a catcher vessel or catcher/processor using trawl gear, record whether catch was harvested in the COBLZ or in the RKCSA.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) If recording in DFL or DCPL, use two separate pages, the first to record the information from the reporting area that includes the COBLZ or RKCSA and the second to record the information from the reporting area that does not include the COBLZ or RKCSA.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) If recording on a WPR, use two separate columns to record the part of the same reporting area that includes the COBLZ or RKCSA and the part that does not include the COBLZ or RKCSA.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) If a catcher/processor using trawl gear and recording on a check-in/check-out report, the operator must submit a separate check-in/check-out report to record the part of the same reporting area that includes the COBLZ or RKCSA and the part that does not include the COBLZ or RKCSA area.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Observers.</E> Except for a buying station, the number of observers aboard or on site.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Number of crew.</E> Except for a shoreside processor, the number of crew, excluding certified observer(s), on the last day of the weekly reporting period.</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">CDQ.</E> Whether harvest is under a CDQ program; if yes, record the CDQ number. If fishing under more than one CDQ number, use a separate page for each.</P>
              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Active, no fishing activity</E>—(A) <E T="03">Catcher vessel.</E> If a catcher vessel, in an active period, and not harvesting or discarding groundfish, the operator must check “ACTIVE, NOT FISHING” in the DFL and briefly describe the reason.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Catcher/processor.</E> If a catcher/processor, in an active period, and not harvesting, discarding, or processing groundfish, the operator must record “ACTIVE, NOT FISHING” in the DCPL and briefly describe the reason.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Mothership or shoreside processor.</E> If a mothership or shoreside processor, in an active period, and not receiving, discarding, or processing groundfish, the operator or manager must record “NO RECEIVING OR PROCESSING ACTIVITY” in the DCPL and briefly describe the reason.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Buying station.</E> If a buying station, in an active period, and not receiving, discarding, or delivering groundfish, the operator or manager must record “NO RECEIVING OR DELIVERING ACTIVITY” in the DCL and briefly describe the reason.</P>
              <P>(8) <E T="03">Landings information</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> The manager of a shoreside processor must:<PRTPAGE P="475"/>
              </P>
              <P>(A) Record and report groundfish landings by species codes and product codes as defined in Tables 1 and 2 to this part for each reporting area, gear type, COBLZ or RKCSA area if applicable under paragraph (a)(7)(v)(B) of this section, and CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(B) If recording landings on a WPR or DPR, report each groundfish landing only in metric tons to at least the nearest 0.001 mt.</P>
              <P>(C) If no landings occurred, write “NO LANDINGS” for that day.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">DCPL.</E> The manager of a shoreside processor must record in the DCPL:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Daily landings.</E> The daily combined scale weight of landings retained for processing from a catcher vessel or from any associated buying station, to the nearest lb or to at least the nearest 0.001 mt. Use a check mark in the appropriate box to indicate whether records are in lbs or in metric tons.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Weekly landings.</E> At the end of each weekly reporting period, enter for each species and product code the cumulative total scale weight of landings for that week, summarized separately by reporting area, gear type, COBLZ or RKCSA area if applicable under paragraph (a)(7)(v)(B) of this section, and CDQ number. The cumulative total weight is calculated by adding the daily totals for that week.</P>
              <P>(9) <E T="03">Product Information</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must:</P>
              <P>(A) Record and report groundfish products by species codes, product codes, and product designations as defined in Tables 1 and 2 to this part for each reporting area, gear type, COBLZ or RKCSA area if applicable under paragraph (a)(7)(v)(B) of this section, and CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(B) If recording products on a WPR or DPR or recording products shipped or received on a PTR, the operator or manager must report each groundfish product only in metric tons to at least the nearest 0.001 mt.</P>
              <P>(C) If no production occurred, write “NO PRODUCTION” for that day.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">DCPL.</E> The operator or manager must record in the DCPL:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Daily production.</E> The daily total, balance brought forward (except for shoreside processors), and cumulative total fish product weight for each groundfish product to the nearest lb or to at least the nearest 0.001 mt. Use a check mark in the appropriate box to indicate whether records are in lbs or in metric tons.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Weekly production.</E> At the end of each weekly reporting period, enter for each species and product code the cumulative total fish product weight for each groundfish product to the nearest lb or to at least the nearest 0.001 mt, summarized separately by reporting area, gear type, COBLZ or RKCSA area if applicable under paragraph (a)(7)(v)(B) of this section, and CDQ number. The cumulative total fish product weight is calculated by adding the daily totals and total carried forward (except for a Shoreside Processor DCPL) for that week.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Beginning of weekly reporting period.</E> At the beginning of each weekly reporting period, the amount is zero, and nothing shall be carried forward from the previous weekly reporting period.</P>
              <P>(10) <E T="03">Discarded or donated species information.</E> The operator or manager must record or report discards or donations as follows:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> (A) Record and report prohibited species (see § 679.21(b)) and groundfish discards or donations by species and product codes as defined in Tables 1 and 2 to this part for each reporting area, gear type, COBLZ or RKCSA area if applicable under paragraph (a)(7)(v)(B) of this section, and CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(B) If recording discards or donations on a WPR or DPR, the manager or operator must record:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The weekly cumulative total discard or donation for each species and product code of groundfish species, groundfish species group, or Pacific herring in metric tons to at least the nearest 0.001 mt.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The weekly cumulative total estimated numbers of discard or donation for each species and product code of Pacific salmon, steelhead trout, halibut, king crab, and Tanner crab.</P>

              <P>(C) If there were no discards or donations, write “NO DISCARDS,” “0,” or “ZERO” for that day.<PRTPAGE P="476"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Logbook</E>—(A) <E T="03">Groundfish and herring.</E> For each discard or donation of groundfish, groundfish species groups, and Pacific herring, record in the DCPL, DCL, or DFL the date of discard, the estimated daily total, balance brought forward (except for shoreside processor DCPL), and cumulative total estimated fish discards or donations weight to the nearest lb or to at least the nearest 0.001 mt for each fishing trip. Use a check mark in the appropriate box to indicate whether records are in lbs or in metric tons.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Prohibited species other than herring.</E> For each discard or donation of Pacific salmon, steelhead trout, halibut, king crab, and Tanner crab, record in the DFL, DCL, or DCPL, the date of discard, the estimated daily total, balance brought forward (except for shoreside processor DCPL), and cumulative total estimated numbers for discards or donations for each fishing trip.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Cumulative totals.</E> At the end of each fishing trip, calculate the cumulative total by adding the daily total and balance forward (except for a Shoreside Processor DCPL), summarized separately by reporting area, gear type, COBLZ or RKCSA area if applicable under paragraph (a)(7)(v)(B) of this section, and CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Beginning of weekly reporting period.</E> At the beginning of each weekly reporting period, the amount is zero, and nothing shall be carried forward from the previous weekly reporting period.</P>
              <P>(11) <E T="03">Contract processing.</E> The manager of a shoreside processor or operator of a mothership who receives groundfish to be handled or processed under contract for another processor or business entity must report these fish to the Regional Administrator consistently throughout a fishing year using one of the following two methods:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">Combined records.</E> Record landings (if applicable), discards, and products of contract-processed groundfish routinely in the DCPL, WPR, or DPR without separate identification; or</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Separate records.</E> Record landings (if applicable), discards, and products of contract-processed groundfish in a separate DCPL, WPR, or DPR identified by the name, Federal processor permit number or Federal fisheries permit number, and ADF&amp;G processor code of the associated business entity.</P>
              <P>(12) <E T="03">Alteration of records.</E> (i) The operator, manager, or any other person may not alter or change any entry or record in a logbook, except that an inaccurate or incorrect entry or record may be corrected by lining out the original and inserting the correction, provided that the original entry or record remains legible.</P>
              <P>(ii) No person except an authorized officer may remove any original page of any logbook.</P>
              <P>(13) <E T="03">Inspection of records.</E> The operator or manager must make all logbooks, reports, and forms required under this section available for inspection upon the request of an authorized officer.</P>
              <P>(14) <E T="03">Submittal, retention, and distribution of logbooks and forms</E>—(i) <E T="03">Submittal of forms.</E> Forms other than logbooks and mothership fish tickets may be submitted by the operator or manager by:</P>
              <P>(A) Using the NMFS printed form and faxing it to the fax number on the form; or</P>
              <P>(B) Transmitting a data file with required information and forms to NMFS by modem or satellite (specifically INMARSAT standards A, B, or C).</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Submittal of logbooks.</E> (A) For recordkeeping and reporting in the groundfish fisheries of the EEZ off Alaska, the operator of a catcher vessel, mothership, catcher/processor, or of a buying station delivering to a mothership, or the manager of a shoreside processor or of a buying station delivering to a shoreside processor is required to use the logbooks issued per paragraph (a)(4) of this section, retain the logbooks per paragraph (a)(14)(vii) of this section, and submit the logbooks and logsheets to NMFS per paragraphs (a)(14)(iv), (v), and (vi) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) The operator or manager of a buying station must maintain a separate DCL for each mothership or shoreside processor to which the buying station delivers groundfish during a fishing year.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Logbook descriptions.</E> The copy sets of each logbook are described below:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Catcher vessel DFL.</E> White, blue, and yellow copies.<PRTPAGE P="477"/>
              </P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Catcher/processor DCPL.</E> White and yellow copies.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Mothership DCPL.</E> White and yellow copies.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Shoreside processor DCPL.</E> White and yellow copies.</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">Buying station DCL.</E> White, pink, and yellow copies.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Logsheet distribution and retention.</E> The operator or manager must distribute or retain the multiple copies of each logsheet as follows:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">White, original logsheet.</E> The white copy remains permanently in the logbook.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Yellow logsheet</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">DFL or DCPL.</E> The yellow DFL or DCPL copy is submitted to NMFS per paragraphs (a)(14) (v) and (vi) of this section.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">DCL</E>—(I) <E T="03">Buying station.</E> The operator or manager of a buying station must submit upon delivery of catch the yellow DCL copy to the associated mothership or shoreside processor, along with the ADF&amp;G fish tickets for that delivery.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) <E T="03">Mothership or shoreside processor.</E> The operator or manager of the associated mothership or shoreside processor receiving a delivery from a buying station must submit the yellow DCL copy to NMFS per paragraphs (a)(14)(v) and (vi) of this section after photocopying each DCL yellow copy. The manager or operator of the associated mothership or shoreside processor must retain these photocopies until the original DCL is received from the associated buying station at the conclusion of fishing or no later than February 1 of the following fishing year.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Blue discard logsheet, DFL</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Catcher vessel.</E> Except when delivering an unsorted codend (see paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section), the operator of a catcher vessel must submit the blue DFL copy to the buying station, mothership, or shoreside processor that receives the groundfish harvest.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Buying station.</E> The operator or manager of a buying station must submit upon delivery of catch to an associated mothership or shoreside processor any blue DFL copies received from catcher vessels delivering groundfish to the buying station.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Mothership or shoreside processor.</E> The operator of a mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must retain the blue DFL copies submitted by operators of catcher vessels through the last day of the fishing year during which the records were made.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Pink logsheet, DCL.</E> The operator or manager of a buying station must retain the pink DCL copies for each associated mothership or shoreside processor for 3 years after the end of the fishing year during which the records were made.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Logsheet submittal address.</E> The yellow copies described in paragraph (a)(14)(iv)(B) of this section must be submitted on a quarterly basis to: NMFS Office of Enforcement, Alaska Region Logbook Program, P.O. Box 21767, Juneau, AK 99802-1767.</P>
              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Yellow logsheet submittal schedule.</E> The yellow copies described in paragraph (a)(14)(iv)(B) of this section must be submitted to NMFS on the following schedule: Yellow copies from the first quarter, by May 1 of that fishing year; yellow copies from the second quarter, by August 1 of that fishing year; yellow copies from the third quarter, by November 1 of that fishing year; and yellow copies from the fourth quarter, by February 1 of the following fishing year.</P>
              <P>(vii) <E T="03">Retention of logbooks and forms.</E> (A) The operator of a catcher vessel must retain the original (white) copy of all DFLs per paragraph (a)(14)(vii)(E) of this section.</P>
              <P>(B) The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must retain the white copy of all DCPLs per paragraph (a)(14)(vii)(E) of this section.</P>
              <P>(C) The operator of a mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must retain the white copy of the DCL from each associated buying station per paragraph (a)(14)(vii)(E) of this section.</P>
              <P>(D) The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must retain a paper copy of all forms submitted to NMFS, including those forms that were originally submitted electronically per paragraph (a)(14)(vii)(E) of this section.</P>

              <P>(E) The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must make the logbook copies and paper forms required in paragraphs (a)(14)(vii)(A) <PRTPAGE P="478"/>through (D) of this section available for inspection by an authorized officer:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) On site until the end of the fishing year during which the records were made and for as long thereafter as fish or fish products recorded in the logbooks and forms are retained.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) For 3 years after the end of the fishing year during which the records were made.</P>
              <P>(15) <E T="03">Delivery information for buying station, mothership, and shoreside processor.</E> The operator of a mothership or buying station delivering to a mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor or buying station delivering to a shoreside processor must record the following information in the “delivery information section” of the Buying Station DCL, Mothership DCPL, or Shoreside Processor DCPL:</P>
              <P>(i) If groundfish delivery was made by a catcher vessel or buying station, write “CV” or “BS,” respectively.</P>
              <P>(ii) If groundfish delivery was made by another processor, record:</P>
              <P>(A) A dash (—) in the CV/BS column, in the receive/discard column, and in the fish ticket column.</P>
              <P>(B) Name and ADF&amp;G code of the processor that delivered the groundfish.</P>
              <P>(C) Time the delivery was completed.</P>
              <P>(D) Estimated total round weight of the groundfish. Option: Record actual weights by species, if known.</P>
              <P>(iii) If groundfish delivery is from a catcher vessel, whether the blue DFL copies were submitted at time of delivery. If not submitted, record the response “NO” and a “P” to indicate the catcher vessel does not have a Federal fisheries permit; an “L” to indicate the catcher vessel is under 60 ft (18.3 m) length overall (LOA); or a “U” to indicate the catcher vessel delivered an unsorted codend. If a catcher vessel is under 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA and also does not have a Federal fisheries permit, record a “P.”</P>
              <P>(iv) Name and ADF&amp;G vessel number (if applicable) of the catcher vessel or buying station delivering the groundfish.</P>
              <P>(v) Date and time (to the nearest hour, A.l.t.) when receipt of groundfish catch is completed.</P>
              <P>(vi) If a mothership, latitude and longitude (to the nearest minute) of the mothership position when the groundfish catch is received. Option: Record to nearest second or fraction of minute.</P>
              <P>(vii) Estimated total groundfish delivery weight of the groundfish catch to the nearest lb or to the nearest mt.</P>
              <P>(viii) ADF&amp;G fish ticket numbers issued to catcher vessels for the weekly reporting period, including the fish ticket numbers issued by an associated buying station.</P>
              <P>(ix) If a shoreside processor and located in a state other than Alaska, the manager must record the fish ticket number issued through that state. If a state fish ticket system is unavailable, the manager must record the catch receipt number.</P>
              <P>(x) If a buying station, the name and ADF&amp;G processor code of the associated mothership or shoreside processor to which groundfish deliveries were made.</P>
              <P>(b) <E T="03">Representative.</E> The operator of a catcher vessel, mothership, catcher/processor, or buying station delivering to a mothership or manager of a shoreside processor or buying station delivering to a shoreside processor may identify one person to fill out and sign the logbook, to complete the recordkeeping and reporting forms, and to identify the contact person for inquiries from NMFS. Designation of a representative under this paragraph does not relieve the owner, operator, or manager of responsibility for compliance under paragraph (a)(3) of this section.</P>
              <P>(c) <E T="03">Catcher vessel DFL and catcher/processor DCPL.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel or catcher/processor must record:</P>
              <P>(1) <E T="03">Pair trawls.</E> If two catcher vessels are dragging a trawl between them (pair trawl), a separate DFL must be maintained by each vessel. Each vessel operator must log the amount of the catch retained by that vessel and any fish discarded by the vessel.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limit and submittal</E>—(i) <E T="03">Catcher vessel DFL.</E> The operator of a catcher vessel must record in the DFL:</P>

              <P>(A) The time, position, and estimated total catch weight of groundfish within 2 hours after gear retrieval.<PRTPAGE P="479"/>
              </P>
              <P>(B) Discard or donation information as described at paragraph (a)(10) of this section each day on the day they occur; all other information required in the DFL by noon of the day following gear retrieval.</P>
              <P>(C) Notwithstanding other time limits, all information required in the DFL within 2 hours after the vessel's catch is offloaded.</P>
              <P>(D) Except as provided at paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, within 2 hours of completion of catch delivery information, the operator must submit the blue DFL copies with delivery of the harvest to the operator of a mothership or a buying station delivering to a mothership, or to the manager of a shoreside processor or buying station delivering to a shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Catcher/processor DCPL.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor must record in the DCPL, for each haul or set:</P>
              <P>(A) The time, position, and estimated total catch weight of groundfish within 2 hours after gear retrieval.</P>
              <P>(B) Product and discard or donation information as described at paragraphs (a)(9) and (a)(10) of this section each day on the day they occur; all other information required in the DCPL by noon of the day following completion of production.</P>
              <P>(C) Notwithstanding other time limits, record all information required in the DCPL within 2 hours after the vessel's catch is offloaded.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Haul/set information.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel or catcher/processor must record the following information for each haul or set:</P>
              <P>(i) The number of haul or set, sequentially by year;</P>
              <P>(ii) If the vessel is using hook-and-line gear, the number of skates set. If the vessel is using longline pot or single pot gear, the total number of pots set;</P>
              <P>(iii) The date (month-day-year), begin time (to the nearest hour) and position coordinates (to the nearest minute) of gear deployment;</P>
              <P>(iv) The date (month-day-year), end time (to the nearest hour), and position coordinates (to the nearest minute) of gear retrieval;</P>
              <P>(v) The average sea depth and average gear depth, recorded to the nearest meter or fathom;</P>
              <P>(vi) The estimated total round catch weight of the groundfish catch in lbs or to the nearest mt. If fishing in IFQ halibut fishery, enter the estimated total weight of groundfish bycatch;</P>
              <P>(vii) The round catch weight of pollock and Pacific cod;</P>
              <P>(viii) If fishing in an IFQ fishery, the estimated round catch weight of IFQ sablefish;</P>
              <P>(ix) If fishing in an IFQ fishery, the round catch weight of rockfish and Pacific cod; and</P>
              <P>(x) When fishing in an IFQ fishery and the fishery for Pacific cod or rockfish is closed to directed fishing in that reporting area as described in § 679.20, the operator must record up to and including the maximum retainable bycatch amount for Pacific cod or rockfish as defined in Table 10 or 11 to this part; quantities over this amount must be recorded in the discard or donation section.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Catcher vessel delivery information.</E> The operator of a catcher vessel must record:</P>
              <P>(i) The date of delivery.</P>
              <P>(ii) The name, ADF&amp;G processor code, and ADF&amp;G fish ticket number(s) provided by the operator of the mothership or of the buying station delivering to a mothership, or by the manager of a shoreside processor or of a buying station delivering to a shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">IFQ data.</E> The operator of a catcher vessel or catcher/processor using fixed gear must record IFQ information as follows:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">IFQ Identification.</E> (A) Check “YES” or “NO” to record if persons aboard have authorized IFQ permits.</P>
              <P>(B) If “YES,” record the following:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Vessel operator's (captain's) name and IFQ permit number, if any.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Name of each IFQ holder aboard the vessel and each holder's IFQ permit number.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">IFQ landings.</E> If IFQ landings are made, the operator must record the following:</P>
              <P>(A) Month and day of landing.</P>
              <P>(B) Name of registered buyer.</P>
              <P>(C) Name of unloading port.<PRTPAGE P="480"/>
              </P>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Discard or donation information, catcher vessel.</E> In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a)(10) of this section, the operator of a catcher vessel must record in the DFL:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">Unsorted codends.</E> If deliveries to a mothership or shoreside processor are unsorted codends, the catcher vessel is exempt from recording discards in the DFL and from submittal of the blue DFL copy (discards copy) for that delivery (see paragraph (a)(14)(iv)(C) of this section). The operator must check the box entitled “unsorted codend” and must remove and discard the blue DFL copy.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Presorted delivery.</E> Except as provided at § 679.27(d), if the deliveries of a catcher vessel are presorted at sea or if the catcher vessel has “bled” a codend prior to delivery to a mothership, shoreside processor, or buying station, the operator must:</P>
              <P>(A) Check the “presorted delivery” box.</P>
              <P>(B) Enter the estimated amount of discards or donations by species in the DFL.</P>
              <P>(d) <E T="03">Buying station DCL</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator or manager of a buying station must record discard or donation information in the DCL that:</P>
              <P>(i) Are reported on a blue DFL copy by a catcher vessel delivering to a buying station.</P>
              <P>(ii) Occur after receipt of harvest from a catcher vessel.</P>
              <P>(iii) Occur prior to delivery of harvest to a mothership or shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limits.</E> The operator or manager of a buying station must record:</P>
              <P>(i) Catcher vessel “delivery information” within 2 hours after completion of receipt of each groundfish delivery.</P>
              <P>(ii) Discard or donation information as described at paragraph (a)(10) of this section:</P>
              <P>(A) Each day on the day discards or donations occur:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) After receipt of harvest from a catcher vessel is completed; and</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Prior to delivery of harvest to a mothership or shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(B) On the day the blue DFL copy is received from a catcher vessel delivering groundfish to the buying station;</P>
              <P>(iii) All other information required in the DCL by noon of the day following the day the receipt of groundfish was completed.</P>
              <P>(e) <E T="03">Mothership DCPL</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a mothership must record discard or donation information in the DCPL that:</P>
              <P>(i) Is reported on a blue DFL copy by a catcher vessel or on a yellow DCL copy by a buying station delivering groundfish to a mothership.</P>
              <P>(ii) Occurs on site after receipt of groundfish from a catcher vessel or buying station.</P>
              <P>(iii) Occurs during processing of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limits.</E> The operator of a mothership must record:</P>
              <P>(i) Except for records of round weight catch for IR/IU species pollock and Pacific cod, “delivery information” in the DCPL within 2 hours after receipt of each groundfish delivery.</P>
              <P>(ii) Product information as described at paragraph (a)(9) of this section each day on the day they occur.</P>
              <P>(iii) Discard or donation information as described at paragraphs (a)(10) and (e)(1) of this section:</P>
              <P>(A) Each day on the day they occur:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) On site after receipt of groundfish from a catcher vessel.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) During processing of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(B) On the day the blue DFL copy is received from a catcher vessel delivering groundfish to the mothership.</P>
              <P>(C) On the day the yellow DCL copy is received from a buying station delivering groundfish to a mothership.</P>
              <P>(iv) All other information required in the DCPL by noon of the day following the day of production completion.</P>
              <P>(f) <E T="03">Shoreside processor DCPL</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the manager of a shoreside processor must record in the DCPL:</P>
              <P>(i) The management area (BSAI or GOA) for the product where the groundfish was harvested on each section of the Part II logsheet.</P>
              <P>(ii) Discard or donation information in the DCPL that:</P>

              <P>(A) Is reported on a blue DFL copy by a catcher vessel or on a yellow DCL <PRTPAGE P="481"/>copy by a buying station delivering groundfish to a mothership.</P>
              <P>(B) Occurs on site after receipt of groundfish from a catcher vessel or buying station.</P>
              <P>(C) Occurs during processing of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limits.</E> The manager of a shoreside processor must record:</P>
              <P>(i) All catcher vessel or buying station “delivery information” within 2 hours after completion of receipt of each groundfish delivery.</P>
              <P>(ii) Landings and product information as described at paragraphs (a)(8) and (a)(9), respectively, of this section each day on the day they occur.</P>
              <P>(iii) Discard or donation information as described at paragraph (a)(10) of this section:</P>
              <P>(A) Each day on the day they occur:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) On site after receipt of groundfish from a catcher vessel.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) During processing of groundfish.</P>
              <P>(B) On the day the blue DFL copy is received from a catcher vessel delivering groundfish to a shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(C) On the day the yellow DCL copy is received from a buying station delivering groundfish to a shoreside processor.</P>
              <P>(iv) All other information required in the DCPL by noon of the day following the day of production completion.</P>
              <P>(g) <E T="03">Groundfish Product Transfer Report (PTR)</E>—(1) <E T="03">Requirement.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(1) (i) through (iv) of this section, the operator of a mothership or catcher/processor or the manager of a shoreside processor must record each transfer of groundfish product or donated prohibited species on a separate PTR.</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">Product codes 41 and 99.</E> The operator or manager does not report those fish products, defined as product code 41 in Table 1 to this part, that are destined for offsite fish meal production or those fish products, defined as product code 99 in Table 1 to this part that are subsequently transferred for discard at sea.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Bait sales.</E> The operator or manager may aggregate individual sales or transfers of groundfish to vessels for bait purposes during a day onto one PTR when recording the amount of such bait product leaving a facility that day.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Over-the-counter groundfish sales.</E> The operator or manager may aggregate individual over-the-counter sales of groundfish for human consumption in quantities less than 10 lb (0.0045 mt) per sale during a day onto one PTR when recording the amount of such over-the-counter product leaving a facility that day.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">IFQ registered buyer.</E> If the operator of a mothership or catcher/processor or the manager of a shoreside processor possesses a registered buyer permit issued per § 679.4(d)(2), the operator or manager is not required to submit a PTR to document shipment of IFQ or CDQ sablefish product. However, a shipment report as described at paragraph (l)(3) of this section is required for each shipment of IFQ or CDQ sablefish product.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limits and submittal.</E> The operator of a mothership or catcher/processor or manager of a shoreside processor must:</P>
              <P>(i) Record all product transfer information on a PTR within 2 hours of the completion of the transfer.</P>
              <P>(ii) Submit by fax a copy of each PTR to the NMFS Alaska Enforcement Division by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the Tuesday following the end of the applicable weekly reporting period in which the transfer occurred.</P>
              <P>(iii) A PTR is not required to accompany a shipment or offload.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Information required—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a mothership or catcher/processor or the manager of a shoreside processor must record on a PTR:</P>
              <P>(A) Page numbers must be numbered consecutively, starting with the first transfer of the fishing year as page 1 and continuing throughout the remainder of the fishing year.</P>
              <P>(B) “RECEIPT,” if product (including raw fish) is received; “OFFLOAD,” if product (including raw fish) is offloaded from a mothership or catcher/processor; “SHIPMENT,” if product (including raw fish) is shipped from a shoreside processor.</P>

              <P>(C) If a catcher/processor or mothership, the USCG documentation number.<PRTPAGE P="482"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Transfer information.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or manager of a shoreside processor must record on each page the following information for each transfer:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Vessel name.</E> If another vessel is involved with the transfer, the name and call sign of the vessel receiving or delivering groundfish or groundfish products.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Port of landing.</E> If a mothership or catcher/processor and the transfer takes place in port, the port of landing and country, if a foreign location.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Agent.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(C)(<E T="03">2</E>) and (g)(3)(ii)(C)(<E T="03">3</E>) of this section, enter the agent's name, which, for purposes of this section, is defined as the buyer or the distributor.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If groundfish bait transfer or sales are aggregated onto a PTR for a given day as described at paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, enter “fishing vessels.”</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) If groundfish over-the-counter sales are aggregated onto a PTR for a given day as described at paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, enter “over-the-counter sales.”</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Intended first destination of product.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) If an offload or shipment, the intended destination of the vessel or agent receiving the groundfish or groundfish product.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If an offload or shipment has several destinations, the first intended destination.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) If offload or shipment has a single destination but requires loading on multiple vans, trucks, or airline flights, the transfer may be recorded on a single PTR page.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) If groundfish bait sales are aggregated onto a PTR for a given day as described at paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, enter “bait.”</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) If groundfish over-the-counter sales are aggregated onto a PTR for a given day as described at paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, enter “over-the-counter sales.”</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">Date and time of product transfer</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Start.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(3)(<E T="03">ii</E>)(E)(<E T="03">1</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) and (ii) of this section, the date and time, as described in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section the transfer starts.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) <E T="03">Bait sales.</E> If groundfish bait sales are aggregated onto a PTR for a given day, the transfer start time is the time of the first bait sale.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) <E T="03">Over-the-counter sales.</E> If groundfish over-the-counter sales are aggregated onto a PTR for a given day, the transfer start time is the time of the first over-the-counter sale.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Finish.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(E)(<E T="03">2</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) through (<E T="03">v</E>) of this section, the date and time, as described in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section, the transfer is completed.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) <E T="03">Individual van or flight.</E> If shipment is an individual van load or flight, the date and time when each shipment leaves the plant.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) <E T="03">Multiple vans or trucks.</E> If shipment involves multiple vans or trucks, record date and time when the last van or truck of the day leaves the plant.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) <E T="03">Multiple airline flights.</E> If shipment involves multiple airline flights, record date and time when the last airline flight shipment of the day leaves the plant.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) <E T="03">Bait sales.</E> If PTR is for aggregated groundfish bait sales for a given day, the transfer finish time is the time of the last bait sale.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) <E T="03">Over-the-counter sales.</E> If PTR is for aggregated groundfish over-the-counter sales for a given day, the transfer finish time is the time of the last over-the-counter sale.</P>
              <P>(F) <E T="03">Position transferred.</E> If a catcher/processor or mothership and transfer of product is made at sea, the latitude and longitude of the transfer position in degrees and minutes.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Products and quantities offloaded, shipped, or received.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or manager of a shoreside processor must record the following information:</P>
              <P>(A) If a catcher/processor or mothership, the harvest zone code of the area in which groundfish were harvested as defined in Table 8 to this part.</P>
              <P>(B) The species code and product code for each product transferred as defined in Tables 1 and 2 to this part.</P>
              <P>(C) The number of cartons or production units transferred.</P>

              <P>(D) The average net weight of one carton for each species and product code in kilograms or lbs.<PRTPAGE P="483"/>
              </P>
              <P>(E) The total net weight (fish product weight, to the nearest 0.001 mt) of the products transferred.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Total or partial offload.</E> If a catcher/processor or mothership, whether the transfer is a total or partial offload. If partial offload, the total fish product weight, to the nearest 0.001 mt, of the products (by harvest zone, species and product codes) remaining on board after this transfer.</P>
              <P>(h) <E T="03">Check-in/check-out report</E>—(1) <E T="03">Applicability</E>—(i) <E T="03">Transit between reporting areas.</E> If a vessel is transiting through a reporting area and is not fishing or receiving fish, a check-in or check-out report is not required from that area.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Multiple vessel operations categories</E>—(A) <E T="03">Check-in report.</E> If a catcher/processor is functioning simultaneously as a mothership in the same reporting area, the operator must submit a separate check-in report for each vessel operations category.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Check-out report.</E> Upon completion of each activity, the operator must submit a check-out report for each vessel operations category.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limits and submittal</E>—(i) <E T="03">Check-in report (BEGIN message)</E>—(A) <E T="03">Catcher/processor</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Using hook-and-line or pot gear.</E> (<E T="03">i</E>) Before the operator of a catcher/processor using hook-and-line or pot gear sets gear for groundfish in any reporting area except 300, 400, 550, or 690, the operator must submit a check-in report (BEGIN message) by fax to the Regional Administrator.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The operator of a catcher/processor using hook-and-line or pot gear may be checked-in to more than one area simultaneously.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Using other than hook-and-line or pot gear.</E> (<E T="03">i</E>) Before the operator of a catcher/processor using other than hook-and-line or pot gear commences fishing for groundfish in any reporting area except 300, 400, 550, or 690, the operator must submit a check-in report (BEGIN message) by fax to the Regional Administrator.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The operator of a catcher/processor using other than hook-and-line or pot gear may be checked-in to only one area at a time.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Mothership, shoreside processor, buying station.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Before a mothership, shoreside processor, or buying station commences receipt of groundfish from any reporting area except 300, 400, 550, or 690, the operator or manager must submit a check-in report (BEGIN message) by fax to the Regional Administrator.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The operator of a mothership may be checked into more than one area simultaneously.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Directed fishing under a CDQ allocation.</E> The operator must submit by fax a check-in report to the Regional Administrator prior to directed fishing for each CDQ allocation.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Check-out report (CEASE message)</E>—(A) <E T="03">Catcher/processor</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Using hook-and-line or pot gear.</E> (<E T="03">i</E>) If a catcher/processor using hook-and-line or pot gear departs a reporting area and gear retrieval is complete from that area, the operator must submit by fax a check-out report to the Regional Administrator within 24 hours after departing a reporting area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) If a catcher/processor using hook-and-line or pot gear is checked-in to multiple reporting areas, the operator must submit a check-out report for each reporting area by fax.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Using other than hook-and-line or pot gear.</E> If a catcher/processor using other than hook-and-line or pot gear departs a reporting area, the operator must submit by fax a check-out report to the Regional Administrator within 24 hours after departing a reporting area but prior to checking-in another reporting area.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Mothership or buying station delivering to a mothership.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) If a mothership or buying station delivering to a mothership completes receipt of groundfish, the operator must submit a check-out report by fax to the Regional Administrator within 24 hours after departing a reporting area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If a mothership is checked-in to multiple reporting areas, the operator must submit a check-out report for each reporting area by fax.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Shoreside processor.</E> If a shoreside processor, the manager:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Must submit a check-out report by fax to the Regional Administrator within 48 hours after the end of the applicable weekly reporting period that a shoreside processor ceases to process groundfish for the fishing year.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) May submit a check-out report by fax to the Regional Administrator <PRTPAGE P="484"/>when receipt or processing of groundfish is temporarily halted during the fishing year for a period of at least two weekly reporting periods.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Buying station delivering to a shoreside processor.</E> If a land-based buying station delivering to a shoreside processor, the manager:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Must submit a check-out report by fax to the Regional Administrator within 24 hours after delivery of groundfish ceases for the fishing year.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) May submit a check-out report by fax to the Regional Administrator when receipt of groundfish is temporarily halted during the fishing year for a period of at least two weekly reporting periods.</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">End of fishing year.</E> If a check-out report has not previously been submitted during a fishing year, the operator or manager must submit a check-out report at the end of that fishing year, December 31.</P>
              <P>(F) <E T="03">Directed fishing under a CDQ allocation.</E> The operator must submit a check-out report by fax to the Regional Administrator within 24 hours after directed fishing for each species under each CDQ allocation has ceased.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">General information.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor, mothership, or of a buying station delivering to a mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor or buying station delivering to a shoreside processor must record:</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">BEGIN message</E>—(A) <E T="03">Mothership.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Date (month-day-year) and time (to the nearest hour, A.l.t.) that receipt of groundfish begins.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Latitude and longitude of position in degrees and minutes where groundfish receipt begins.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Reporting area code where groundfish receipt begins and whether mothership is receiving groundfish in the COBLZ or RKCSA area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Primary and secondary species expected to be received the following week. A change in intended target species within the same reporting area does not require a new BEGIN message.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Whether acting as a mothership or catcher/processor.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Catcher/processor.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Date (month-day-year) and time (to the nearest hour, A.l.t.) that gear is deployed.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Latitude and longitude of position in degrees and minutes where gear is set.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Reporting area code where gear deployment begins and whether catcher/processor is located in the COBLZ or RKCSA area.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Primary and secondary species expected to be harvested the following week. A change in intended target species within the same reporting area does not require a new BEGIN message.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Whether acting as a mothership or catcher/processor.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Shoreside processor.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Date (month-day-year) the facility will begin to receive groundfish.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Whether checking in for the first time at the beginning of the fishing year or checking in to restart receipt and processing of groundfish after filing a check-out report.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Buying station.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) If delivering to a mothership, reporting area code where groundfish receipt begins.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Date (month-day-year) facility will begin to receive groundfish.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Whether checking in at the beginning of the fishing year or checking in to restart after filing a check-out report.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Intended primary target species expected to be received the following week. A change in intended target species within the same reporting area does not require a new BEGIN message.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">CEASE message</E>—(A) <E T="03">Mothership.</E> Date (month-day-year), time (to the nearest hour, A.l.t.), and latitude and longitude of position in degrees and minutes where the last receipt of groundfish was made.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Catcher/processor.</E> Date (month-day-year), time (to the nearest hour, A.l.t.), and latitude and longitude of position in degrees and minutes where the vessel departed the reporting area.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Shoreside processor.</E> Date (month-day-year) that receipt of groundfish ceased.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Buying station.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) If delivering to a mothership, date (month-day-year), time (to the nearest hour, A.l.t.), and latitude and longitude of position in degrees and minutes where the vessel departed the reporting area.<PRTPAGE P="485"/>
              </P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If delivering to a shoreside processor, date (month-day-year) that receipt of groundfish ceased.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Fish or fish product held at plant.</E> The manager of a shoreside processor must report the weight of all fish or fish products held at the plant in lbs or to the nearest 0.001 mt by species and product codes on each check-in report and on each check-out report.</P>
              <P>(i) W<E T="03">eekly Production Report (WPR)</E>—(1) <E T="03">Applicability.</E>
              </P>
              <P>(i) The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must submit a WPR for any week the mothership, catcher/processor, or shoreside processor is checked in pursuant to paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section.</P>
              <P>(ii) The operator of a vessel that is authorized to conduct operations as both a catcher/processor and as a mothership must submit separate WPRs to report production and discard as a catcher/processor and production and discard as a mothership.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Time limits and submittal.</E> The operator or manager must submit a WPR by fax to the Regional Administrator by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the Tuesday following the end of the applicable weekly reporting period.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Information required.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor or mothership, or manager of a shoreside processor must record:</P>
              <P>(i) The date (month-day-year) the WPR was completed.</P>
              <P>(ii) The primary and secondary target codes for the following week.</P>
              <P>(iii) If a mothership or catcher/processor, record the processor type.</P>
              <P>(j) <E T="03">Daily Production Report (DPR)</E>—(1) <E T="03">Notification.</E> If the Regional Administrator determines that DPRs are necessary to avoid exceeding a groundfish TAC or prohibited species bycatch allowance, NMFS may require submission of DPRs from motherships, catcher/processors, and shoreside processors for reporting one or more specified species, in addition to a WPR. NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> specifying the fisheries that require DPRs and the dates that submittal of DPRs are required.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> (i) If a catcher/processor or mothership is checked in to the specified reporting area and is harvesting, receiving, processing, or discarding the specified species or is receiving reports from a catcher vessel of discard at sea of the specified species, the operator must submit a DPR.</P>
              <P>(ii) If a shoreside processor is receiving, processing, or discarding the specified species or is receiving reports from a catcher vessel of discard at sea of the specified species, the manager must submit a DPR.</P>
              <P>(iii) The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership or the manager of a shoreside processor must use a separate DPR for each gear type, processor type, and CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Time limit and submittal.</E> The operator or manager must submit a DPR by fax to the Regional Administrator by 1200 hours, A.l.t., the day following each day of landings, discard, or production.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Information required.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a catcher/processor or mothership, or the manager of a shoreside processor must record the processor type.</P>
              <P>(k) <E T="03">U.S. Vessel Activity Report (VAR)</E>—(1) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> The operator of a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, or of a mothership regulated under this part must submit a VAR by fax to NMFS Alaska Enforcement Division, Juneau, AK, before the vessel crosses the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or crosses the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Information required</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of each catcher vessel, catcher/processor, or mothership must record:</P>

              <P>(A) If the vessel is crossing into the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or crossing the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia into U.S. waters, the operator must indicate a “return” report. “Return,” for purposes of this paragraph, means coming back to Alaska.<PRTPAGE P="486"/>
              </P>
              <P>(B) If the vessel is crossing out of the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or crossing the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia into Canadian waters, the operator must indicate a “depart” report. “Depart,” for purposes of this paragraph, means leaving Alaska.</P>
              <P>(C) Port of landing. If no fish on board, indicate first destination.</P>
              <P>(D) Whether the vessel is returning from fishing or departing to fish in the Russian Zone.</P>
              <P>(E) Date (month-day-year) and time (Greenwich mean time) the vessel will cross the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or the U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia.</P>
              <P>(F) Latitude and longitude of position in degrees and minutes at the point of crossing the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or U.S.-Canadian international boundary between Alaska and British Columbia.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Fish or fish products.</E> The operator of a catcher vessel, catcher/processor, or mothership must record the fish or fish products on board the vessel when crossing the seaward boundary of the EEZ off Alaska or U.S.-Canadian international boundary as follows:</P>
              <P>(A) The harvest zone code of the area in which groundfish were harvested as defined in Table 8 to this part.</P>
              <P>(B) The species code and product code for each species on board as defined in Tables 1 and 2 to this part.</P>
              <P>(C) The fish product weight of products on board in lbs or to the nearest 0.001 mt.</P>
              <P>(l) <E T="03">IFQ recordkeeping and reporting requirements.</E> In addition to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in this section and as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to §300.62 of chapter III of this title, the following IFQ reports are required, when applicable: prior notices of landing, landing report, shipment report, transshipment authorization, vessel clearance report, and departure report.</P>
              <P>(1) <E T="03">Prior notice of IFQ landing</E>—(i) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (l)(1)(iv) of this section, the operator of any vessel making an IFQ landing must notify the NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, no fewer than 6 hours before landing IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish, unless permission to commence an IFQ landing within 6 hours of notification is granted by a clearing officer.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Time limits.</E> Prior notice of an IFQ landing must be made to the toll-free telephone number specified on the IFQ permit between the hours of 0600 hours, A.l.t., and 2400 hours, A.l.t.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Information required.</E> Prior notice must include the following: Name of the registered buyer(s) who will be responsible for completion and submission of the IFQ Landing Report(s); the location of the landing; vessel identification; estimated weight of the IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish that will be landed; identification number(s) of the IFQ card(s) that will be used to land the IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish; and the date and time that the landing will take place.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Exemption.</E> The operator of a category B, C, or D vessel, as defined at §679.40(a)(5), making an IFQ landing of IFQ halibut of 500 lb (0.227 mt) or less of IFQ weight determined pursuant to §679.42(c)(2) and concurrent with a legal landing of salmon is exempt from the prior notice of landing required by this section.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Revision to prior notice.</E> The operator of any vessel wishing to land IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish before the date and time reported in the prior notice or later than 2 hours after the date and time reported in the prior notice must submit a new prior notice of IFQ landing as described in paragraphs (l)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Landing report</E>—(i) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> A registered buyer must report an IFQ landing within 6 hours after all such fish are landed and prior to shipment or departure of the delivery vessel from the landing site.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Electronic landing report.</E> (A) Electronic landing reports must be submitted to NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, using magnetic strip cards issued by NMFS, Alaska Region, and transaction terminals and printers driven by custom-designed software, as provided and/or specified by NMFS, Alaska Region. It is the responsibility of the registered buyer to locate or procure a <PRTPAGE P="487"/>transaction terminal and report as required. Waivers from the electronic reporting requirement can only be granted in writing on a case-by-case basis by a local clearing officer.</P>
              <P>(B) The IFQ cardholder must initiate a landing report by using his or her own magnetic card and personal identification number (PIN).</P>
              <P>(C) Once landing operations have commenced, the IFQ cardholder and the harvesting vessel may not leave the landing site until the IFQ account is properly debited. The offloaded IFQ species may not be moved from the landing site until the IFQ landing report is received by NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, and the IFQ cardholder's account is properly debited. A properly concluded transaction terminal receipt or manual landing report receipt received by fax from NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, constitutes confirmation that NMFS received the landing report and that the cardholder's account was properly debited. After the registered buyer enters the landing data in the transaction terminal and a receipt is printed, the IFQ cardholder must sign the receipt. Legible copies of the receipt must be retained by both the registered buyer and the IFQ cardholder pursuant to paragraph (l)(7) of this section.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Manual landing report.</E> (A) If a waiver has been granted pursuant to paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section, manual landing instructions must be obtained from NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, at (800) 304-4846 or (907) 586-7163. Completed manual landing reports must be submitted by fax to NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, at (907) 586-7313.</P>
              <P>(B) The manual landing report must be signed by the registered buyer, the IFQ cardholder, and the NMFS representative to show that the IFQ cardholder's account was properly debited.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Time limits and submittals.</E> (A) An IFQ landing may commence only between 0600 hours, A.l.t., and 1800 hours, A.l.t., unless:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Permission to land at a different time is granted in advance by a clearing officer; or</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) IFQ halibut of 500 lb (0.227 mt) or less of IFQ weight determined pursuant to §679.42(c)(2) is landed concurrently with a legal landing of salmon by a category B, C, or D vessel, as defined at §679.40(a)(5).</P>
              <P>(B) An IFQ landing report must be completed and the IFQ account(s) properly debited, as defined in paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, within 6 hours after the completion of the IFQ landing.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Landing verification and inspection.</E> Each IFQ landing and all fish retained on board the vessel making an IFQ landing are subject to verification, inspection, and sampling by authorized officers, clearing officers, or observers. Each IFQ halibut landing is subject to sampling for biological information by persons authorized by the IPHC.</P>
              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Information required.</E> The registered buyer must enter accurate information contained in a complete IFQ landing report as follows: Date, time, and location of the IFQ landing; name and permit number of the IFQ card holder and registered buyer; the harvesting vessel's ADF&amp;G number; the Alaska State fish ticket number(s) for the landing; the ADF&amp;G statistical area of harvest reported by the IFQ cardholder; if ADF&amp;G statistical area is bisected by a line dividing two IFQ regulatory areas, the IFQ regulatory area of harvest reported by the IFQ cardholder; for each ADF&amp;G statistical area of harvest reported by the IFQ cardholder, the product code landed and initial accurate scale weight made at the time offloading commences for IFQ species sold and retained.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Shipment report</E>—(i) <E T="03">Requirement.</E> Each registered buyer, other than those conducting dockside sales must:</P>
              <P>(A) Complete a written shipment report for each shipment or transfer of IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish from that registered buyer before the fish leave the landing site.</P>
              <P>(B) Assure that a shipment report is submitted to, and received by, NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, by fax to (907) 586-7313 or mail to P.O. Box 21767, Juneau, AK 99802-1767, within 7 days of the date shipment commenced.</P>

              <P>(C) Assure that a copy of the shipment report or a bill of lading containing the same information accompanies the shipment of IFQ species from the landing site to the first destination beyond the location of the IFQ landing.<PRTPAGE P="488"/>
              </P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Information required.</E> A shipment report must specify the following: Species and product type being shipped, number of shipping units, fish product weight, names of the shipper and receiver, names and addresses of the consignee and consignor, mode of transportation, and intended route.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Revision to shipment report.</E> Each registered buyer must ensure that, if any information on the original Shipment Report changes prior to the first destination of the shipment, a revised shipment report is submitted to NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, clearly labeled “Revised Shipment Report” and that the revised shipment report be received by NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, within 7 days of the change.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Dockside sale or outside landing—(A) Dockside sale.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) A registered buyer conducting dockside sales must issue a receipt in lieu of a shipment report, that includes the date of sale or transfer, the registered buyer permit number, and the fish product weight of the IFQ sablefish or halibut transferred to each individual receiving IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A person holding a valid IFQ permit, IFQ card, and registered buyer permit may conduct a dockside sale of IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish to a person who has not been issued a registered buyer permit.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Outside landing.</E> A person holding a valid IFQ permit, IFQ card, and registered buyer permit may conduct an IFQ landing outside an IFQ regulatory area or the State of Alaska to a person who does not hold a registered buyer permit.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Landing report.</E> The person making such an IFQ landing as described in paragraph (l)(3)(iv)(A) or (B) of this section must submit an IFQ landing report in the manner prescribed in paragraph (l)(2) of this section before any fish are sold, transferred, or removed from the immediate vicinity of the vessel with which they were harvested.</P>
              <P>(4) <E T="03">Transshipment authorization.</E> No person may transship processed IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish between vessels without authorization by a clearing officer. Authorization from a clearing officer must be obtained for each instance of transshipment at least 24 hours before the transshipment is intended to commence. Requests for authorization must specify the date and location of the transshipment.</P>
              <P>(5) <E T="03">Vessel clearance</E>—(i) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> The vessel operator who makes an IFQ landing at any location other than in an IFQ regulatory area or in the State of Alaska must obtain prelanding written clearance of the vessel from a clearing officer and provide the weight of IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish on board to the clearing officer.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Responsibility.</E> (A) A vessel operator must land and report all IFQ species on board at the same time and place as the first landing of any species harvested during an IFQ fishing trip.</P>
              <P>(B) A vessel operator having been granted a vessel clearance must submit an IFQ landing report, required under this section, for all IFQ halibut, IFQ sablefish and products thereof that are on board the vessel at the first landing of any fish from the vessel.</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Location of clearance</E>—(A) <E T="03">State of Alaska.</E> The vessel operator that obtains prelanding written clearance for the vessel at a port in the State of Alaska must obtain that clearance prior to departing the waters of the EEZ adjacent to the jurisdictional waters of the State of Alaska, the territorial sea of the State of Alaska, or the internal waters of the State of Alaska.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">State other than Alaska, Departure Report.</E> (1) A vessel operator intending to obtain a prelanding written clearance for the vessel at a port in a state other than Alaska must first provide a departure report to NMFS Enforcement, Juneau, prior to departing the waters of the EEZ adjacent to the jurisdictional waters of the State of Alaska, the territorial sea of the State of Alaska, or the internal waters of the State of Alaska.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Information required.</E> The departure report must include the weight of the IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish on board and the intended date and time the vessel will obtain prelanding written clearance at that port in a state other than Alaska.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Foreign port other than Canada.</E> A vessel operator who lands IFQ species in a foreign port must first obtain a vessel clearance from a clearing officer located at a primary port in the State <PRTPAGE P="489"/>of Alaska as described in paragraph (l)(5)(vi) of this section.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Canadian ports.</E> No person shall make an IFQ landing in Canada other than at the ports of Port Hardy, Prince Rupert, or Vancouver, British Columbia.</P>
              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Permits and cards.</E> A vessel operator obtaining a vessel clearance must have a registered buyer permit and one or more IFQ cardholders on board with IFQ holdings equal to or greater than all IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish on board.</P>
              <P>(v) <E T="03">Inspection.</E> A vessel for which a vessel operator is seeking clearance is subject to inspection of all fish, logbooks, permits, and other documents on board the vessel at the discretion of the clearing officer.</P>
              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Primary ports.</E> Unless specifically authorized on a case-by-case basis, vessel clearances will be issued only by clearing officers at the following primary ports:</P>
              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,xl40,xs48" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                <BOXHD>
                  <CHED H="1">Port</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1">North latitude</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1">West longitude</CHED>
                </BOXHD>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Akutan </ENT>
                  <ENT>54°08′05″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>165°46′20″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Bellingham </ENT>
                  <ENT>48°45′04″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>122°30′02″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Cordova </ENT>
                  <ENT>60°33′00″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>145°45′00″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Craig </ENT>
                  <ENT>55°28′30″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>133°09′00″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Dutch Harbor/Unalaska  </ENT>
                  <ENT>53°53′27″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>166°32′05″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Excursion Inlet </ENT>
                  <ENT>58°25′00″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>135°26′30″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Homer </ENT>
                  <ENT>59°38′40″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>151°33′00″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Ketchikan </ENT>
                  <ENT>55°20′30″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>131°38′45″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">King Cove </ENT>
                  <ENT>55°03′20″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>162°19′00″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Kodiak </ENT>
                  <ENT>57°47′20″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>152°24′10″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Pelican </ENT>
                  <ENT>57°57′30″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>136°13′30″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Petersburg </ENT>
                  <ENT>56°48′10″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>132°58′00″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">St. Paul </ENT>
                  <ENT>57°07′20″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>170°16′30″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Sand Point </ENT>
                  <ENT>55°20′15″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>160°30′00″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Seward </ENT>
                  <ENT>60°06′30″ </ENT>
                  <ENT>149°26′30″</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Sitka </ENT>
                  <ENT>57°03′ </ENT>
                  <ENT>135°20′</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Yakutat </ENT>
                  <ENT>59°33′ </ENT>
                  <ENT>139°44′</ENT>
                </ROW>
              </GPOTABLE>
              <P>(6) <E T="03">Record retention.</E> A copy of all reports and receipts required by this section must be retained by registered buyers and be made available for inspection by an authorized officer or a clearing officer for a period of 3 years.</P>
              <P>(m) <E T="03">Consolidated weekly ADF&amp;G fish tickets from motherships</E>—(1) <E T="03">Requirement.</E> In addition to requirements described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the operator of a mothership must ensure that the combined catch for each catcher vessel is summarized at the end of each weekly reporting period by species on a minimum of one ADF&amp;G groundfish fish ticket when the mothership receives any groundfish from a catcher vessel that is issued a Federal fisheries permit under §679.4. (An ADF&amp;G fish ticket is further described (see §679.3) at Alaska Administrative Code, 5 AAC Chapter 39.130).</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">Information required.</E> (i) The operator of a mothership must ensure that the following information is imprinted or written legibly on the consolidated weekly ADF&amp;G fish ticket from the catcher vessel operator's State of Alaska, Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission (CFEC) permit card in order to describe the CFEC permit holder:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Vessel name.</E> Name of the catcher vessel delivering the groundfish.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Name.</E> Name of CFEC permit holder. If more than one operator is on the same vessel during the same weekly reporting period, complete a fish ticket for each operator.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Permit number.</E> CFEC permit number.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">ADF&amp;G No.</E> ADF&amp;G catcher vessel number.</P>
              <P>(ii) The operator of a mothership must ensure that the following information is imprinted or written legibly on the consolidated weekly ADF&amp;G fish ticket from the mothership's CFEC processor plate card in order to describe the mothership:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Processor code.</E> ADF&amp;G processor code of mothership.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Company.</E> Identification of mothership.</P>
              <P>(iii) The operator of a mothership must record on the consolidated weekly ADF&amp;G groundfish fish ticket the following information obtained from the catcher vessel operator:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">ADF&amp;G No.</E> The ADF&amp;G number of the catcher vessel delivering fish to the mothership, if the catcher vessel is different from the vessel identified in the CFEC permit card.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Date landed.</E> The week-ending date of the weekly reporting period during which the mothership received the groundfish from the catcher vessel.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Port of landing or vessel transshipped to.</E> “FLD,” a code which means floating processor.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Type of gear used.</E> Write in one of the following gear types used by the catcher vessel to harvest groundfish received:</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Hook and line.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Pot.<PRTPAGE P="490"/>
              </P>
              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Nonpelagic trawl.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Pelagic trawl.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Jig/troll.</P>
              <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Other.</P>
              <P>(iv) The operator of a mothership is responsible for ensuring that the following information is recorded on an ADF&amp;G fish ticket for each catcher vessel:</P>
              <P>(A) <E T="03">Code.</E> Species code for each species from Table 2 to this part, except species codes 144, 168, 169, or 171.</P>
              <P>(B) <E T="03">Statistical area.</E> ADF&amp;G 6-digit statistical area in which groundfish were harvested. If more than the allowed eight statistical areas per fish ticket is exceeded in a weekly reporting period, complete a second fish ticket. These statistical areas are defined in a set of charts obtained at no charge from Alaska Commercial Fisheries Management &amp; Development Division, Department of Fish and Game, 211 Mission Road, Kodiak, AK, 99615-6399.</P>
              <P>(C) <E T="03">Condition code.</E> The product code from Table 1 to this part which describes the condition of the fish received by the mothership from the catcher vessel. In most cases, this will be product code 1, whole fish.</P>
              <P>(D) <E T="03">Pounds.</E> The landed weight of each species to the nearest lb.</P>
              <P>(E) <E T="03">Permit holder's signature.</E> The signature of the catcher vessel CFEC permit holder.</P>
              <P>(F) <E T="03">Fish received by.</E> The signature of the mothership operator.</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Time limit and submittal.</E> (i) The operator of a mothership must complete the consolidated weekly ADF&amp;G groundfish fish ticket for each catcher vessel by 1200 hours, A.l.t., on Tuesday following the end of the applicable weekly reporting period.</P>
              <P>(ii) The operator of a mothership must submit the original consolidated weekly ADF&amp;G groundfish fish tickets (fax copy is not acceptable) to Alaska Commercial Fisheries Management &amp; Development Division, Department of Fish and Game, 211 Mission Road, Kodiak, AK, 99615-6399, within 30 days after landings are received.</P>
              <P>(n) <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ fisheries</E>—(1) <E T="03">CDQ delivery report.</E> The manager of each shoreside processor and the manager or operator of each buying station taking deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species from catcher vessels must submit the following information on the CDQ delivery report to NMFS within 24 hours of each delivery of groundfish CDQ species:</P>
              <P>(i) CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(ii) Name of the vessel delivering CDQ, writing “unnamed” if the vessel has no name.</P>
              <P>(iii) ADF&amp;G number of the vessel delivering CDQ.</P>
              <P>(iv) Federal fisheries permit number of the vessel delivering CDQ, if applicable.</P>
              <P>(v) Name of the processor taking delivery of the CDQ.</P>
              <P>(vi) Federal processor permit number of the processor taking delivery of the CDQ.</P>
              <P>(vii) Gear used to catch CDQ.</P>
              <P>(viii) The CDQ delivery number, which is a unique, sequential number assigned by the catcher vessel operator and recorded in the DCPL.</P>
              <P>(ix) Reporting area where CDQ catch was made.</P>
              <P>(x) For catcher vessels using trawl gear, whether the catch was from the CVOA or from the COBLZ.</P>
              <P>(xi) Date the CDQ catch was delivered to the processor.</P>
              <P>(xii) Species codes using codes in Table 2 to this part.</P>
              <P>(xiii) Product codes using the product codes listed in Table 1 to this part for groundfish and at § 679.42(c)(2)(iii) for halibut, using product code 98 to designate at-sea discards reported by the operator of an unobserved vessel.</P>
              <P>(xiv) Product weight to the nearest 0.001 mt for groundfish CDQ and halibut CDQ or PSQ, and the total number of salmon PSQ and crab PSQ delivered to the processor. The weight of halibut CDQ, halibut PSQ, halibut IFQ, and sablefish IFQ must be reported separately on the CDQ delivery report. In addition, PSQ delivered to the processor must be reported separately from PSQ discarded at sea by unobserved catcher vessels. For catcher vessels with a CDQ observer, do not report estimates of at-sea discards on the CDQ delivery report.</P>
              <P>(xv) The printed name, signature, and date of signature for the vessel operator and the manager of the shoreside processing plant or operator or the buying station.</P>
              <P>(2) <E T="03">CDQ catch report.</E> The CDQ catch report is required for all catch made by <PRTPAGE P="491"/>vessels groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2. The CDQ representative must submit the following information to NMFS within 7 days of the date CDQ catch was delivered by a catcher vessel to a shoreside processor, buying station, or mothership, or within 7 days of the date gear used to catch CDQ was retrieved for catcher/processors.</P>
              <P>(i) <E T="03">For all CDQ catch reports.</E> (A) CDQ number.</P>
              <P>(B) Name of vessel used to catch CDQ, writing “unnamed” if the vessel has no name.</P>
              <P>(C) Federal fisheries permit number of the vessel used to catch CDQ.</P>
              <P>(D) ADF&amp;G number of the vessel used to catch CDQ.</P>
              <P>(E) Gear used to catch CDQ.</P>
              <P>(F) Reporting area where CDQ catch was made.</P>
              <P>(G) For vessels using trawl gear, whether the catch was from the CVOA or COBLZ.</P>
              <P>(H) Species codes using codes in Table 2 to this part.</P>
              <P>(I) The CDQ representative's printed name, signature, and date of signature.</P>
              <P>(ii) <E T="03">For catcher vessels retaining all groundfish CDQ and delivering it to a shoreside processing plant (Option 1 in the CDP).</E> (A) Name of the processor taking delivery of the CDQ.</P>
              <P>(B) Federal processor permit number of the processor taking delivery of the CDQ.</P>
              <P>(C) Date CDQ catch was delivered.</P>
              <P>(D) The CDQ delivery number.</P>
              <P>(E) Product codes using the product codes listed in Table 1 to this part for groundfish and at § 679.42(c)(2)(iii) for halibut, using product code 98 to designate at-sea discards reported by the operator of an unobserved vessel.</P>
              <P>(F) Product weight to the nearest 0.001 mt for groundfish CDQ and halibut CDQ or PSQ, and the total number of salmon PSQ and crab PSQ. The weight of halibut and sablefish CDQ and IFQ, and the weight of halibut PSQ must be reported separately. PSQ reports must include all PSQ delivered to the processor and all PSQ reported as discarded at sea by the vessel operator for unobserved vessels and by the CDQ observer for vessels required to carry a CDQ observer. The CDQ catch report must identify whether sablefish CDQ accrues against the fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserve or the sablefish CDQ reserve as defined at § 679.20(b)(1)(iii).</P>
              <P>(iii) <E T="03">For catcher/processors; catcher vessels delivering to motherships; and catcher vessels using nontrawl gear discarding groundfish CDQ at sea and delivering to shoreside processing plants (Option 2 in the CDP).</E> (A) Name, Federal fisheries permit number, and ADF&amp;G number of the mothership, if applicable.</P>
              <P>(B) Name and Federal processor permit of the shoreside processing plant, if applicable.</P>
              <P>(C) The CDQ observer's haul or set number.</P>
              <P>(D) Date gear retrieved by the catcher/processor, mothership, or catcher vessel as determined by the CDQ observer.</P>
              <P>(E) The total weight to the nearest 0.001 mt for groundfish CDQ and halibut PSQ, the product code and product weight for halibut CDQ, and the total number of salmon PSQ and crab PSQ. The weight of halibut CDQ and halibut PSQ must be reported separately and the CDQ catch report must identify whether sablefish CDQ accrues against the fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserve or the sablefish CDQ reserve as defined at § 679.20(b)(1)(iii).</P>
              <P>(3) <E T="03">Halibut CDQ.</E> All halibut CDQ harvested by vessels while groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2 must be reported on the CDQ delivery report and on the CDQ catch report.</P>
              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35578, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 41525, Aug. 9, 1996; 61 FR 49981, Sept. 24, 1996; 62 FR 2045, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 17756, Apr. 11, 1997; 62 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 1997; 62 FR 26247, May 13, 1997; 62 FR 26749, May 15, 1997; 63 FR 30399, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
              <EFFDNOT>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
                <P>1. At 63 FR 30399, June 4, 1998, § 679.5 was amended by adding paragraph (n). This paragraph contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
                <P>2. At 63 FR 47356, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.5 was amended by revising paragraphs (a) through (l) and adding paragraph (m), effective Oct. 5, 1998, except paragraph (l)(2)(vi), which contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text follows:</P>
                <SUPERSED>
                  <SECTION>
                    <PRTPAGE P="492"/>
                    <SECTNO>§ 679.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(c) * * *</P>
                    <P>(3) * * *</P>
                    <P>(ii) * * *</P>
                    <P>(G) The round-weight catch of pollock and Pacific cod.<STARS/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(e) * * *</P>
                    <P>(2) * * *</P>
                    <P>(ii) * * *</P>
                    <P>(F) The receipt round weight of pollock and Pacific cod.<STARS/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(h) * * *</P>
                    <P>(2) * * *</P>
                    <P>(i) * * *</P>
                    <P>(C) <E T="03">Fishing for groundfish CDQ species.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership must submit by fax a check-in report to the Regional Administrator prior to fishing for any CDQ species. A separate report must be submitted for each CDQ number.</P>
                    <P>(ii) * * *</P>
                    <P>(F) <E T="03">Fishing for groundfish CDQ species.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor or mothership must submit by fax a check-out report to the Regional Administrator within 24 hours after fishing for any CDQ species has ceased. A separate report must be submitted for each CDQ number.<STARS/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(l) * * *</P>
                    <P>(1) * * *</P>
                    <P>(iv) <E T="03">Information required.</E> Information contained in a complete IFQ landing report shall include: Date, time, and location of the IFQ landing; name and permit number of the IFQ card holder and registered buyer; product type landed; and the scale weight of the product at the time of landing.<STARS/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(l) * * *</P>
                    <P>(2) <E T="03">IFQ shipment report</E>—(i) <E T="03">Registered buyer</E>. Each registered buyer, other than those conducting dockside sales, must:</P>
                    <P>(A) Report on a shipment report any shipments or transfers of IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish to the first destination beyond the location of the IFQ landing.</P>
                    <P>(B) Complete a shipment report for each shipment or transfer from that register buyer prior to shipment and assure that the shipment report is submitted to, and received by, the NMFS Alaska Enforcement Division, within 7 days of the date shipment or transfer commenced;</P>
                    <P>(C) Assure that a copy of the shipment report or a bill of lading containing the same information accompanies the shipment to its first destination beyond the location of the IFQ landing; and</P>
                    <P>(D) Submit a revised shipment report if any information on the original shipment report changes prior to the first destination of the shipment. A revised shipment report must be clearly labeled “Revised Shipment Report,” and must be received by NMFS Alaska Enforcement Division, within 7 days of the change.</P>
                    <P>(ii) <E T="03">Shipment report</E>. (A) A shipment report must be submitted to NMFS Alaska Enforcement Division in a manner prescribed on the registered buyer permit.</P>
                    <P>(B) A shipment report must specify: Species and product type being shipped, number of shipping units, fish product weight, names of the shipper and receiver, names and addresses of the consignee and consignor, mode of transportation, and intended route.<STARS/>
                    </P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 679.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Experimental fisheries.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> For limited experimental purposes, the Regional Administrator may authorize, after consulting with the Council, fishing for groundfish in a manner that would otherwise be prohibited. No experimental fishing may be conducted unless authorized by an experimental fishing permit issued by the Regional Administrator to the participating vessel owner in accordance with the criteria and procedures specified in this section. Experimental fishing permits will be issued without charge and will expire at the end of a calendar year unless otherwise provided for under paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Application.</E> An applicant for an experimental fishing permit shall submit to the Regional Administrator, at least 60 days before the desired effective date of the experimental fishing permit, a written application including, but not limited to, the following information:</P>
                    <P>(1) The date of the application.</P>

                    <P>(2) The applicant's name, mailing address, and telephone number.<PRTPAGE P="493"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(3) A statement of the purpose and goal of the experiment for which an experimental fishing permit is needed, including a general description of the arrangements for disposition of all species harvested under the experimental fishing permit.</P>
                    <P>(4) Technical details about the experiment, including:</P>
                    <P>(i) Amounts of each species to be harvested that are necessary to conduct the experiment, and arrangement for disposition of all species taken.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Area and timing of the experiment.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Vessel and gear to be used.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Experimental design (e.g., sampling procedures, the data and samples to be collected, and analysis of the data and samples).</P>
                    <P>(v) Provision for public release of all obtained information, and submission of interim and final reports.</P>
                    <P>(5) The willingness of the applicant to carry observers, if required by the Regional Administrator, and a description of accommodations and work space for the observer(s).</P>
                    <P>(6) Details for all coordinating parties engaged in the experiment and signatures of all representatives of all principal parties.</P>
                    <P>(7) Information about each vessel to be covered by the experimental fishing permit, including:</P>
                    <P>(i) Vessel name.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Name, address, and telephone number of owner and master.</P>
                    <P>(iii) USCG documentation, state license, or registration number.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Home port.</P>
                    <P>(v) Length of vessel.</P>
                    <P>(vi) Net tonnage.</P>
                    <P>(vii) Gross tonnage.</P>
                    <P>(8) The signature of the applicant.</P>
                    <P>(9) The Regional Administrator may request from an applicant additional information necessary to make the determinations required under this section. Any application that does not include all necessary information will be considered incomplete. An incomplete application will not be considered to be complete until the necessary information is provided in writing. An applicant for an experimental fishing permit need not be the owner or operator of the vessel(s) for which the experimental fishing permit is requested.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Review procedures.</E> (1) The Regional Administrator, in consultation with the Alaska Fishery Science Center, will review each application and will make a preliminary determination whether the application contains all the information necessary to determine if the proposal constitutes a valid fishing experiment appropriate for further consideration. If the Regional Administrator finds any application does not warrant further consideration, the applicant will be notified in writing of the reasons for the decision.</P>

                    <P>(2) If the Regional Administrator determines any application is complete and warrants further consideration, he or she will initiate consultation with the Council by forwarding the application to the Council. The Council's Executive Director shall notify the applicant of a meeting at which the Council will consider the application and invite the applicant to appear in support of the application, if the applicant desires. If the Regional Administrator initiates consultation with the Council, NMFS will publish notification of receipt of the application in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> with a brief description of the proposal.</P>
                    <P>(d) <E T="03">Notifying the applicant.</E> (1) The decision of the Regional Administrator, after consulting with the Council, to grant or deny an experimental fishing permit is the final action of the agency. The Regional Administrator shall notify the applicant in writing of the decision to grant or deny the experimental fishing permit and, if denied, the reasons for the denial, including:</P>
                    <P>(i) The applicant has failed to disclose material information required, or has made false statements as to any material fact, in connection with the application.</P>
                    <P>(ii) According to the best scientific information available, the harvest to be conducted under the permit would detrimentally affect living marine resources, including marine mammals and birds, and their habitat in a significant way.</P>

                    <P>(iii) Activities to be conducted under the experimental fishing permit would be inconsistent with the intent of this section or the management objectives of the FMP.<PRTPAGE P="494"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(iv) The applicant has failed to demonstrate a valid justification for the permit.</P>
                    <P>(v) The activity proposed under the experimental fishing permit could create a significant enforcement problem.</P>
                    <P>(vi) The applicant failed to make available to the public information that had been obtained under a previously issued experimental fishing permit.</P>
                    <P>(vii) The proposed activity had economic allocation as its sole purpose.</P>
                    <P>(2) In the event a permit is denied on the basis of incomplete information or design flaws, the applicant will be provided an opportunity to resubmit the application, unless a permit is denied because experimental fishing would detrimentally affect marine resources, be inconsistent with the management objectives of the FMP, create significant enforcement problems, or have economic allocation as its sole purpose.</P>
                    <P>(e) <E T="03">Terms and conditions.</E> The Regional Administrator may attach terms and conditions to the experimental fishing permit that are consistent with the purpose of the experiment, including, but not limited to:</P>
                    <P>(1) The maximum amount of each species that can be harvested and landed during the term of the experimental fishing permit, including trip limitations, where appropriate.</P>
                    <P>(2) The number, sizes, names, and identification numbers of the vessels authorized to conduct fishing activities under the experimental fishing permit.</P>
                    <P>(3) The time(s) and place(s) where experimental fishing may be conducted.</P>
                    <P>(4) The type, size, and amount of gear that may be used by each vessel operated under the experimental fishing permit.</P>
                    <P>(5) The condition that observers be carried aboard vessels operated under an experimental fishing permit.</P>
                    <P>(6) Reasonable data reporting requirements.</P>
                    <P>(7) Such other conditions as may be necessary to assure compliance with the purposes of the experimental fishing permit and consistency with the FMP objectives.</P>
                    <P>(8) Provisions for public release of data obtained under the experimental fishing permit.</P>
                    <P>(f) <E T="03">Effectiveness.</E> Unless otherwise specified in the experimental fishing permit or superseding notification or regulation, an experimental fishing permit is effective for no longer than 1 calendar year, but may be revoked, suspended, or modified during the calendar year. Experimental fishing permits may be renewed following the application procedures in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO> §679.7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>In addition to the general prohibitions specified in § 600.725 of this chapter, it is unlawful for any person to do any of the following:</P>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Groundfish of the GOA and BSAI</E>—(1) <E T="03">Federal fisheries permit.</E> Fish for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI with a vessel of the United States that does not have on board a valid Federal fisheries permit issued pursuant to § 679.4.</P>
                    <P>(2) <E T="03">Inseason action or adjustment.</E> Conduct any fishing contrary to notification of inseason action or adjustment issued under § 679.20, § 679.21, or § 679.25.</P>
                    <P>(3) <E T="03">Groundfish Observer Program.</E> Fish for or process groundfish except in compliance with the terms of the Groundfish Observer Program as provided by subpart E of this part.</P>
                    <P>(4) <E T="03">Pollock roe.</E> Retain pollock roe on board a vessel in violation of § 679.20(g).</P>
                    <P>(5) <E T="03">Prohibited species bycatch rate standard.</E> Exceed a bycatch rate standard specified for a vessel under § 679.21(f).</P>
                    <P>(6) <E T="03">Gear.</E> Deploy any trawl, longline, single pot-and-line, or jig gear in an area when directed fishing for, or retention of, all groundfish by operators of vessels using that gear type is prohibited in that area, except that this paragraph (a)(6) shall not prohibit:</P>

                    <P>(i) Deployment of hook-and-line gear by operators of vessels fishing for halibut during seasons prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title.</P>

                    <P>(ii) Deployment of pot gear by operators of vessels fishing for crab during seasons governed by the State of Alaska.<PRTPAGE P="495"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(iii) Deployment of jig gear by operators of vessels fishing for salmon during seasons governed by the State of Alaska.</P>
                    <P>(7) <E T="03">Inshore/offshore (Applicable through December 31, 1998).</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(i) Operate any vessel in more than one of the three categories included in the definition of “inshore component,” in § 679.2, during any fishing year.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Operate any vessel under both the “inshore component” and “offshore component” definitions in § 679.2 during the same fishing year.</P>
                    <P>(8) <E T="03">Fishing in Donut Hole.</E> Except as authorized by permit issued pursuant to the section of the Donut Hole Convention implementing legislation authorizing NMFS to issue Donut Hole fishing permits (Public Law 104-43, section 104(d)), it is unlawful for any person to:</P>
                    <P>(i) Fish in the Donut Hole from a vessel for which a Federal fisheries permit has been issued pursuant to § 679.4 during the year for which the permit was issued.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Possess within the EEZ fish harvested from the Donut Hole on board a vessel for which a Federal fisheries permit has been issued pursuant to § 679.4 during the year for which the permit was issued.</P>
                    <P>(9) <E T="03">Authorized fishing gear.</E> Retain groundfish taken with other than authorized fishing gear as defined in § 679.2, except that groundfish incidentally taken by pot gear by a vessel while participating in an open crab season governed by the State of Alaska may be retained for use as unprocessed bait on board that vessel.</P>
                    <P>(10) <E T="03">Recordkeeping and reporting.</E> Fail to comply with or fail to ensure compliance with requirements in § 679.5.</P>
                    <P>(11) <E T="03">Tender vessel.</E> Use a catcher vessel or catcher/processor as a tender vessel before offloading all groundfish or groundfish product harvested or processed by that vessel.</P>
                    <P>(12) <E T="03">Prohibited species donation program</E>. Retain or possess prohibited species, defined at § 679.21(b)(1), except as permitted to do so under the PSD program as provided by § 679.26 of this part, or as authorized by other applicable law.</P>
                    <P>(13) <E T="03">Halibut.</E> With respect to halibut caught with hook-and-line gear deployed from a vessel fishing for groundfish, except for vessels fishing for halibut as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title:</P>
                    <P>(i) Fail to release the halibut outboard a vessel's rails.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Release the halibut by any method other than—(A) Cutting the gangion.</P>
                    <P>(B) Positioning the gaff on the hook and twisting the hook from the halibut.</P>
                    <P>(C) Straightening the hook by using the gaff to catch the bend of the hook and bracing the gaff against the vessel or any gear attached to the vessel.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Puncture the halibut with a gaff or other device.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Allow the halibut to contact the vessel, if such contact causes, or is capable of causing, the halibut to be stripped from the hook.</P>
                    <P>(14) <E T="03">Trawl performance standard</E>. Use a vessel to participate in a directed fishery for pollock with trawl gear and have on board the vessel, at any particular time, 20 or more crab of any species that have a width of more than 1.5 inches (38 mm) at the widest dimension when directed fishing for pollock with nonpelagic trawl gear is closed.</P>
                    <P>(15) <E T="03">Federal Processor Permit.</E> Receive or process groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI by a shoreside processor or vessel of the United States operating solely as a mothership in Alaska State waters that does not have on site a valid Federal processor permit issued pursuant to § 679.4(f).</P>
                    <P>(16) <E T="03">Retention of groundfish bycatch species.</E> Exceed the maximum retainable groundfish bycatch amount established under § 679.20(e).</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Prohibitions specific to GOA</E>. Use any gear other than non-trawl gear in the GOA east of 140° W. long. (Southeast Outside District).</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Prohibitions specific to BSAI</E>. (1) <E T="03">Incidental salmon.</E> Discard any salmon taken incidental to a directed fishery for BSAI groundfish by vessels using trawl gear until notified by an observer that the number of salmon has been determined and the collection of any scientific data or biological samples has been completed as provided in § 679.21(c)(1).<PRTPAGE P="496"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) <E T="03">Prohibited species.</E> Conduct any fishing contrary to a notification issued under § 679.21.</P>
                    <P>(d) <E T="03">CDQ.</E> (1) Participate in a Western Alaska CDQ program in violation of this part.</P>
                    <P>(2) Fail to submit, submit inaccurate information on, or intentionally submit false information on any report, application, or statement required under this part.</P>
                    <P>(3) Participate as a community in more than one CDP, unless the second CDP is for vessels fishing halibut CDQ only.</P>
                    <P>(4) Harvest groundfish CDQ or halibut CDQ or PSQ on behalf of a CDQ group with a vessel that is not listed as an eligible vessel on an approved CDP for that CDQ group.</P>
                    <P>(5) For a CDQ group, exceed a CDQ, halibut PSQ, or crab PSQ.</P>

                    <P>(6) For the operator of an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP, use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in Zone 1 after the CDQ group's red king crab PSQ or <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> Tanner crab PSQ in Zone 1 is attained.</P>

                    <P>(7) For the operator of an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP, use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in Zone 2 after the CDQ group's PSQ for <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> Tanner crab in Zone 2 is attained.</P>

                    <P>(8) For the operator of an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP, use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in the <E T="03">C. opilio</E> Bycatch Limitation Zone after the CDQ group's PSQ for <E T="03">C. opilio</E> Tanner crab is attained.</P>
                    <P>(9) For the operator of an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP, use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in the Chinook Salmon Savings Area between January 1 and April 15 after the CDQ group's chinook salmon PSQ is attained.</P>
                    <P>(10) For the operator of an eligible vessel listed on an approved CDP, use trawl gear to harvest groundfish CDQ in the Chum Salmon Savings Area between September 1 and October 14 after the CDQ group's non-chinook salmon PSQ is attained.</P>
                    <P>(11) For the operator of a catcher vessel using trawl gear or any vessel less than 60 ft (18.29 m) LOA, discard any groundfish CDQ species or salmon PSQ before it is delivered to an eligible processor listed on an approved CDP.</P>
                    <P>(12) For the operator of a vessel using trawl gear, release CDQ catch from the codend before it is brought on board the vessel and weighed on a scale approved by NMFS under § 679.28(b) or delivered to a processor. This includes, but is not limited to, “codend dumping” and “codend bleeding.”</P>
                    <P>(13) For the operator of a catcher vessel, catch, retain on board, or deliver groundfish CDQ species together with moratorium groundfish species.</P>
                    <P>(14) For the operator of a catcher/processor, catch groundfish CDQ species together with moratorium groundfish species in the same haul, set, or pot.</P>
                    <P>(15) For the operator of a catcher/processor or a catcher vessel required to carry a CDQ observer, combine catch from two or more CDQ groups or from CDQ and IFQ in the same haul or set.</P>
                    <P>(16) Use any groundfish CDQ species as a basis species for calculating retainable bycatch amounts under § 679.20.</P>
                    <P>(17) For the operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership, harvest or take deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species without a valid scale inspection report signed by an authorized scale inspector under § 679.28(b)(2) on board the vessel.</P>
                    <P>(18) For the operator of a vessel required to have an observer sampling station described at § 679.28(d), harvest or take deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species without a valid observer sampling station inspection report issued by NMFS under § 679.28(d)(8) on board the vessel.</P>
                    <P>(19) For the operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership, sort, process, or discard CDQ or PSQ species before the total catch is weighed on a scale that meets the requirements of § 679.28(b).</P>
                    <P>(20) For the operator of a vessel required to have a scale to weigh total catch or an observer sampling scale, harvest or take deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species if any scale fails to meet the daily test requirements described at § 679.28(b)(3).</P>

                    <P>(21) For the manager of a shoreside processor or the manager or operator <PRTPAGE P="497"/>of a buying station that is required elsewhere in this part to weigh catch on a scale approved by the State of Alaska under § 679.28(b), fail to weigh catch on a scale that meets the requirements of § 679.28(b).</P>
                    <P>(22) For the operator of a catcher/processor or mothership that is required elsewhere in this part to provide certified bins for volumetric estimates that meet the requirements of § 679.28(e), fail to provide bins that meet the requirements of § 679.28(e).</P>
                    <P>(23) For a CDQ representative, use methods other than those approved in the CDP to determine the catch of CDQ and PSQ reported to NMFS on the CDQ catch report.</P>
                    <P>(24) For the operator of a vessel using trawl gear, harvest pollock CDQ in 1998 with trawl gear other than pelagic trawl gear.</P>
                    <P>(25) For a CDQ group, report catch of sablefish CDQ for accrual against the fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserve if that sablefish CDQ was caught with fishing gear other than fixed gear.</P>
                    <P>(26) For the operator of a vessel, harvest halibut CDQ with other than fixed gear.</P>
                    <P>(27) For a CDQ group, fail to ensure that all vessels and processors listed as eligible on the CDQ group's approved CDP comply with all regulations in this part while fishing for CDQ.</P>
                    <P>(28) Fail to comply with the requirements of a CDP.</P>
                    <P>(e) <E T="03">Moratorium on entry.</E> (1) Submit false or inaccurate information on a moratorium permit application or application to transfer moratorium qualification.</P>
                    <P>(2) Alter, erase, or mutilate any moratorium permit.</P>
                    <P>(3) Catch and retain a moratorium species with a vessel that has a LOA greater than the maximum LOA for the vessel.</P>
                    <P>(4) Catch and retain a moratorium species with a vessel that has received an unauthorized transfer of moratorium qualification.</P>
                    <P>(5) Catch and retain moratorium crab species or conduct directed fishing for any moratorium groundfish species with a vessel that has not been issued a valid moratorium permit, unless the vessel is lawfully conducting directed fishing for sablefish under subparts C and D of this part.</P>
                    <P>(6) Catch and retain moratorium crab species or conduct directed fishing for any moratorium groundfish species with a vessel that does not have a valid moratorium permit on board, unless the vessel is lawfully conducting directed fishing for sablefish under subparts C and D of this part.</P>
                    <P>(f) <E T="03">IFQ fisheries.</E> (1) Fail to submit, or submit inaccurate information on, any report, application, or statement required under this part.</P>
                    <P>(2) Intentionally submit false information on any report, application, or statement required under this part.</P>
                    <P>(3) Retain halibut or sablefish caught with fixed gear without a valid IFQ permit and without an IFQ card in the name of an individual aboard.</P>

                    <P>(4) Except as provided in § 679.5(l)(3), retain IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish on a vessel in excess of the total amount of unharvested IFQ, applicable to the vessel category and IFQ regulatory area in which the vessel is deploying fixed gear, and that is currently held by all IFQ card holders aboard the vessel, unless the vessel has an observer aboard under subpart E of this part and maintains the applicable daily fishing log prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title and § 679.5.</P>
                    <P>(5) Possess, buy, sell, or transport IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish harvested or landed in violation of any provision of this part.</P>
                    <P>(6) Make an IFQ landing without an IFQ card in the name of the individual making the landing.</P>
                    <P>(7) Possess on a vessel or land IFQ sablefish concurrently with non-IFQ sablefish, except that CDQ sablefish may be possessed on a vessel and landed concurrently with IFQ sablefish.</P>

                    <P>(8) Discard Pacific cod or rockfish that are taken when IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish are on board, unless Pacific cod or rockfish are required to be discarded under § 679.20 or unless, in waters within the State of Alaska, Pacific cod or rockfish are required to be discarded by laws of the State of Alaska.<PRTPAGE P="498"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(9) Harvest on any vessel more IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish than are authorized under § 679.42.</P>
                    <P>(10) Make an IFQ landing other than directly to (or by) a registered buyer.</P>
                    <P>(11) Discard halibut or sablefish caught with fixed gear from any catcher vessel when any IFQ card holder aboard holds unused halibut or sablefish IFQ for that vessel category and the IFQ regulatory area in which the vessel is operating, unless:</P>

                    <P>(i) Discard of halibut is required as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title;</P>
                    <P>(ii) Discard of sablefish is required under § 679.20 or, in waters within the State of Alaska, discard of sablefish is required under laws of the State of Alaska; or</P>
                    <P>(iii) Discard of halibut or sablefish is required under other provisions.</P>
                    <P>(12) Make an IFQ landing without prior notice of landing and before 6 hours after such notice, except as provided in § 679.5.</P>
                    <P>(13) Possess processed and unprocessed IFQ species on board a vessel during the same trip except when fishing exclusively with IFQ derived from vessel category A QS;</P>
                    <P>(14) Violate any other provision under subpart D of this part.</P>
                    <P>(15) Process fish on board a vessel on which a person aboard has unused IFQ derived from QS issued to vessel categories B, C, or D, except as provided in § 679.42(k) of this part;</P>
                    <P>(g) <E T="03">Groundfish Observer Program.</E> (1) Forcibly assault, resist, oppose, impede, intimidate, sexually harass, bribe, or interfere with an observer.</P>
                    <P>(2) Interfere with or bias the sampling procedure employed by an observer, including physical, mechanical, or other sorting or discarding of catch before sampling.</P>
                    <P>(3) Tamper with, destroy, or discard an observer's collected samples, equipment, records, photographic film, papers, or personal effects without the express consent of the observer.</P>
                    <P>(4) Prohibit or bar by command, impediment, threat, coercion, or by refusal of reasonable assistance, an observer from collecting samples, conducting product recovery rate determinations, making observations, or otherwise performing the observer's duties.</P>
                    <P>(5) Harass an observer by conduct that has sexual connotations, has the purpose or effect of interfering with the observer's work performance, or otherwise creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment. In determining whether conduct constitutes harassment, the totality of the circumstances, including the nature of the conduct and the context in which it occurred, will be considered. The determination of the legality of a particular action will be made from the facts on a case-by-case basis.</P>
                    <P>(6) Fish for or process fish without observer coverage required under subpart E of this part.</P>
                    <P>(7) Require, pressure, coerce, or threaten an observer to perform duties normally performed by crew members, including, but not limited to, cooking, washing dishes, standing watch, vessel maintenance, assisting with the setting or retrieval of gear, or any duties associated with the processing of fish, from sorting the catch to the storage of the finished product.</P>
                    <P>(h) <E T="03">High Seas Salmon Fisheries</E>. (1) Fish for, take, or retain any salmon in violation of the North Pacific Fisheries Act of 1954, 16 U.S.C. 1021-1035 or this part.</P>
                    <P>(2) Engage in fishing for salmon in the High Seas Salmon Management Area except to the extent authorized by § 679.4(h).</P>
                    <P>(i) <E T="03">License Limitation Program</E>—(1) <E T="03">Number of licenses</E>. (i) Hold more than 10 groundfish licenses in the name of that person at any time, except as provided in paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section;</P>
                    <P>(ii) Hold more than five crab species licenses in the name of that person at any time, except as provided in paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section; or</P>

                    <P>(iii) Hold more licenses than allowed in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section unless those licenses were issued to that person in the initial distribution of licenses. Any person who receives in the initial distribution more licenses than allowed in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section shall have no transfer applications for receipt of additional licenses approved until the number of licenses in <PRTPAGE P="499"/>the name of that person is less than the numbers specified in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section; furthermore, when a person becomes eligible to receive licenses by transfer through the provisions of this paragraph, that person is subject to the provisions in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section;</P>
                    <P>(2) Conduct directed fishing for license limitation groundfish without an original valid groundfish license, except as provided in § 679.4(i)(2);</P>
                    <P>(3) Conduct directed fishing for crab species without an original valid crab species license, except as provided in § 679.4(i)(2);</P>
                    <P>(4) Process license limitation groundfish on board a vessel without an original valid groundfish license with a Catcher/processor designation;</P>
                    <P>(5) Process crab species on board a vessel without an original valid crab species license with a Catcher/processor designation;</P>
                    <P>(6) Use a license on a vessel that has an LOA that exceeds the MLOA specified on the license;</P>
                    <P>(7) Lease a groundfish or crab species license.</P>
                    <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 33385, June 27, 1996; 61 FR 35578 July 5, 1996; 61 FR 38104, July 23, 1996; 61 FR 38359, July 24, 1996; 61 FR 41525, Aug. 9, 1996; 61 FR 56431, Nov. 1, 1996; 61 FR 65987, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 2046, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 1997; 62 FR 67760, Dec. 30, 1997; 63 FR 8360, Feb. 19, 1998; 63 FR 30400, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 32145, June 12, 1998; 63 FR 38502, July 17, 1998; 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 52657, Oct. 1, 1998; 63 FR 54753, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                    <EFFDNOT>
                      <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
                      <P>1. At 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.7 was amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) and the heading of paragraph (a)(5); and by adding paragraphs (a)(15) and (a)(16), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                      <P>2. At 63 FR 52657, Oct. 1, 1998, § 679.7 was amended by adding paragraph (j), effective Jan. 1, 2000. At 63 FR 54753, Oct. 13, 1998, paragraph (j) was correctly designated as paragraph (i).</P>
                    </EFFDNOT>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 679.8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Facilitation of enforcement.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>See § 600.740 of this chapter.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 679.9</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Penalties.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>See § 600.735 of this chapter.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Management Measures</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 679.20</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>General limitations.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>This section applies to vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA and BSAI.</P>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Harvest limits</E>—(1) <E T="03">OY</E>. The OY for BSAI and GOA target species and the “other species” category is a range that can be harvested consistently with this part, plus the amounts of “nonspecified species” taken incidentally to the harvest of target species and the “other species” category. The species categories are defined in Table 1 of the specifications as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">BSAI</E>. The OY for groundfish in the BSAI regulated by this section and by part 600 of this chapter is 1.4 to 2.0 million mt.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA</E>. The OY for groundfish in the GOA regulated by this section and by part 600 of this chapter is 116,000 to 800,000 mt.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">TAC</E>. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will specify and apportion the annual TAC and reserves for each calendar year among the GOA and BSAI target species and the “other species” categories. TACs in the target species category may be split or combined for purposes of establishing new TACs with apportionments thereof under paragraph (c) of this section. The sum of the TACs so specified must be within the OY range specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Annual TAC determination</E>. The annual determinations of TAC for each target species and the “other species” category, and the reapportionment of reserves may be adjusted, based upon a review of the following:</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Biological condition of groundfish stocks</E>. Resource assessment documents prepared annually for the Council that provide information on historical catch trend; updated estimates of the MSY of the groundfish complex and its component species groups; assessments of the stock condition of each target species and the “other species” category; assessments of the multispecies and ecosystem impacts of harvesting the groundfish complex at current levels, given the assessed condition of stocks, including consideration of rebuilding <PRTPAGE P="500"/>depressed stocks; and alternative harvesting strategies and related effects on the component species group.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Socioeconomic considerations</E>. Socioeconomic considerations that are consistent with the goals of the fishery management plans for the groundfish fisheries of the BSAI and the GOA, including the need to promote efficiency in the utilization of fishery resources, including minimizing costs; the need to manage for the optimum marketable size of a species; the impact of groundfish harvests on prohibited species and the domestic target fisheries that utilize these species; the desire to enhance depleted stocks; the seasonal access to the groundfish fishery by domestic fishing vessels; the commercial importance of a fishery to local communities; the importance of a fishery to subsistence users; and the need to promote utilization of certain species.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Sablefish TAC</E>—(i) <E T="03">GOA Eastern Area</E>. Vessels in the Eastern Area of the GOA using trawl gear will be allocated 5 percent of the sablefish TAC for bycatch in other trawl fisheries.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA Central and Western Areas</E>—(A) <E T="03">Hook-and-line gear</E>. Vessels in the Central and Western Areas of the GOA using hook-and-line gear will be allocated 80 percent of the sablefish TAC in each of the Central and Western areas.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Trawl gear</E>. Vessels using trawl gear will be allocated 20 percent of the sablefish TAC in these areas.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Bering Sea subarea</E>—(A) <E T="03">Hook-and-line or pot gear</E>. Vessels in the Bering Sea subarea using hook-and-line or pot gear will be allocated 50 percent of each TAC for sablefish.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Trawl gear</E>. Vessels in the Bering Sea subarea using trawl gear will be allocated 50 percent of each TAC for sablefish.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Aleutian Islands subarea</E>—(A) <E T="03">Hook-and-line or pot gear</E>. Vessels in the Aleutian Islands subarea using hook-and-line or pot gear will be allocated 75 percent of each TAC for sablefish.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Trawl gear</E>. Vessels in the Aleutian Islands subarea using trawl gear will be allocated 25 percent of each TAC for sablefish.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Pollock TAC</E>—(i) <E T="03">BSAI</E>—(A) <E T="03">Seasonal allowances</E>. The TAC of pollock in each subarea or district of the BSAI will be divided, after subtraction of reserves, into two allowances. The first allowance will be available for directed fishing from 0001 hours Alaska local time (A.l.t.) January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t. , April 15. The second allowance will be available for directed fishing from 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 1 through 1200 hours A.l.t., November 1, of each fishing year. Within any fishing year, unharvested amounts of the first allowance will be added to the second allowance, and harvests in excess of the first allowance will be deducted from the second allowance.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Apportionment to vessels using nonpelagic trawl gear</E>— (<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">General</E>. NMFS, in consultation with the Council, may limit the amount of pollock TAC that may be taken in the directed fishery for pollock using nonpelagic trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Factors to be considered</E>. The Regional Administrator must consider the following information when limiting the amount of pollock TAC that is apportioned to the directed fishery for pollock using nonpelagic trawl gear:</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The PSC limits and PSC bycatch allowances established under § 679.21.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The projected bycatch of prohibited species that would occur with and without a limit in the amount of pollock TAC that may be taken in the directed fishery for pollock using nonpelagic trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The cost of a limit in terms of amounts of pollock TAC that may be taken with nonpelagic trawl gear on the nonpelagic and pelagic trawl fisheries.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) Other factors pertaining to consistency with the goals and objectives of the FMP.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Notification</E>. NMFS will publish proposed and final apportionment of pollock TAC to the directed fishery for pollock using nonpelagic trawl gear in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> with notification of proposed and final specifications defined in § 679.20.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA</E>—(A) <E T="03">Apportionment by area</E>. The TAC for pollock in the combined GOA Western and Central Regulatory Areas will be apportioned among statistical areas 610, 620, and 630 in proportion to the distribution of the pollock biomass as determined by the most recent NMFS surveys.<PRTPAGE P="501"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Seasonal allowances.</E> Each apportionment will be divided into three seasonal allowances of 25 percent, 35 percent, and 40 percent of the apportionment, respectively, corresponding to the three fishing seasons defined at § 679.23(d)(2).</P>
                      <P>(6) <E T="03">Inshore/offshore apportionments (Applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>—(i) <E T="03">BSAI pollock</E>. The apportionment of pollock in each BSAI subarea or district, and for each seasonal allowance defined in paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section, will be allocated 35 percent to vessels catching pollock for processing by the inshore component and 65 percent to vessels catching pollock for processing by the offshore component.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA pollock</E>. The apportionment of pollock in all GOA regulatory areas and for each seasonal allowance described in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section will be allocated entirely to vessels catching pollock for processing by the inshore component after subtraction of an amount that is projected by the Regional Administrator to be caught by, or delivered to, the offshore component incidental to directed fishing for other groundfish species.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">GOA Pacific cod</E>. The apportionment of Pacific cod in all GOA regulatory areas will be allocated 90 percent to vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component and 10 percent to vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by the offshore component.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Directed fishing allowances and prohibitions</E>. The Regional Administrator may establish separate directed fishing allowances and prohibitions authorized under paragraph (d) of this section for:</P>
                      <P>(A) <E T="03">BSAI pollock</E>. Vessels catching pollock in the BSAI for processing by the inshore component and for vessels catching pollock for processing by the offshore component.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">GOA pollock</E>. Vessels catching pollock in the GOA for processing by the inshore component and for vessels catching pollock for processing by the offshore component.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">GOA Pacific cod</E>. Vessels catching Pacific cod in the GOA for processing by the inshore component and for vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by the offshore component.</P>
                      <P>(v) <E T="03">Reallocation</E>—(A) <E T="03">BSAI pollock</E>. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that either the inshore or offshore component will not be able to process the entire amount of pollock in the BSAI allocated to vessels catching pollock for processing by that component, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that reallocates the projected unused amount of pollock to vessels catching pollock for processing by the other component.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">GOA pollock</E>. If the Regional Administrator determines that the inshore component will not be able to process the entire amount of pollock in the GOA allocated to vessels catching pollock for processing by the inshore component during a fishing year, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that reallocates the projected unused amount of pollock to vessels catching pollock for processing by the offshore component.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">GOA Pacific cod</E>. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that either the inshore or offshore component will not be able to process the entire amount of Pacific cod in the GOA allocated to vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by that component, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> that reallocates the projected unused amount of Pacific cod to vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by the other component.</P>
                      <P>(7) <E T="03">Pacific cod TAC, BSAI</E>—(i) <E T="03">TAC by gear</E>. (A) The BSAI TAC of Pacific cod, after subtraction of reserves, will be allocated 2 percent to vessels using jig gear, 51 percent to vessels using hook-and-line or pot gear, and 47 percent to vessels using trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>(B) The portion of Pacific cod TAC allocated to trawl gear under paragraph (a)(7)(i)(A) of this section will be further allocated 50 percent to catcher vessels and 50 percent to catcher/processors as defined for the purposes of recordkeeping and reporting at § 679.2.</P>

                      <P>(C) The Regional Administrator may establish separate directed fishing allowances and prohibitions authorized under paragraph (d) of this section for vessels harvesting Pacific cod using jig gear, hook-and-line or pot gear, or trawl gear.<PRTPAGE P="502"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Unused gear allocations</E>—(A) <E T="03">Reallocation within the trawl sector</E>. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that either trawl catcher vessels or trawl catcher/processors will not be able to harvest the entire amount of Pacific cod in the BSAI allocated to those vessels under paragraph (a)(7)(i) or (a)(7)(ii)(B) of this section, NMFS will first make the projected unused amount of Pacific cod available to the other trawl vessel sector before any reallocation to vessels using other gear types.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Reallocation between gear types</E>. If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that vessels using trawl gear or hook-and-line or pot gear will not be able to harvest the entire amount of Pacific cod in the BSAI allocated to those vessels under paragraphs (a)(7)(i) or (a)(7)(iii) of this section, NMFS may reallocate the projected unused amount of Pacific cod to vessels harvesting Pacific cod using the other gear type(s) through notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Reallocation of TAC specified for jig gear</E>. On September 15 of each year, the Regional Administrator will reallocate any projected unused amount of Pacific cod in the BSAI allocated to vessels using jig gear to vessels using hook-and-line or pot gear through notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Seasonal allowances</E>—(A) <E T="03">Time periods</E>. NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may divide the TAC allocated to vessels using hook-and-line or pot gear under paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section among the following three periods: January 1 through April 30, May 1 through August 31, and September 1 through December 31.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Factors to be considered</E>. NMFS will base any seasonal allowance of the Pacific cod allocation to vessels using hook-and-line and pot gear on the following information:</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Seasonal distribution of Pacific cod relative to prohibited species distribution.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Variations in prohibited species bycatch rates in the Pacific cod fisheries throughout the fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Economic effects of any seasonal allowance of Pacific cod on the hook-and-line and pot-gear fisheries.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Unused seasonal allowances</E>. Any unused portion of a seasonal allowance of Pacific cod allocated to vessels using hook-and-line or pot gear will be reallocated to the remaining seasons during the current fishing year in a manner determined by NMFS, after consultation with the Council.</P>
                      <P>(8) <E T="03">BSAI Atka mackerel</E>—(i) <E T="03">TAC by gear</E>. Vessels using jig gear will be allocated up to 2 percent of the TAC of Atka mackerel specified for the Eastern Aleutian Islands District and Bering Sea subarea, after subtraction of reserves, based on the criteria specified at paragraph (a)(8)(ii) of this section. The remainder of the TAC, after subtraction of reserves, will be allocated to vessels using other authorized gear types.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Annual specification</E>. The percentage of the Atka mackerel TAC specified for the Eastern Aleutian Islands District and Bering Sea subarea that is allocated annually to vessels using jig gear will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as part of the proposed and final annual specifications under paragraph (c) of this section. The jig gear allocation will be based on the following criteria:</P>
                      <P>(A) The amount of Atka mackerel harvested by vessels using jig gear during recent fishing years;</P>
                      <P>(B) The anticipated harvest of Atka mackerel by vessels using jig gear during the upcoming fishing year; and</P>
                      <P>(C) The extent to which the jig gear allocation will support the development of a jig gear fishery for Atka mackerel while minimizing the amount of Atka mackerel TAC annually allocated to vessels using jig gear that remains unharvested at the end of the fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(9) <E T="03">BSAI shortraker rockfish and rougheye rockfish</E>. After subtraction of reserves, the TAC of shortraker rockfish and rougheye rockfish specified for the Aleutian Islands subarea will be allocated 30 percent to vessels using non-trawl gear and 70 percent to vessels using trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>(10) <E T="03">All other groundfish TAC.</E> The initial TAC for each target species and the “other species” category will be 85 percent of the TAC as provided under paragraph (b) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="503"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Reserves</E>—(1) <E T="03">BSAI</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> Fifteen percent of the BSAI TAC for each target species and the “other species” category, except the hook-and-line and pot gear allocation for sablefish, is automatically placed in a reserve, and the remaining 85 percent of the TAC is apportioned for each target species and the “other species” category, except the hook-and-line and pot gear allocation for sablefish.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Nonspecified reserve.</E> The reserve is not designated by species or species group, and any amount of the reserve may be apportioned to a target species, except the hook-and-line gear and pot gear allocation for sablefish, or the “other species” category, provided that such apportionments are consistent with paragraph (a)(3) of this section and do not result in overfishing of a target species or the “other species” category.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">CDQ reserve</E>—(A) <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ reserve</E>. Except as limited by § 679.31(a) of this part, one half of the nonspecified reserve established by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section is apportioned to the groundfish CDQ reserve.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserves.</E> Twenty percent of the fixed gear allocation of sablefish established by paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section for each subarea or district of the BSAI is apportioned to a CDQ reserve for each subarea or district.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Apportionment of groundfish CDQ reserve by TAC category</E>. (<E T="03">1</E>) Except for the fixed gear sablefish CDQ reserves, the groundfish CDQ reserve is apportioned among TAC categories in amounts equal to 7.5 percent of each TAC category for which a reserve is established.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If the final harvest specifications required by paragraph (c) of this section change the groundfish species comprising a species category or change a TAC by combining management areas or splitting a TAC into two or more TACs by management area, then any CDQ allocations based on those TACs change proportionally.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Inshore/offshore reapportionment (Applicable through December 31, 1998).</E> Any amounts of the BSAI nonspecific reserve that are reapportioned to pollock as provided by this paragraph (b) must be apportioned between inshore and offshore components in the same proportion specified in paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(v) <E T="03">Pacific cod (Applicable through December 31, 1996).</E> Any amounts of the BSAI nonspecific reserve that are apportioned to Pacific cod as provided by this paragraph (b) must be apportioned between vessels using jig, hook-and-line or pot, and trawl gear in the same proportion specified in paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section, unless the Regional Administrator determines under paragraph (a)(7) (ii) or (iii) of this section that vessels using a certain gear type will not be able to harvest the additional amount of Pacific cod. In this case, the nonspecific reserve will be apportioned to vessels using the other gear type(s).</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">GOA</E>. Initial reserves are established for pollock, Pacific cod, flatfish, and “other species,” which are equal to 20 percent of the TACs for these species or species groups.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Pollock inshore/offshore reapportionment (Applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>. Any amounts of the GOA reserve that are reapportioned to pollock as provided by this paragraph (b) must be apportioned between inshore and offshore components in the same proportion specified in paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Pacific cod inshore/offshore reapportionment (Applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>. Any amounts of the GOA reserve that are reapportioned to Pacific cod as provided by this paragraph (b) must be apportioned between inshore and offshore components in the same proportion specified in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Apportionment of reserves.</E> (i) <E T="03">Notification.</E> (A) As soon as practicable after April 1, June 1, and August 1, and on such other dates as NMFS determines appropriate, NMFS will, by notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, apportion all or part of the BSAI or GOA reserve in accordance with this paragraph (b).</P>

                      <P>(B) No apportionment, retention, or PSC limit adjustment may take effect until notification has been published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> with a statement of the findings upon which the apportionment, retention, or adjustment is based.<PRTPAGE P="504"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Apportionment</E>—(A) <E T="03">General</E>. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, NMFS will apportion the amount of BSAI or GOA reserve that will be harvested by U.S. vessels during the remainder of the year.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Exception</E>. Part or all of the BSAI or GOA reserve may be withheld if an apportionment would adversely affect the conservation of groundfish resources or prohibited species.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Public comment</E>—(A) <E T="03">Prior comment.</E> NMFS will provide all interested persons an opportunity to comment on the proposed apportionments, retentions, or PSC limit adjustments under this paragraph (b) before such apportionments, retentions, or adjustments are made, unless NMFS finds that there is good cause for not providing a prior comment opportunity, and publishes the reasons therefor in the notification of apportionment, retention, or adjustment.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Submittal dates.</E> Comments provided for in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii) must be received by NMFS not later than 5 days before April 1, June 1, and August 1, or other dates that may be specified.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Subsequent comment.</E> If NMFS determines for good cause that notification of apportionment, retention or PSC limit adjustment must be issued without providing interested persons a prior opportunity for public comment, comments on the apportionment, retention or adjustment will be received for a period of 15 days after its effective date.</P>
                      <P>(D) <E T="03">Response to comments.</E> NMFS will consider all timely comments in deciding whether to make a proposed apportionment, retention, or PSC limit adjustment or to modify an apportionment, retention, or adjustment that previously has been made, and shall publish responses to those comments in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as soon as practicable.</P>
                      <P>(E) <E T="03">Data available.</E> The Regional Administrator will make available to the public during business hours the aggregate data upon which any preliminary TAC or PSC limit figure is based or the data upon which any apportionment or retention of surplus or reserve, or PSC limit adjustment was or is proposed to be based. These data will be available for a sufficient period to facilitate informed comment by interested persons.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Annual specifications</E>—(1) <E T="03">Proposed specifications—</E>
                      </P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">General</E>—(A) <E T="03">Notification.</E> As soon as practicable after consultation with the Council, NMFS will publish proposed specifications for the succeeding fishing year. The proposed specifications will reflect as accurately as possible the projected changes in U.S. harvesting and processing capacity and the extent to which U.S. harvesting and processing will occur during the coming year.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Public comment.</E> NMFS will accept public comment on the proposed specifications for 30 days from the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA.</E> The GOA proposed specifications will specify annual TAC amounts for each target species and the “other species” category and apportionments thereof established under § 679.20(a)(2), halibut prohibited species catch amounts established under § 679.21, seasonal allowances of pollock, and inshore/offshore Pacific cod.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">BSAI</E>. The BSAI proposed specifications will specify the annual TAC and initial TAC amounts for each target species and the “other species” category and apportionments thereof established by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, PSQ reserves and prohibited species catch allowances established by § 679.21, seasonal allowances of pollock TAC (including pollock CDQ), and CDQ reserve amounts established by paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Interim specifications.</E> Interim harvest specifications will be in effect on January 1 and will remain in effect until superseded by the filing of the final specifications by the Office of the Federal Register. Interim specifications will be established as follows:</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">GOA.</E> One-fourth of each proposed TAC and apportionment thereof (not including the reserves or the first seasonal allowance of pollock), one-fourth of the proposed halibut prohibited species catch amounts, and the proposed first seasonal allowance of pollock.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">BSAI</E>. Except for pollock and the hook and line and pot gear allocation of sablefish, one quarter of each proposed  initial TAC and apportionment <PRTPAGE P="505"/>thereof, one quarter of each CDQ reserve established by paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, and one quarter of the proposed PSQ reserve and prohibited species catch allowances established by § 679.21.</P>
                      <P>(A) The interim specifications for pollock will be equal to the first seasonal allowance under paragraph (a)(5)(i)(A) of this section that is published in the proposed specifications under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(B) The interim specifications for CDQ pollock will be equal to the first seasonal allowance that is published in the proposed specifications under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Final specifications</E>—(i) <E T="03">Notification.</E> NMFS will consider comments on the proposed specifications received during the comment period and, after consultation with the Council, will publish final specifications in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The final specifications will supersede the interim specifications.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA.</E> The final specifications will specify the annual TAC for each target species and the “other species” category and apportionments thereof, halibut prohibited species catch amounts, and seasonal allowances of pollock.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">BSAI</E>. The final specifications will specify the annual TAC for each target species and the “other species” category and apportionments thereof, PSQ reserves and prohibited species catch allowances, seasonal allowances of the pollock TAC (including pollock CDQ), and CDQ reserve amounts.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Inshore/offshore allocations (Applicable through December 31, 1998).</E> The proposed, interim, and final specifications will specify the allocation of GOA Pacific cod, GOA pollock, and BSAI pollock for processing by the inshore and offshore components, and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraphs (a)(5) and (a)(7) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">BSAI Pacific cod gear allocations</E>  The proposed, interim, and final specifications will specify the allocation of BSAI Pacific cod among gear types as authorized under paragraph (a)(7) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(6) <E T="03">BSAI Atka mackerel allocations</E>. The proposed, interim, and final specifications will specify the allocation of BSAI Atka mackerel among gear types as authorized under paragraph (a)(8) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Fishery closures</E>—(1) <E T="03">Directed fishing allowance</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> If the Regional Administrator determines that any allocation or apportionment of a target species or “other species” category specified under paragraph (c) of this section has been or will be reached, the Regional Administrator may establish a directed fishing allowance for that species or species group.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Specified fishery amounts</E>—(A) <E T="03">Inseason adjustments.</E> The category allocations or apportionments established under paragraph (c) of this section may be revised by inseason adjustments, as defined at § 679.25, for a given species or species group or pollock allowance, as identified by regulatory area, subarea, or district, and, if applicable, as further identified by gear type.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Incidental catch.</E> In establishing a directed fishing allowance, the Regional Administrator shall consider the amount of the allocation or apportionment established under paragraph (c) of this section that will be taken as incidental catch in directed fishing for other species in the same subarea, regulatory area, or district.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Directed fishing closure</E>—(A) <E T="03">Notification.</E> If the Regional Administrator establishes a directed fishing allowance for a fishery allocation or apportionment under this paragraph (d), and that allowance has been or will be reached before the end of the fishing season or year, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> prohibiting directed fishing in the specified subarea, regulatory area, or district.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Retention of bycatch species.</E> If directed fishing for a target species or the “other species” category is prohibited, a vessel may not retain that bycatch species in an amount that exceeds the maximum retainable bycatch amount, as calculated under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, at any time during a fishing trip.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Groundfish as prohibited species closure</E>. When the Regional Administrator determines that the TAC of any target species or the “other species” category specified under paragraph (c) of this section, or the share of any TAC assigned to any type of gear, has been or <PRTPAGE P="506"/>will be achieved prior to the end of a year, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> requiring that target species or the “other species” be treated in the same manner as a prohibited species, as described under § 679.21(b), for the remainder of the year.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Overfishing closure</E>—(i) <E T="03">Notification.</E> If, in making a determination under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the Regional Administrator also determines that fishing for other target species or species groups in the area, district or part thereof where the notification applies, may lead to the overfishing of the species or species group for which the allocation or apportionment has been or will be reached, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> specifying limitations or prohibitions designed to prevent overfishing of that species or species group.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Limitations and prohibitions.</E> These limitations and prohibitions may prohibit directed fishing for other species or species groups in the area, district, or part thereof where the notification applies, or may limit time, area, or gear types that may be used in directed fishing for the other species or species groups.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Factors to be considered.</E> When making the determinations specified under paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section, the Regional Administrator may consider allowing fishing to continue or resume with certain gear types or in certain areas and times based on findings of:</P>
                      <P>(A) The risk of biological harm to a groundfish species or species group for which the TAC or PSC limit is or will be reached.</P>
                      <P>(B) The risk of socioeconomic harm to authorized users of the groundfish for which the TAC or PSC limit will be or has been reached.</P>
                      <P>(C) The impact that the continued closure might have on the socioeconomic well-being of other domestic fisheries.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Maximum retainable bycatch amounts</E>—(1) <E T="03">Proportion of basis species.</E> The maximum retainable bycatch amount for a bycatch species or species group is calculated as a proportion of the basis species retained on board the vessel using the retainable percentages in Table 10 to this part for the GOA species categories and in Table 11 to this part for the BSAI species categories.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Calculation.</E> (i) To calculate the maximum retainable bycatch amount for a specific bycatch species, an individual retainable bycatch amount must be calculated with respect to each basis species that is retained on board that vessel.</P>
                      <P>(ii) To obtain these individual retainable bycatch amounts, multiply the appropriate retainable percentage for the bycatch species/basis species combination, set forth in Table 10 to this part for the GOA species categories and Table 11 to this part for the BSAI species categories, by the amount of that basis species, in round-weight equivalents.</P>
                      <P>(iii) The maximum retainable bycatch amount for that specific bycatch species is the sum of the individual retainable bycatch amounts.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Directed fishing calculations and determinations—</E>(1) <E T="03">Round-weight equivalents.</E> Any determination concerning directed fishing, the amount or percentage of any species, species group, or any fish or fish products must be calculated in round-weight equivalents.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Retainable amounts</E>. Except as provided in Table 10 to this part, arrowtooth flounder, retained CDQ species, or any groundfish species for which directed fishing is closed may not be used to calculate retainable amounts of other groundfish species.</P>
                      <P>(g) <E T="03">Allowable retention of pollock roe</E>—(1) <E T="03">Percentage of pollock roe.</E> (i) Pollock roe retained on board a vessel at any time during a fishing trip must not exceed 7 percent of the total round-weight equivalent of pollock, as calculated from the primary pollock product on board the vessel during the same fishing trip.</P>
                      <P>(ii) Determinations of allowable retention of pollock roe will be based on amounts of pollock harvested, received, or processed during a single fishing trip.</P>

                      <P>(iii) Pollock or pollock products from previous fishing trips that are retained on board a vessel may not be used to determine the allowable retention of pollock roe for that vessel.<PRTPAGE P="507"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Primary product.</E> (i) For purposes of this paragraph (g), only one primary pollock product per fish, other than roe, may be used to calculate the round-weight equivalent.</P>
                      <P>(ii) A primary pollock product that contains roe (such as headed and gutted pollock with roe) may not be used to calculate the round-weight equivalent of pollock.</P>
                      <P>(iii) The primary pollock product must be distinguished from ancillary pollock products in the DCPL required under § 679.5(a)(9).</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Pollock product recovery rates (PRRs).</E> Use the product types and standard PRRs for pollock found in Table 3 to this part to calculate round-weight equivalents for pollock for purposes of this paragraph (g).</P>
                      <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs40,r100,10" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                        <BOXHD>
                          <CHED H="1">Product code</CHED>
                          <CHED H="1">Product description</CHED>
                          <CHED H="1">Standard product recovery rate</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">07</ENT>
                          <ENT>Headed and gutted, western cut</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.65</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">08</ENT>
                          <ENT>Headed and gutted, eastern cut</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.56</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">10</ENT>
                          <ENT>Headed and gutted, without tail</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.50</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">20</ENT>
                          <ENT>Fillets with skin &amp; ribs</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.35</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">21</ENT>
                          <ENT>Fillets with skin on, no ribs</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.30</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">22</ENT>
                          <ENT>Fillets with ribs, no skin</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.30</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">23</ENT>
                          <ENT>Fillets, skinless, boneless</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.21</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">24</ENT>
                          <ENT>Deep skin fillets</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.16</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">30</ENT>
                          <ENT>Surimi</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.16</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">31</ENT>
                          <ENT>Mince</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.22</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                          <ENT I="01">32</ENT>
                          <ENT>Meal</ENT>
                          <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                      </GPOTABLE>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Calculation of retainable pollock roe—</E>(i) <E T="03">Round-weight equivalent.</E> (A) To calculate the amount of pollock roe that can be retained on board during a fishing trip, first calculate the round-weight equivalent by dividing the total amount of primary product on board by the appropriate PRR.</P>
                      <P>(B) To determine the maximum mount of pollock roe that can be retained on board a vessel during the same fishing trip, multiply the round-weight equivalent by 0.07.</P>
                      <P>(C) Pollock roe retained on board from previous fishing trips will not be counted.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Two or more products from different fish.</E> (A) If two or more products, other than roe, are made from different fish, round-weight equivalents are calculated separately for each product.</P>
                      <P>(B) To determine the maximum amount of pollock roe that can be retained on board a vessel during a fishing trip, add the round-weight equivalents together; then, multiply the sum by 0.07.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Two or more products from same fish.</E> If two or more products, other than roe, are made from the same fish, the maximum amount of pollock roe that can be retained during a fishing trip is determined from the primary product.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Primary pollock product—</E>(i) <E T="03">Process prior to transfer.</E> Any primary pollock product used to calculate retainable amounts of pollock roe must be frozen, canned, or reduced to meal by the vessel retaining the pollock roe prior to any transfer of the product to another vessel.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">No discard of processed product.</E> Any pollock product that has been processed may not be discarded at sea unless such discarding is necessary to meet other requirements of this part.</P>
                      <P>(h) <E T="03">Standard product types and standard PRRs—</E>(1) <E T="03">Calculating round-weight equivalents from standard PRRs.</E> Round-weight equivalents for groundfish products are calculated using the product codes and standard PRRs specified in Table 3 of this part.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Adjustments.</E> The Regional Administrator may adjust standard PRRs and product types specified in Table 3 of this part if he or she determines that existing standard PRRs are inaccurate or if new product types are developed.</P>

                      <P>(i) Adjustments to any standard PRR listed in Table 3 of this part that are within and including 15 percent of that standard PRR may be made without providing notification and opportunity for prior public comment.<PRTPAGE P="508"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(ii) Adjustments of any standard PRR during a calendar year, when aggregated with all other adjustments made during that year, will not exceed 15 percent of the standard PRR listed in Table 3 of this part at the beginning of that calendar year.</P>

                      <P>(iii) No new product type will be announced until NMFS publishes the proposed adjustment and/or new product type in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and provides the public with at least 30 days opportunity for public comment.</P>

                      <P>(iv) Any adjustment of a PRR that acts to further restrict the fishery will not be effective until 30 days after the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>

                      <P>(v) If NMFS makes any adjustment or announcement without providing a prior notification and opportunity for prior public comment, the Regional Administrator will receive public comments on the adjustment or announcement for a period of 15 days from the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Forage fish</E>—(1) <E T="03">Definition.</E> See § 679.2.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> The provisions of § 679.20(i) apply to all vessels fishing for groundfish in the BSAI or GOA, and to all vessels processing groundfish harvested in the BSAI or GOA.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Closure to directed fishing.</E> Directed fishing for forage fish is prohibited at all times in the BSAI and GOA.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Limits on sale, barter, trade, and processing.</E> The sale, barter, trade, or processing of forage fish is prohibited, except as provided in paragraph (i)(5) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Allowable fishmeal production.</E> Retained catch of forage fish not exceeding the maximum retainable bycatch amount may be processed into fishmeal for sale, barter, or trade.</P>
                      <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 39602, July 30, 1996; 61 FR 59030, Nov. 20, 1996; 62 FR 2046, Jan. 15, 1997; 62 FR 11110, Mar. 11, 1997; 62 FR 15127, Mar. 31, 1997; 62 FR 63890, Dec. 3, 1997; 62 FR 68228, Dec. 31, 1997; 63 FR 8360, Feb. 19, 1998; 63 FR 13011, Mar. 17, 1998; 63 FR 31941, June 11, 1998; 63 FR 40192, July 28, 1998; 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 54610, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                      <EFFDNOT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
                        <P>1. At 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.20 was amended by revising paragraphs (d)(1)(ii)(A), (g)(2)(iii), and (g)(3) introductory text, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                        <P>2. At 63 FR 54610, Oct. 13, 1998, in § 679.20, in paragraph (g)(3), in the last line “paragraph (g):” was corrected to read “paragraph (g).”, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                      </EFFDNOT>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 679.21</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Prohibited species bycatch management.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicability.</E>(1) This section applies to all vessels required to have a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4.</P>
                      <P>(2) Except as otherwise provided, this section also applies to all motherships and shoreside processors that receive groundfish from vessels required to have a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">General—</E> (1) <E T="03">Definition</E>. Prohibited species, for the purpose of this part, means any of the species of Pacific salmon (<E T="03">Oncorhynchus</E> spp.), steelhead trout (<E T="03">Oncorhynchus mykiss</E>), halibut, Pacific herring (<E T="03">Clupea harengus pallasi</E>), king crab, and Tanner crab caught by a vessel regulated under this part while fishing for groundfish in the BSAI or GOA, unless retention is authorized by other applicable laws, including the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of this title.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Prohibited species catch restrictions.</E> The operator of each vessel engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI must:</P>
                      <P>(i) Minimize its catch of prohibited species.</P>
                      <P>(ii) After allowing for sampling by an observer, if an observer is aboard, sort its catch immediately after retrieval of the gear and, except as provided below, return all prohibited species or parts thereof to the sea immediately, with a minimum of injury, regardless of its condition. The following exceptions are made:</P>
                      <P>(A) Salmon prohibited species catch in the BSAI groundfish fisheries under paragraph (c) of this section and § 679.26; and</P>
                      <P>(B) Salmon PSQ caught by catcher vessels using trawl gear in the CDQ fisheries under subpart C of this part.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Rebuttable presumption.</E> Except as provided under paragraph (c) of this section, § 679.26, or for salmon PSQ retained by catcher vessels using trawl gear in the CDQ fisheries, there will be a rebuttable presumption that any prohibited species retained on board a fishing vessel regulated under this part <PRTPAGE P="509"/>was caught and retained in violation of this section.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Prohibited species taken seaward of the EEZ off Alaska.</E> No vessel fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI may have on board any species listed in this paragraph (b) that was taken in waters seaward of these management areas, regardless of whether retention of such species was authorized by other applicable laws.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Salmon taken in BSAI trawl fishery—</E>(1) <E T="03">Salmon discard.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the operator of a vessel and the manager of a shoreside processor must not discard any salmon or transfer or process any salmon under the PSD Program at § 679.26, if the salmon were taken incidental to a directed fishery for BSAI groundfish by vessels using trawl gear until the number of salmon has been determined by an observer and the collection of any scientific data or biological samples from the salmon has been completed.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Salmon retention and storage.</E> (i) Operators of vessels carrying observers aboard and whose fishing operations allow for sorting of BSAI groundfish catch for salmon must retain all salmon bycatch from each haul in a separate bin or other location that allows an observer free and unobstructed physical access to the salmon to count each fish and collect any scientific data or biological samples. Salmon from different hauls must be retained separately in a manner that identifies the haul from which the salmon were taken.</P>
                      <P>(ii) Operators of vessels not carrying observers aboard or whose fishing operations do not allow for sorting of BSAI groundfish catch for salmon must ice, freeze, or store in a refrigerated saltwater tank all salmon taken as bycatch in trawl operations for delivery to the processor receiving the vessel's BSAI groundfish catch.</P>
                      <P>(iii) Processors receiving BSAI groundfish harvested in a directed fishery for groundfish using trawl gear must retain all salmon delivered by each trawl vessel during a weekly reporting period in separate bins marked with the vessel's name and ADF&amp;G fish ticket number(s) for each delivery until an  observer has counted each salmon and collected any scientific data or biological samples from the salmon delivered to the processor by that vessel. Processors without an observer present must store whole salmon in an iced or frozen state until an observer is available to count each fish. Salmon must be stored at a location that allows an observer free and unobstructed physical access to each salmon.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Exemption.</E> Motherships and shoreside processors that are not required to obtain observer coverage during a month under § 679.50(c) and (d) are not required to retain salmon.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Assignment of crew to assist observer.</E> Operators of vessels and managers of shoreside processors that are required to retain salmon under paragraph (c)(1) of this section must designate and identify to the observer aboard the vessel or at the shoreside processor a crew person or employee to be responsible for sorting, retention, and storage of salmon. Upon request of the observer, the designated crew person or employee also is responsible for counting salmon and taking biological samples from retained salmon under the direction of the observer.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Release of salmon.</E> Salmon must be returned to Federal waters as soon as is practicable, with a minimum of injury, regardless of condition, following notification by an observer that the number of salmon has been determined and the collection of any scientific data or biological samples has been completed.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">GOA halibut PSC limits.</E> This section is applicable for vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA.</P>
                      <P>(1) <E T="03">Notification</E>—(i) <E T="03">Proposed and final limits and apportionments.</E> NMFS will publish annually in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> proposed and final halibut PSC limits and apportionments thereof in the notification required under § 679.20.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Modification of limits.</E> NMFS, by notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, may change the halibut PSC limits during the year for which they were specified, based on new information of the types set forth in this paragraph (d)(1).<PRTPAGE P="510"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Public comment.</E> NMFS will accept public comment on the proposed halibut PSC limits, and apportionments thereof, for a period of 30 days from the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>. NMFS will consider comments received on proposed halibut limits and, after consultation with the Council, will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> specifying the final halibut PSC limits and apportionments thereof.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Trawl gear proposed halibut limit</E>—(i) <E T="03">Notification.</E> Aftny weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and is not a shallow-water species fishery as defined under paragraph (d)(3)(iii)(A) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Hook-and-line and pot gear fisheries</E>—(i) <E T="03">Notification.</E> After consultation with the Council, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> specifying the proposed and final halibut PSC limits for vessels using hook-and-line gear. The notification also may specify a halibut PSC limit for the pot gear fisheries.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Halibut bycatch allowance.</E> The halibut PSC limit specified for vessels using hook-and-line gear may be further apportioned, as bycatch allowances, to the fishery categories listed in paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section, based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated halibut bycatch mortality during a fishing year and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvest under the halibut PSC limit. The sum of all bycatch allowances will equal the halibut PSC limit established under this paragraph (d).</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Hook-and-line fishery categories.</E> For purposes of apportioning the hook-and-line halibut PSC limit among fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those GOA groundfish species for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20.</P>
                      <P>(A) <E T="03">Demersal shelf rockfish in the Southeast Outside District.</E> Fishing with hook-and-line gear in the Southeast Outside District of the GOA Eastern Regulatory Area (SEEO) during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of demersal shelf rockfish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii).</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Sablefish fishery.</E> Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of sablefish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (d)(4)(iii).</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Other hook-and-line fishery.</E> Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and is not a demersal shelf rockfish fishery or a sablefish fishery defined under paragraphs (d)(4)(iii)(A) and (B) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Seasonal apportionments—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may apportion each halibut PSC limit or bycatch allowance specified under this paragraph (d) on a seasonal basis.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Factors to be considered.</E> NMFS will base any seasonal apportionment of a halibut PSC limit or bycatch allowance on the following types of information:</P>
                      <P>(A) Seasonal distribution of halibut.</P>
                      <P>(B) Seasonal distribution of target groundfish species relative to halibut distribution.</P>
                      <P>(C) Expected halibut bycatch needs, on a seasonal basis, relative to changes in halibut biomass and expected catches of target groundfish species.</P>
                      <P>(D) Expected variations in bycatch rates throughout the fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(E) Expected changes in directed groundfish fishing seasons.</P>
                      <P>(F) Expected start of fishing effort.</P>
                      <P>(G) Economic effects of establishing seasonal halibut allocations on segments of the target groundfish industry.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Unused seasonal apportionments.</E> Unused seasonal apportionments of halibut PSC limits specified for trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear will be added to the respective seasonal apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Seasonal apportionment exceeded.</E> If a seasonal apportionment of a halibut PSC limit specified for trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear is exceeded, <PRTPAGE P="511"/>the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from the respective apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(6) <E T="03">Apportionment among regulatory areas and districts.</E> Each halibut PSC limit specified under this paragraph (d) also may be apportioned among the GOA regulatory areas and districts.</P>
                      <P>(7) <E T="03">Halibut PSC closures</E>—(i) <E T="03">Trawl gear fisheries.</E> If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in either of the trawl fishery categories listed in paragraph (d)(3)(iii) (A) or (B) of this section will catch the halibut bycatch allowance, or apportionments thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> closing the entire GOA or the applicable regulatory area or district to directed fishing with trawl gear for each species and/or species group that comprises that fishing category; provided, however, that when the halibut bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for the shallow-water species fishery is reached, fishing for pollock by vessels using pelagic trawl gear may continue, consistent with other provisions of this part.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Hook-and-line fisheries.</E> If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the three hook-and-line gear fishery categories listed under paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section will catch the halibut bycatch allowance, or apportionments thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> closing the entire GOA or the applicable regulatory area or district to directed fishing with hook-and-line gear for each species and/or species group that comprises that fishing category.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Pot gear fisheries.</E> If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that the catch of halibut by operators of vessels using pot gear to participate in a directed fishery for groundfish will reach the halibut PSC limit, or seasonal apportionment thereof, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> prohibiting directed fishing for groundfish by vessels using pot gear for the remainder of the season to which the halibut PSC limit or seasonal apportionment applies.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Nonpelagic trawl gear fisheries</E>—(A) <E T="03">Continued fishing under specified conditions.</E> When the vessels to which a halibut PSC limit applies have caught an amount of halibut equal to that PSC, the Regional Administrator may, by notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, allow some or all of those vessels to continue to fish for groundfish using nonpelagic trawl gear under specified conditions, subject to the other provisions of this part.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Factors to be considered.</E> In authorizing and conditioning such continued fishing with bottom-trawl gear, the Regional Administrator will take into account the following considerations, and issue relevant findings:</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The risk of biological harm to halibut stocks and of socio-economic harm to authorized halibut users posed by continued bottom trawling by these vessels.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The extent to which these vessels have avoided incidental halibut catches up to that point in the year.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The confidence of the Regional Administrator in the accuracy of the estimates of incidental halibut catches by these vessels up to that point in the year.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Whether observer coverage of these vessels is sufficient to assure adherence to the prescribed conditions and to alert the Regional Administrator to increases in their incidental halibut catches.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) The enforcement record of owners and operators of these vessels, and the confidence of the Regional Administrator that adherence to the prescribed conditions can be assured in light of available enforcement resources.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">BSAI PSC limits</E>—(1) <E T="03">Trawl gear</E>— (i) <E T="03">PSQ reserve.</E> 7.5 percent of each PSC limit set forth in paragraphs (e)(1) (ii) through (v), (e)(1)(vii), and (e)(1)(viii) of this section is allocated to the groundfish CDQ program as PSQ reserve. The PSQ reserve is not apportioned by gear or fishery.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Red king crab in Zone 1.</E> The PSC limit of red king crab caught by trawl <PRTPAGE P="512"/>vessels while engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in Zone 1 during any fishing year will be specified annually by NMFS, after consultation with the Council, based on abundance and spawning biomass of red king crab using the criteria set out under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) (A) through (C) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(A) When the number of mature female red king crab is at or below the threshold of 8.4 million mature crab or the effective spawning biomass is less than or equal to 14.5 million lb (6,577 mt), the Zone 1 PSC limit will be 35,000 red king crab.</P>
                      <P>(B) When the number of mature female red king crab is above the threshold of 8.4 million mature crab and the effective spawning biomass is greater than 14.5 but less than 55 million lb (24,948 mt), the Zone 1 PSC limit will be 100,000 red king crab.</P>
                      <P>(C) When the number of mature female red king crab is above the threshold of 8.4 million mature crab and the effective spawning biomass is equal to or greater than 55 million lb, the Zone 1 PSC limit will be 200,000 red king crab.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Tanner crab (C. bairdi).</E> The PSC limit of <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> crabs caught by trawl vessels while engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in Zones 1 and 2 during any fishing year will be specified annually by NMFS under paragraph (e)(6) of this section, based on total abundance of <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> crabs as indicated by the NMFS annual bottom trawl survey, using the criteria set out under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) (A) and (B) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(A) <E T="03">Zone 1.</E> When the total abundance of <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> crabs is:</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) 150 million animals or less, the PSC limit will be 0.5 percent of the total abundance.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Over 150 million to 270 million animals, the PSC limit will be 750,000 animals.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Over 270 million to 400 million animals, the PSC limit will be 850,000 animals.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Over 400 million animals, the PSC limit will be 1,000,000 animals.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Zone 2.</E> When the total abundance of <E T="03">C. bairdi crabs</E> is:</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) 175 million animals or less, the PSC limit will be 1.2 percent of the total abundance.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Over 175 million to 290 million animals, the PSC limit will be 2,100,000 animals.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Over 290 million to 400 million animals, the PSC limit will be 2,550,000 animals.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Over 400 million animals, the PSC limit will be 3,000,000 animals.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">C. opilio</E>. The PSC limit of <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">opilio</E> caught by trawl vessels while engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the COBLZ will be specified annually by NMFS under paragraph (e)(6) of this section, based on total abundance of <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">opilio</E> as indicated by the NMFS annual bottom trawl survey using the following criteria:</P>
                      <P>(A) <E T="03">PSC Limit</E>. The PSC limit will be 0.1133 percent of the total abundance, unless;</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Minimum PSC Limit</E>. If 0.1133 percent multiplied by the total abundance is less than 4.5 million, then the minimum PSC limit will be 4.5 million animals; or</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Maximum PSC Limit</E>. If 0.1133 percent multiplied by the total abundance is greater than 13 million, then the maximum PSC limit will be 13 million animals.</P>
                      <P>(v) <E T="03">Halibut.</E> The PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any trawl fishery for groundfish in the BSAI during any fishing year is an amount of halibut equivalent to 3,775 mt of halibut mortality.</P>
                      <P>(vi) <E T="03">Pacific herring.</E> The PSC limit of Pacific herring caught while conducting any domestic trawl fishery for groundfish in the BSAI is 1 percent of the annual eastern Bering Sea herring biomass. The PSC limit will be apportioned into annual herring PSC allowances, by target fishery, and will be published along with the annual herring PSC limit in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> with the proposed and final groundfish specifications defined in § 679.20.</P>
                      <P>(vii) <E T="03">Chinook salmon.</E> The PSC limit of chinook salmon caught while conducting any trawl fishery for groundfish in the BSAI between January 1 and April 15 is 48,000 fish.</P>
                      <P>(viii) <E T="03">Non-chinook salmon.</E> The PSC limit of non-chinook salmon caught by <PRTPAGE P="513"/>vessels using trawl gear during August 15 through October 14 in the CVOA is 42,000 fish.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Nontrawl gear, halibut.</E> (i) The PSC limit of halibut caught while conducting any nontrawl fishery for groundfish in the BSAI during any fishing year is the amount of halibut equivalent to 900 mt of halibut mortality.</P>
                      <P>(ii) 7.5 percent of the nontrawl gear halibut PSC limit set forth in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section is allocated to the groundfish CDQ program as PSQ reserve. The PSQ reserve is not apportioned by gear or fishery.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">PSC apportionment to trawl fisheries</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> NMFS, after consultation with the Council and after subtraction of PSQ reserve, will apportion each PSC limit set forth in paragraphs (e)(1) (ii) through (viii) of this section into bycatch allowances for fishery categories defined in paragraph (e)(3)(iv) of this section, based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated incidental catch during a fishing year of prohibited species for which a PSC limit is specified and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvested under established PSC limits.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Red king crab, C. bairdi Tanner crab, and halibut—</E>(A) <E T="03">General</E>. For vessels engaged in directed fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI, the PSC limits for red king crab, <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">bairdi</E>, <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">opilio</E>, and halibut will be apportioned to the trawl fishery categories defined in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (B) through (F) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Red King Crab Savings Subarea</E> (RKCSS). (<E T="03">1</E>) The RKCSS is the portion of the RKCSA between 56°00′ and 56°10′ N. lat. Notwithstanding other provisions of this part, vessels using non-pelagic trawl gear in the RKCSS may engage in directed fishing for groundfish in a given year, if the ADF&amp;G had established a guideline harvest level the previous year for the red king crab fishery in the Bristol Bay area.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) When the RKCSS is open to vessels fishing for groundfish with nonpelagic trawl gear under (e)(3)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section, NMFS, after consultation with the Council, will specify an amount of the red king crab bycatch limit annually established under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section for the RKCSS. The amount of the red king crab bycatch limit specified for the RKCSS will not exceed an amount equivalent to 35 percent of the trawl bycatch allowance specified for the rock sole/flathead sole/“other flatfish” fishery category under this paragraph (e)(3) and will be based on the need to optimize the groundfish harvest relative to red king crab bycatch.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Incidental catch in midwater pollock fishery</E>. Any amount of red king crab, <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">bairdi</E>, <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">opilio</E>, or halibut that is incidentally taken in the midwater pollock fishery as defined in paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section will be counted against the bycatch allowances specified for the pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species” category defined in paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(F) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Pacific herring.</E> The PSC limit for Pacific herring will be apportioned to the BSAI trawl fishery categories defined in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (A) through (F) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Trawl fishery categories.</E> For purposes of apportioning trawl PSC limits among fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those groundfish species or species groups for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20.</P>
                      <P>(A) <E T="03">Midwater pollock fishery.</E> Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a catch of pollock that is 95 percent or more of the total amount of groundfish caught during the week.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Flatfish fishery.</E> Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv).</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Yellowfin sole fishery.</E> Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that is defined as a flatfish fishery under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(B) and results in a retained amount of yellowfin sole that is 70 percent or more of the retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole.</P>
                      <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Rock sole/flathead sole/“other flatfish” fishery.</E> Fishing with trawl gear <PRTPAGE P="514"/>during any weekly reporting period that is defined as a flatfish fishery under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(B) and is not a yellowfin sole fishery as defined under paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Greenland turbot/arrowtooth flounder/sablefish fishery.</E> Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder, and sablefish that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv).</P>
                      <P>(D) <E T="03">Rockfish fishery</E>. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of rockfish species that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv).</P>
                      <P>(E) Pacific cod fishery. Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv).</P>
                      <P>(F) <E T="03">Pollock/Atka mackerel/“other species.”</E> Fishing with trawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained aggregate amount of pollock other than pollock harvested in the midwater pollock fishery defined under paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section, Atka mackerel, and “other species” that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery category defined under this paragraph (e)(3)(iv).</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Halibut apportionment to nontrawl fishery categories—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> NMFS, after consultation with the Council and after subtraction of PSQ reserve, may apportion the halibut PSC limit for nontrawl gear set forth under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section into bycatch allowances for nontrawl fishery categories defined under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section based on each category's proportional share of the anticipated bycatch mortality of halibut during a fishing year and the need to optimize the amount of total groundfish harvested under the nontrawl halibut PSC limit. The sum of all bycatch allowances of any prohibited species will equal its PSC limit.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Nontrawl fishery categories.</E> For purposes of apportioning the nontrawl halibut PSC limit among fisheries, the following fishery categories are specified and defined in terms of round-weight equivalents of those BSAI groundfish species for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20.</P>
                      <P>(A) <E T="03">Pacific cod hook-and-line fishery.</E> Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Sablefish hook-and-line fishery.</E> Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of sablefish that is greater than the retained amount of any other groundfish species.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Groundfish jig gear fishery.</E> Fishing with jig gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish.</P>
                      <P>(D) <E T="03">Groundfish pot gear fishery.</E> Fishing with pot gear under restrictions set forth in § 679.24(b) during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish.</P>
                      <P>(E) <E T="03">Other nontrawl fisheries.</E> Fishing for groundfish with nontrawl gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and does not qualify as a Pacific cod hook-and-line fishery, a sablefish hook-and-line fishery, a jig gear fishery, or a groundfish pot gear fishery as defined under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Seasonal apportionments of bycatch allowances—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> NMFS, after consultation with the Council, may apportion fishery bycatch allowances on a seasonal basis.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Factors to be considered.</E> NMFS will base any seasonal apportionment of a bycatch allowance on the following types of information:</P>
                      <P>(A) Seasonal distribution of prohibited species;</P>
                      <P>(B) Seasonal distribution of target groundfish species relative to prohibited species distribution;</P>

                      <P>(C) Expected prohibited species bycatch needs on a seasonal basis relevant to change in prohibited species <PRTPAGE P="515"/>biomass and expected catches of target groundfish species;</P>
                      <P>(D) Expected variations in bycatch rates throughout the fishing year;</P>
                      <P>(E) Expected changes in directed groundfish fishing seasons;</P>
                      <P>(F) Expected start of fishing effort; or</P>
                      <P>(G) Economic effects of establishing seasonal prohibited species apportionments on segments of the target groundfish industry.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Seasonal trawl fishery bycatch allowances</E>—(A) <E T="03">Unused seasonal apportionments.</E> Unused seasonal apportionments of trawl fishery bycatch allowances made under this paragraph (e)(5) will be added to its respective fishery bycatch allowance for the next season during a current fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Seasonal apportionment exceeded.</E> If a seasonal apportionment of a trawl fishery bycatch allowance made under paragraph (d)(5) of this section is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from its respective apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Seasonal nontrawl fishery bycatch allowances—</E>(A) <E T="03">Unused seasonal apportionments.</E> Any unused portion of a seasonal nontrawl fishery bycatch allowance made under this paragraph (e)(5) will be reapportioned to the fishery's remaining seasonal bycatch allowances during a current fishing year in a manner determined by NMFS, after consultation with the Council, based on the types of information listed under paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Seasonal apportionment exceeded.</E> If a seasonal apportionment of a nontrawl fishery bycatch allowance made under this paragraph (e)(5) is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from the fishery's remaining seasonal bycatch allowances during a current fishing year in a manner determined by NMFS, after consultation with the Council, based on the types of information listed under paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(6) <E T="03">Notification</E>—(i) <E T="03">General</E>. NMFS will publish annually in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the annual red king crab PSC limit, and, if applicable, the amount of this PSC limit specified for the RKCSS, the annual <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">bairdi</E> PSC limit, the annual <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">opilio</E> PSC limit, the proposed and final PSQ reserve amounts, the proposed and final bycatch allowances, the seasonal apportionments thereof and the manner in which seasonal apportionments of non-trawl fishery bycatch allowances will be managed as required by paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Public comment</E>. Public comment will be accepted by NMFS on the proposed annual red king crab PSC limit and, if applicable, the amount of this PSC limit specified for the RKCSS, the annual <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">bairdi</E> PSC limit, the annual <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">opilio</E> PSC limit, the proposed and final bycatch allowances, seasonal apportionments thereof, and the manner in which seasonal apportionments of nontrawl fishery bycatch allowances will be managed, for a period of 30 days from the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                      <P>(7) <E T="03">Trawl PSC closures</E>—(i) <E T="03">Exception.</E> When a bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for the pollock/Atka mackerel/”other species” fishery category is reached, only directed fishing for pollock is closed to trawl vessels using nonpelagic trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Red king crab or C. bairdi Tanner crab, Zone 1, closure</E>—(A) <E T="03">General.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (B) through (F) of this section will catch the Zone 1 bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, of red king crab or <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> Tanner crab specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of Zone 1, including the RKCSS, to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">RKCSS.</E> If, during the fishing year the Regional Administrator determines that the amount of the red king crab PSC limit that is specified for the RKCSS under § 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B) of this <PRTPAGE P="516"/>section will be caught, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of the RKCSS to directed fishing for groundfish with nonpelagic trawl gear for the remainder of the year.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">C. bairdi Tanner crab, Zone 2, closure.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv) (B) through (F) of this section will catch the Zone 2 bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, of <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> Tanner crab specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of Zone 2 to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">COBLZ.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the trawl fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(B) through (F) of this section will catch the COBLZ bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, of <E T="03">C. Opilio</E> specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of the COBLZ, as defined in Figure 13 to this part, to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season.</P>
                      <P>(v) <E T="03">Halibut closure.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the trawl fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(B) through (F) of this section in the BSAI will catch the halibut bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of the entire BSAI to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category for the remainder of the year or for the remainder of the season.</P>
                      <P>(vi) <E T="03">Pacific herring—</E>(A) <E T="03">Closure.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (e)(7)(v)(B) of this section, if, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the fishery categories listed in paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(A) through (F) of this section in the BSAI will catch the herring bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of the Herring Savings Area as defined in Figure 4 of this part to directed fishing for each species and/or species group in that fishery category.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Exceptions</E>—<E T="03">(1) Midwater pollock.</E> When the midwater pollock fishery category reaches its specified bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, the Herring Savings Areas are closed to directed fishing for pollock with trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">(2) Pollock/Atka mackerel/ “other species”.</E> When the pollock/Atka mackerel/”other species” fishery category reaches its specified bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, the Herring Savings Areas are closed to directed fishing for pollock by trawl vessels using nonpelagic trawl gear.</P>
                      <P>(vii) <E T="03">Chum salmon.</E> If the Regional Administrator determines that 42,000 non-chinook salmon have been caught by vessels using trawl gear during August 15 through October 14 in the CVOA, defined under § 679.22(a)(5) and in Figure 2 to this part, NMFS will prohibit fishing with trawl gear for the remainder of the period September 1 through October 14 in the Chum Salmon Savings Area as defined in Figure 9, to this part.</P>
                      <P>(viii) <E T="03">Chinook salmon.</E> When the Regional Administrator determines that 48,000 chinook salmon have been caught by vessels using trawl gear in the BSAI during the time period from January 1 through April 15, NMFS will prohibit fishing with trawl gear for the remainder of that period within the Chinook Salmon Savings Area as defined in Figure 8 to this part.<PRTPAGE P="517"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(8) <E T="03">Nontrawl halibut closures.</E> If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the nontrawl fishery categories listed under paragraph (e)(4) of this section will catch the halibut bycatch allowance, or seasonal apportionment thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, NMFS will publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> the closure of the entire BSAI to directed fishing with the relevant gear type for each species and/or species group in that fishery category.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Program to reduce prohibited species bycatch rates—</E>(1) <E T="03">Requirements</E>—(i) <E T="03">General</E>. A vessel's bycatch rate, as calculated at the end of a fishing month under paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section, while participating in the fisheries identified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, shall not exceed bycatch rate standards referenced in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. A vessel is subject to this paragraph (f) if the groundfish catch of the vessel is observed on board the vessel, or on board a mothership that receives unsorted codends from the vessel, at any time during a weekly reporting period, and the vessel is assigned to one of the fisheries defined under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Assigned fisheries.</E> During any weekly reporting period, a vessel's observed catch composition of groundfish species for which a TAC has been specified in the GOA or BSAI will determine the fishery to which the vessel is assigned, as follows:</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">GOA midwater pollock fishery</E> means fishing with trawl gear in the GOA that results in an observed catch of groundfish from the GOA during any weekly reporting period that is composed of 95 percent or more of pollock when the directed fishery for pollock by vessels using trawl gear other than pelagic trawl gear is closed.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">GOA other trawl fishery</E> means fishing with trawl gear in the GOA that results in an observed catch of groundfish from the GOA during any weekly reporting period that does not qualify as a midwater pollock fishery under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">BSAI midwater pollock fishery</E> means fishing with trawl gear in the BSAI that results in an observed catch of groundfish from the BSAI during any weekly reporting period that is composed of 95 percent or more of pollock when the directed fishery for pollock by vessels using trawl gear other than pelagic trawl gear is closed.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">BSAI yellowfin sole fishery</E> means fishing with trawl gear in the BSAI that results in a retained aggregate amount of rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole caught in the BSAI during any weekly reporting period that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery under this paragraph (f)(2) and results in a retained amount of BSAI yellowfin sole that is 70 percent or more of the retained aggregate amount of BSAI rock sole, “other flatfish,” and yellowfin sole.</P>
                      <P>(v) <E T="03">BSAI bottom pollock fishery</E> means fishing with trawl gear in the BSAI that results in a retained amount of pollock caught in the BSAI during any weekly reporting period other than pollock harvested in the midwater pollock fishery in the BSAI defined in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, that is greater than the retained amount of any other fishery defined under this paragraph (f)(2).</P>
                      <P>(vi) <E T="03">BSAI other trawl fishery</E> means fishing with trawl gear in the BSAI that results in a retained amount of groundfish caught in the BSAI during any weekly reporting period that does not qualify as a midwater pollock, yellowfin sole, or bottom pollock fishery.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Notification of bycatch rate standards</E>—(i) <E T="03">Prior notice</E>. Prior to January 1 and July 1 of each year, the Regional Administrator will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> specifying bycatch rate standards for the fisheries identified in this paragraph (f) that will be in effect for specified seasons within the 6-month periods of January 1 through June 30 and July 1 through December 31, respectively.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Adjustments.</E> The Regional Administrator may adjust bycatch rate standards as frequently as he or she considers appropriate.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Factors upon which bycatch rate standards are based</E>. Bycatch rate standards for a fishery and adjustments to such standards will be based on the following information and considerations:<PRTPAGE P="518"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(i) Previous years’ average observed bycatch rates for that fishery.</P>
                      <P>(ii) Immediately preceding season's average observed bycatch rates for that fishery.</P>
                      <P>(iii) The bycatch allowances and associated fishery closures specified under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(iv) Anticipated groundfish harvests for that fishery.</P>
                      <P>(v) Anticipated seasonal distribution of fishing effort for groundfish.</P>
                      <P>(vi) Other information and criteria deemed relevant by the Regional Administrator.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Public comment</E>—(i) <E T="03">Prior comment</E>. Bycatch rate standards or adjustments to such standards specified under this section will not take effect until NMFS has published the proposed bycatch rate standards or adjustments to such standards in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for public comment for a period of 30 days, unless NMFS finds for good cause that such notification and public comment are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Comment after notification</E>. If NMFS decides, for good cause, that bycatch rate standards or adjustments to such standards are to be made effective without affording a prior opportunity for public comment, public comments on the necessity for, and extent of, bycatch rate standards or adjustments to such standards will be received by the Regional Administrator for a period of 15 days after the effective date of notification.</P>
                      <P>(iii) <E T="03">Public inspection of data.</E> During any such 15-day period, the Regional Administrator will make available for public inspection, during business hours, the aggregate data upon which bycatch rate standards or adjustments to such standards were based.</P>
                      <P>(iv) <E T="03">Written comments.</E> If written comments are received during any such 15-day period that oppose or protest bycatch rate standards or adjustments to such standards issued under this section, NMFS will reconsider the necessity for the bycatch standards or adjustment to such standards and, as soon as practicable after that reconsideration, will either—</P>
                      <P>(A) Publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notification of continued effectiveness of bycatch rate standards or adjustment to such standards, responding to comments received; or</P>
                      <P>(B) Modify or rescind bycatch rate standards or adjustment to such standards.</P>
                      <P>(6) <E T="03">Notification of adjustment to bycatch rate standards</E>. Notification of adjustments to bycatch rate standards issued by NMFS under paragraph (f)(3) of this section will include the following information:</P>
                      <P>(i) A description of the adjustment to one or more bycatch rate standards specified for a fishery.</P>
                      <P>(ii) The reasons for the adjustment and the determinations required under paragraph (f)(4) of this section.</P>

                      <P>(iii) The effective date and any termination date of such adjustment. If no termination date is specified, the adjustment will remain in effect until revised by subsequent notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                      <P>(7) <E T="03">Vessel bycatch rates</E>—(i) <E T="03">Observed data</E>. For purposes of this section, observed data collected for each haul sampled during a day will include: Date; Federal reporting area where trawl gear for the haul was retrieved; total round weight of groundfish, in metric tons in the portion of the haul sampled by groundfish species or species group for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20; and total round weight of halibut, in kilograms, in the portion of the haul sampled. Observer data from the BSAI trawl fisheries also will include the total number of red king crab in the portion of the haul sampled.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Observer sampling procedures.</E> (A) NMFS will randomly predetermine the hauls to be sampled by an observer during the time the observer is on a vessel.</P>
                      <P>(B) An observer will take samples at random from throughout the haul, and take samples prior to sorting of the haul by the crew for processing or discarding of the catch.</P>
                      <P>(C) An observer will sample a minimum of 100 kg of fish from each haul sampled.</P>

                      <P>(D) While an observer is at sea, the observer will report to NMFS, on at least a weekly basis, the data for sampled hauls.<PRTPAGE P="519"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(E) Upon request, the observer will allow the vessel operator to see all observed data set forth under paragraph (f)(7)(i) of this section that the observer submits to NMFS.</P>
                      <P>(8) <E T="03">Determination of individual vessel bycatch rates.</E> For each vessel, the Regional Administrator will aggregate from sampled hauls the observed data collected during a weekly reporting period on the total round weight, in metric tons, of each groundfish species or species group for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20 to determine to which of the fisheries described in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section the vessel should be assigned for that week.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Vessel assignment to fisheries—</E>(A) <E T="03">BSAI catcher/processors.</E> Catcher/proc- essors will be assigned to fisheries at the end of each weekly reporting period based on the round-weight equivalent of the retained groundfish catch composition reported on a vessel's WPR that is submitted to the Regional Administrator under § 679.5.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">BSAI catcher vessel delivery in Federal waters.</E> Catcher vessels that deliver to motherships in Federal waters during a weekly reporting period will be assigned to fisheries based on the round-weight equivalent of the retained groundfish catch composition reported on the WPR submitted to the Regional Administrator for that week by the mothership under § 679.5.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">BSAI catcher vessel delivery in Alaska State waters.</E> Catcher vessels delivering groundfish to shoreside processors or to motherships in Alaska State waters during a weekly reporting period will be assigned to fisheries based on the round-weight equivalent of the groundfish retained by the processor and reported on an ADF&amp;G fish ticket as required under Alaska State regulations at A.S. 16.05.690.</P>
                      <P>(ii) <E T="03">Calculation of monthly bycatch rates—</E>(A) <E T="03">Assigned fishery.</E> At the end of each fishing month during which an observer sampled at least 50 percent of a vessel's total number of trawl hauls retrieved while an observer was aboard (as recorded in the vessel's DFL), the Regional Administrator will calculate the vessel's bycatch rate based on observed data for each fishery to which the vessel was assigned for any weekly reporting period during that fishing month.</P>
                      <P>(B) <E T="03">Verified observer data.</E> Only observed data that have been checked, verified, and analyzed by NMFS will be used to calculate vessel bycatch rates for purposes of this section.</P>
                      <P>(C) <E T="03">Calculation.</E> The bycatch rate of a vessel for a fishery defined under paragraph (f)(2) of this section during a fishing month is a ratio of halibut to groundfish that is calculated by using the total round weight of halibut (in kilograms), or total number of red king crab, in samples during all weekly reporting periods in which the vessel was assigned to that fishery and the total round weight of the groundfish (in metric tons) for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20 in samples taken during all such periods.</P>
                      <P>(9) <E T="03">Compliance with bycatch rate standards.</E> A vessel has exceeded a bycatch rate standard for a fishery if the vessel's bycatch rate for a fishing month, as calculated under paragraph (f)(8)(ii) of this section exceeds the bycatch rate standard established for that fishery under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.</P>
                      <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35579, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 38359, July 24, 1996; 61 FR 56431, Nov. 1, 1996; 61 FR 65988, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 13841, Mar. 24, 1997; 62 FR 66831, Dec. 22, 1997; 63 FR 8361, Feb. 19, 1998; 63 FR 11168, Mar. 6, 1998; 63 FR 30401, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 32145, June 12, 1998; 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 50801, Sept. 23, 1998]</CITA>
                      <EFFDNOT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                        <P>At 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.21 was amended  by removing paragraphs (e)(7)(iv)(B), (e)(7)(vii)(B), and (e)(7)(viii)(B); and by redesignating and revising paragraphs (e)(7)(iv)(A), (e)(7)(vii)(A), and (e)(7)(viii)(A) as paragraphs (e)(7)(iv), (e)(7)(vii), and (e)(7)(viii), respectively, effective Oct. 5, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text follows:</P>
                        <SUPERSED>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.21</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Prohibited species bycatch management.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(e) * * *</P>
                            <P>(7) * * *</P>
                            <P>(iv) <E T="03">C. opilio, C. Opilio Bycatch Limitation Zone (COBLZ), closure</E>—(A) <E T="03">C. opilio Bycatch Allowance</E>. * * *</P>
                            <P>(B) <E T="03">C. Opilio Bycatch Limitation Zone</E>. The <E T="03">C</E>. <E T="03">Opilio</E> Bycatch Limitation Zone is an area defined as that portion of the Bering Sea Subarea north of 56<E T="81">°</E>30’ N. lat. that is west of <PRTPAGE P="520"/>a line connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</P>
                            <P>56<E T="81">°</E>30’ N. lat., 165<E T="81">°</E>00’ W. long.</P>
                            <P>58<E T="81">°</E>00’ N. lat., 165<E T="81">°</E>00’ W. long.</P>
                            <P>59<E T="81">°</E>30’ N. lat., 170<E T="81">°</E>00’ W. long.</P>
                            <P>and north along 170<E T="81">°</E>00’ W. long. to its intersection with the U.S.-Russian Boundary.<STARS/>
                            </P>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.22</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Closures.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">BSAI</E>—(1) <E T="03">Zone 1 (512) closure to trawl gear.</E> No fishing with trawl gear is allowed at any time in reporting Area 512 of Zone 1 in the Bering Sea subarea.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Zone 1 (516) closure to trawl gear.</E> No fishing with trawl gear is allowed at any time in reporting Area 516 of Zone 1 in the Bering Sea Subarea during the period March 15 through June 15.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">Red King Crab Savings Area (RKCSA).</E> Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels using trawl gear other than pelagic trawl gear is prohibited at all times, except as provided at § 679.21(e)(4)(ii)(B), in that part of the Bering Sea subarea defined as RKCSA in Figure 11 to this part.</P>
                            <P>(4) <E T="03">Walrus protection areas.</E> From April 1 through September 30 of any fishing year, vessels with a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4 are prohibited in that part of the Bering Sea subarea between 3 and 12 nm seaward of the baseline used to measure the territorial sea around islands named Round Island and The Twins, as shown on National Ocean Survey Chart 16315, and around Cape Pierce (58°33′ N. lat., 161°43′ W. long.).</P>
                            <P>(5) <E T="03">Catcher Vessel Operational Area (CVOA) (applicable through December 31, 1998)—</E>(i) <E T="03">Inshore component.</E> The CVOA (see Figure 2 to this part) is established annually from the beginning of the second season of directed fishing for pollock defined at § 679.23(e) until either the date that NMFS determines that the pollock quota for processing by the inshore component has been harvested, or December 31, whichever is earlier.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Offshore component.</E> (A) Vessels in the offshore component are prohibited from conducting directed fishing for pollock in the CVOA unless they are operating under a CDP approved by NMFS.</P>
                            <P>(B) Vessels in the offshore component that do not catch groundfish but do process pollock caught in a directed fishery for pollock may operate within the CVOA to process pollock.</P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Other than pollock.</E> Vessels that catch or process groundfish in directed fisheries for species other than pollock may operate within the CVOA.</P>
                            <P>(6) <E T="03">Pribilof Island Area Habitat Conservation Zone.</E> Trawling is prohibited at all times in the area defined in Figure 10 to this part as the Pribilof Island Area Habitat Conservation Zone.</P>
                            <P>(7) <E T="03">Steller sea lion protection areas, Bering Sea Subarea and Bogoslof District—</E>(i) <E T="03">Year-round closures.</E> Trawling is prohibited within 10 nm (18.5 km) of each of the eight Steller sea lion rookeries shown in Table 4a of this part.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Seasonal closures.</E> During January 1 through April 15, or a date earlier than April 15, if adjusted under § 679.20(d), trawling is prohibited within 20 nm (37 km) of each of the six Steller sea lion rookeries shown in Table 4b of this part.</P>
                            <P>(8) <E T="03">Steller sea lion protection areas, Aleutian Islands Subarea—</E>(i) <E T="03">Year-round closures.</E> Trawling is prohibited within 10 nm (18.4 km) of each of the 19 Steller sea lion rookeries shown in Table 5a of this part.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Seasonal closures.</E> During January 1 through April 15, or a date earlier than April 15, if adjusted under § 679.20(d), trawling is prohibited within 20 nm (37 km) of each of the two Steller sea lion rookeries shown in Table 5b of this part.</P>
                            <P>(9) <E T="03">Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure.</E> Directed fishing for groundfish by vessels using trawl gear in Bristol Bay, as described in the current edition of NOAA chart 16006, is closed at all times in the area east of 162°00′ W. long., except that the Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Area defined in Figure 12 to this part is open to trawling from 1200 hours A.l.t., April 1 to 1200 hours A.l.t., June 15 of each year.</P>
                            <P>(10) <E T="03">Chum Salmon Savings Area.</E> Trawling is prohibited from August 1 through August 31 in the Chum Salmon Savings area defined at § 679.21(e)(7)(vi)(B).</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">GOA—</E>(1) <E T="03">Kodiak Island, trawls other than pelagic trawls</E> —(i) <E T="03">Type I closures.</E> No person may trawl in waters of the EEZ within the vicinity of Kodiak Island, as shown in Figure 5 of this part <PRTPAGE P="521"/>as Type I areas, from a vessel having any trawl other than a pelagic trawl either attached or on board.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Type II closures.</E> From February 15 to June 15, no person may trawl in waters of the EEZ within the vicinity of Kodiak Island, as shown in Figure 5 of this part as Type II areas, from a vessel having any trawl other than a pelagic trawl either attached or on board.</P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Type III closures.</E> Type III areas are open to any trawl other than a pelagic trawl gear year round.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Steller sea lion protection areas—</E>(i) <E T="03">Year-round closures.</E> Trawling is prohibited in the GOA within 10 nm of the 14 Steller sea lion rookeries designated in Table 6a of this part.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Seasonal closures.</E> During January 1 through April 15, or a date earlier than April 15, if adjusted under § 679.20(d), trawling is prohibited in the GOA within 20 nm of each of the three Steller sea lion rookeries presented in Table 6b of this part.</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">Directed fishing closures.</E> See § 679.20(d) and § 679.20(i).</P>
                            <P>(d) <E T="03">Groundfish as prohibited species closures.</E> See § 679.20(d).</P>
                            <P>(e) <E T="03">Overfishing closures.</E> See § 679.20(d).</P>
                            <P>(f) <E T="03">Prohibited species closures.</E> See § 679.21.</P>
                            <P>(g) [Reserved]</P>
                            <P>(h) <E T="03">CDQ Fisheries.</E> See § 679.7(d)(6) through (10) for time and area closures that apply to the CDQ fisheries once salmon and crab PSQ amounts have been reached.</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">Forage fish closures.</E> See § 679.20(i)(3).</P>
                            <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 65988, Dec. 16, 1996;     62 FR 2046, Jan. 15, 1997; 63 FR 13011, Mar. 17, 1998; 63 FR 30401, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 38502, July 17, 1998; 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            <EFFDNOT>
                              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                              <P>At 63 FR 47367, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.22, was amended by revising paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(5)(i), (a)(6), and (a)(9); by changing the cross-reference in paragraphs (a)(7)(ii), (a)(8)(ii), and (b)(2)(ii) “§ 679.20” to read “§ 679.20(d);” by adding a new heading to paragraph (a)(10); and by adding a new paragraph (i), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                            </EFFDNOT>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.23</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Seasons.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">Groundfish, general.</E> Fishing for groundfish in the GOA and BSAI is authorized from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, subject to the other provisions of this part, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">Time of groundfish openings and closures.</E> The time of all openings and closures of fishing seasons, other than the beginning and end of the calendar fishing year, is 1200 hours, A.l.t.</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">GOA and BSAI trawl groundfish.</E> Notwithstanding other provisions of this part, fishing for groundfish with trawl gear in the GOA and BSAI is prohibited from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 20.</P>
                            <P>(d) <E T="03">GOA groundfish seasons—</E>(1) <E T="03">Directed fishing for trawl rockfish</E>. Directed fishing for rockfish with trawl gear is authorized from 1200 hours, A.l.t., on the first day of the third quarterly reporting period of a fishing year through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, subject to other provisions of this part.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Directed fishing for pollock.</E> Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for pollock in the Western and Central Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the three seasons:</P>
                            <P>(i) From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through 1200 hours, A.l.t., April 1;</P>
                            <P>(ii) From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 1, through 1200 hours, A.l.t., July 1; and</P>
                            <P>(iii) From 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 1, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31.</P>
                            <P>(e) <E T="03">BSAI groundfish seasons—</E>(1) <E T="03">Directed fishing for arrowtooth flounder and Greenland turbot.</E> Directed fishing for arrowtooth flounder and Greenland turbot in the BSAI is authorized from 1200 hours, A.l.t., May 1, through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31, subject to the other provisions of this part.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Directed fishing for pollock</E>. (i) Subject to other provisions of this part, and except as provided in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (e)(2)(iii) of this section, directed fishing for pollock is authorized from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through 1200 hours, A.l.t, April 15, and from 1200 hours A.l.t., September 1, through 1200 hours A.l.t, November 1, of each fishing year.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Applicable through December 31, 1998</E>. (A) Subject to other provisions of this part and except as provided in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(B) and (e)(2)(ii)(C) <PRTPAGE P="522"/>of this section, directed fishing for pollock by the offshore component, defined at § 679.2 of this part, or by vessels delivering pollock to the offshore component, is authorized from 1200 hours A.l.t., January 26, through 1200 hours A.l.t., April 15.</P>
                            <P>(B) Directed fishing for pollock by the offshore component, or vessels delivering pollock to the offshore component is prohibited through 1200 hours, A.l.t., February 5, for those vessels that are used to fish prior to 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 26, for groundfish in the BSAI, groundfish in the GOA, as defined at § 679.2, or king or Tanner crab in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area, as defined at § 679.2.</P>
                            <P>(C) Neither paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(B) nor (e)(2)(iii) of this section apply to vessels used to fish exclusively in a directed fishery for pollock prior to 1200 hours, A.l.t., January 26, or during the period that extends from 1200 hours, A.l.t., August 25, through 1200 hours A.l.t., September 1, under the CDQ program pursuant to subpart C and § 679.23(e)(2)(ii)(D) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(D) Directed fishing for pollock under the CDQ program pursuant to subpart C of this part is authorized from 0001 hours A.l.t, January 1, through the end of the fishing year.</P>
                            <P>(iii) Directed fishing for pollock is prohibited during the second pollock season defined at paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section through 1200 hours, A.l.t., September 8, for any vessel that is used to fish with trawl gear for groundfish in the BSAI or the GOA as defined at § 679.2 of this part, between 1200 hours A.l.t., August 25, and 1200 hours A.l.t., September 1.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">CDQ fishing seasons.</E>  (i) <E T="03">Halibut CDQ.</E> Fishing for CDQ halibut with fixed gear under an approved CDQ allocation may begin on the effective date of the allocation, except that CDQ fishing may occur only during the fishing periods specified in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Sablefish CDQ</E>. Fishing for CDQ sablefish with fixed gear under an approved CDQ allocation may begin on the effective date of the allocation, except that it may occur only during the IFQ fishing season specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(iii) [Reserved]</P>
                            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ.</E> Fishing for groundfish CDQ species, other than fixed gear sablefish CDQ under subpart C of this part, is authorized from 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1, through the end of each fishing year, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and in 1998 when fishing for groundfish CDQ species other than fixed gear sablefish is authorized from 1200 hours, A.l.t., October 1, through the end of the fishing year.</P>
                            <P>(f) <E T="03">IFQ halibut.</E> The fishing period(s) for IFQ halibut are established by the IPHC and are specified in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title. Catches of halibut by fixed gear at times other than during the specified fishing periods must be treated as prohibited species as prescribed at § 679.21(b).</P>
                            <P>(g) <E T="03">IFQ sablefish.</E> (1) Directed fishing for sablefish using fixed gear in any IFQ regulatory area may be conducted in any fishing year during the period specified by the Regional Administrator and announced by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The Regional Administrator will take into account the opening date of the halibut season when determining the opening date for sablefish for the purposes of reducing bycatch and regulatory discards between the two fisheries.</P>
                            <P>(2) Catches of sablefish by fixed gear during other periods may be retained up to the amounts provided for by the directed fishing standards specified at § 679.20 when made by an individual aboard the vessel who has a valid IFQ card and unused IFQ in the account on which the card was issued.</P>
                            <P>(3) Catches of sablefish in excess of the maximum retainable bycatch amounts and catches made without IFQ must be treated in the same manner as prohibited species as defined at § 679.21(b).</P>
                            <P>(h) <E T="03">Stand down requirements for trawl catcher vessels transiting between the BSAI and GOA.</E>
                              <PRTPAGE P="523"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r75,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                              <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">If you own or operate a catcher vessel and fish for groundfish with trawl gear in the* * *</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">You are prohibited from subsequently deploying trawl gear in the* * *</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Until* * *</CHED>
                              </BOXHD>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(1) BSAI while pollock or Pacific cod is open to directed fishing in the BSAI  </ENT>
                                <ENT>Western and Central Regulatory Areas of the GOA  </ENT>
                                <ENT>1200 hours A.l.t. on the third day after the date of landing or transfer of all groundfish on board the vessel harvested in the BSAI, unless you are engaged in directed fishing for Pacific cod in the GOA for processing by the offshore component.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(2) Western Regulatory Area of the GOA while pollock or inshore Pacific cod is open to directed fishing in the Western Regulatory Area of the GOA   </ENT>
                                <ENT>BSAI  </ENT>
                                <ENT>1200 hours A.l.t. on the third day after the date of landing or transfer of all groundfish on board the vessel harvested in the Western Regulatory Area of the GOA, unless you are participating in a CDQ fishery.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(3) Central Regulatory Area of the GOA while pollock or inshore Pacific cod is open to directed fishing in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA   </ENT>
                                <ENT>BSAI  </ENT>
                                <ENT>1200 hours A.l.t. on the second day after the date of landing or transfer of all groundfish on board the vessel harvested in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA, unless you are participating in a CDQ fishery.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35579, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 39602, July 30, 1996; 62 FR 2046, Jan. 15, 1997; 63 FR 11168, Mar. 6, 1998; 63 FR 30401, June 4, 1998; 63 FR 47368, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 48642, Sept. 11, 1998]</CITA>
                            <EFFDNOT>
                              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                              <P>At 63 FR 47368, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.23 was amended by revising the headings of paragraphs (a), (d), (e), and paragraph (g)(3); and by replacing the term “Western Alaska Community Development Quota” with the term “CDQ” in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) (C) and (D), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                            </EFFDNOT>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.24</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Gear limitations.</SUBJECT>

                            <P>Regulations pertaining to vessel and gear markings are set forth in this section and as prescribed in the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title.</P>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">Marking of gear—longline marker buoys.</E> (1) All longline marker buoys carried on board or used by any vessel regulated under this part shall be marked with the following:</P>
                            <P>(i) The vessel's name; and</P>
                            <P>(ii) The vessel's Federal fisheries permit number; or</P>
                            <P>(iii) The vessel's registration number.</P>
                            <P>(2) Markings shall be in characters at least 4 inches (10.16 cm) in height and 0.5 inch (1.27 cm) in width in a contrasting color visible above the water line and shall be maintained so the markings are clearly visible.</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">Gear restrictions—</E>(1) <E T="03">Pots—</E>(i) <E T="03">Biodegradable panel.</E> Each pot used to fish for groundfish must be equipped with a biodegradable panel at least 18 inches (45.72 cm) in length that is parallel to, and within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of, the bottom of the pot, and that is sewn up with untreated cotton thread of no larger size than No. 30.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Tunnel opening.</E> Each pot used to fish for groundfish must be equipped with rigid tunnel openings that are no wider than 9 inches (22.86 cm) and no higher than 9 inches (22.86 cm), or soft tunnel openings with dimensions that are no wider than 9 inches (22.86 cm).</P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Longline pot gear</E>. Any person using longline pot gear must treat any catch of groundfish as a prohibited species, except:</P>
                            <P>(A) In the Aleutian Islands subarea.</P>
                            <P>(B) While directed fishing for sablefish in the Bering Sea subarea, except as provided in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Net-sounder device.</E> Each person trawling in any GOA area limited to pelagic trawling under § 679.22 must maintain on that trawl a properly functioning, recording net-sounder device, and must retain all net-sounder recordings on board the fishing vessel during the fishing year.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">Trawl footrope.</E> No person trawling in any GOA area limited to pelagic trawling under § 679.22 may allow the footrope of that trawl to be in contact with the seabed for more than 10 percent of the period of any tow, as indicated by the net-sounder device.</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">Gear restrictions for sablefish—</E>(1) <E T="03">Gear allocations.</E> Gear allocations of sablefish TAC are set out under § 679.20.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">GOA Eastern Area—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> (A) No person may use any gear other than <PRTPAGE P="524"/>hook-and-line and trawl gear when fishing for sablefish in the GOA Eastern Area.</P>
                            <P>(B) No person may use any gear other than hook-and-line gear to engage in directed fishing for sablefish.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Sablefish as prohibited species—</E>(A) <E T="03">Trawl gear.</E> When operators of vessels using trawl gear have harvested 5 percent of the TAC for sablefish in the GOA Eastern Regulatory Area during any year, further trawl catches of sablefish must be treated as prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(b).</P>
                            <P>(B) <E T="03">Other gear.</E> Operators of vessels using gear types other than those specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section in the GOA Eastern Regulatory Area must treat any catch of sablefish as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(b).</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">GOA Central and Western Areas; sablefish as prohibited species.</E> Operators of vessels using gear types other than hook-and-line and trawl gear in the GOA Central and Western Regulatory Areas must treat any catch of sablefish in these areas as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(b).</P>
                            <P>(4) <E T="03">BSAI</E>. (i) Operators of vessels using gear types other than hook-and-line, longline pot, pot-and-line, or trawl gear in the BSAI must treat sablefish as a prohibited species as provided by § 679.21(b).</P>
                            <P>(ii) Longline pot gear is prohibited in directed fishing for sablefish from 0001 hrs, A.l.t., on June 1 until 1200 hrs, A.l.t., on June 30.</P>
                            <P>(d) <E T="03">Trawl gear test areas—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> For purposes of allowing pelagic and nonpelagic trawl fishermen to test trawl fishing gear, NMFS may establish, after consulting with the Council, locations for the testing of trawl fishing gear in areas that would otherwise be closed to trawling.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Trawl gear testing.</E> For the purposes of this section, “trawl gear testing” means deploying trawl gear in areas designated in this paragraph (d) under the following conditions.</P>
                            <P>(i) The codend shall be unzipped while trawl gear testing.</P>
                            <P>(ii) Groundfish shall not be possessed on board when trawl gear testing.</P>
                            <P>(iii) Observers aboard vessels during the time spent trawl gear testing shall not fulfill observer requirements at subpart E of this part.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">Criteria.</E> The establishment of test areas must comply with the following criteria:</P>
                            <P>(i) Depth and bottom type must be suitable for testing the particular gear type.</P>
                            <P>(ii) The areas must be outside State waters.</P>
                            <P>(iii) The areas must be in locations not normally closed to fishing with that gear type.</P>
                            <P>(iv) The areas must be in locations that are not usually fished heavily by that gear type.</P>
                            <P>(v) The areas must not be within a designated Steller sea lion protection area at any time of the year.</P>
                            <P>(4) <E T="03">Test areas.</E> Trawl gear testing is allowed in the following areas (Figure 7 of this part) bounded by straight lines connecting the coordinates in the order listed, at all times:</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">Kodiak Test Area.</E>
                              
                            </P>
                            <EXTRACT>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">57°37′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">57°37′ N. lat., 151°25′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">57°23′ N. lat., 151°25′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">57°23′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">57°37′ N. lat., 152°02′ W. long.</FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Sand Point Test Area.</E>
                              
                            </P>
                            <EXTRACT>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°50′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°50′ N. lat., 160°30′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°35′ N. lat., 160°30′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°35′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°50′ N. lat., 161°00′ W. long.</FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Bering Sea Test Area.</E>
                              
                            </P>
                            <EXTRACT>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">55°00′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">55°00′ N. lat., 166°00′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°40′ N. lat., 166°00′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">54°40′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long.</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">55°00′ N. lat., 167°00′ W. long.</FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <P>(e) <E T="03">Seabird avoidance gear and methods for hook-and-line vessels fishing for groundfish—</E>(1) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. The operator of a vessel that is required to obtain a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4(b)(1) must comply with the seabird avoidance measures in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section while fishing for groundfish with hook-and-line gear in the BSAI, in the GOA, or in waters of the State of Alaska that are shoreward of the BSAI and the GOA.</P>

                            <P>(2) The operator of a vessel described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section must conduct fishing operations in the following manner:<PRTPAGE P="525"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) Use hooks that when baited, sink as soon as they are put in the water.</P>
                            <P>(ii) If offal is discharged while gear is being set or hauled, it must be discharged in a manner that distracts seabirds from baited hooks, to the extent practicable. The discharge site  on board a vessel must be either aft of the hauling station or on the opposite side of the vessel from the hauling station.</P>
                            <P>(iii) Make every reasonable effort to ensure that birds brought on board alive are released alive and that wherever possible, hooks are removed without jeopardizing the life of the birds.</P>
                            <P>(3) For a vessel greater than or equal to 26 ft (7.9 m) LOA, the operator of that vessel described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section must employ one or more of the following seabird avoidance measures:</P>
                            <P>(i) Tow a streamer line or lines during deployment of gear to prevent birds from taking hooks;</P>
                            <P>(ii) Tow a buoy, board, stick or other device during deployment of gear, at a distance appropriate to prevent birds from taking hooks. Multiple devices may be employed;</P>
                            <P>(iii) Deploy hooks underwater through a lining tube at a depth sufficient to prevent birds from settling on hooks during deployment of gear; or</P>
                            <P>(iv) Deploy gear only during the hours specified below, using only the minimum vessel's lights necessary for safety.</P>
                            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,12,12,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
                              <TTITLE>Hours That Hook-and-Line Gear Can Be Deployed for Specified Longitudes According to Paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of This Section</TTITLE>
                              <TDESC>[Hours are Alaska local time]</TDESC>
                              <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">Calendar month</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Longitude</CHED>
                                <CHED H="2">Shoreward to 150°W</CHED>
                                <CHED H="2">151 to 165°W</CHED>
                                <CHED H="2">166 to 180°W</CHED>
                              </BOXHD>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">January</ENT>
                                <ENT>1800-0700</ENT>
                                <ENT>1900-0800</ENT>
                                <ENT>2000-0900</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">February</ENT>
                                <ENT>1900-0600</ENT>
                                <ENT>2000-0700</ENT>
                                <ENT>2100-0800</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">March</ENT>
                                <ENT>2000-0500</ENT>
                                <ENT>2100-0600</ENT>
                                <ENT>2200-0700</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">April</ENT>
                                <ENT>2100-0400</ENT>
                                <ENT>2200-0500</ENT>
                                <ENT>2300-0600</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">May</ENT>
                                <ENT>2200-0300</ENT>
                                <ENT>2300-0400</ENT>
                                <ENT>2400-0500</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">June</ENT>
                                <ENT>(<SU>1</SU>)</ENT>
                                <ENT>(<SU>1</SU>)</ENT>
                                <ENT>(<SU>1</SU>)</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">July</ENT>
                                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                                <ENT>(<SU>2</SU>)</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">August</ENT>
                                <ENT>2200-0400</ENT>
                                <ENT>2300-0500</ENT>
                                <ENT>2400-0600</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">September</ENT>
                                <ENT>2000-0500</ENT>
                                <ENT>2100-0600</ENT>
                                <ENT>2200-0700</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">October</ENT>
                                <ENT>1900-0600</ENT>
                                <ENT>2000-0700</ENT>
                                <ENT>2100-0800</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">November</ENT>
                                <ENT>1800-0700</ENT>
                                <ENT>1900-0800</ENT>
                                <ENT>2000-0900</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">December</ENT>
                                <ENT>1700-0700</ENT>
                                <ENT>1800-0800</ENT>
                                <ENT>1900-0900</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <TNOTE>
                                <SU>1</SU> This measure cannot be exercised during June.</TNOTE>
                              <TNOTE>
                                <SU>2</SU> This measure cannot be exercised during July.</TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35579, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 49077, Sept. 18, 1996; 62 FR 23183, Apr. 29, 1997; 63 FR 11167, Mar. 6, 1998]</CITA>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.25</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Inseason adjustments.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">General—</E>(1) <E T="03">Types of adjustments.</E> Inseason adjustments issued by NMFS under this section include:</P>
                            <P>(i) Closure, extension, or opening of a season in all or part of a management area.</P>
                            <P>(ii) Modification of the allowable gear to be used in all or part of a management area.</P>
                            <P>(iii) Adjustment of TAC and PSC limits.</P>
                            <P>(iv) Interim closures of statistical areas, or portions thereof, to directed fishing for specified groundfish species.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Determinations.</E> (i) Any inseason adjustment taken under paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section must be based on a determination that such adjustments are necessary to prevent:</P>
                            <P>(A) Overfishing of any species or stock of fish or shellfish;</P>

                            <P>(B) Harvest of a TAC for any groundfish species or the taking of a PSC limit for any prohibited species that, on the basis of the best available scientific information, is found by NMFS to be incorrectly specified; or<PRTPAGE P="526"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>(C) Underharvest of a TAC or gear share of a TAC for any groundfish species when catch information indicates that the TAC or gear share has not been reached.</P>
                            <P>(ii) Any inseason closure of a statistical area, or portion thereof, under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section, must be based upon a determination that such closures are necessary to prevent:</P>
                            <P>(A) A continuation of relatively high bycatch rates of prohibited species specified under § 679.21(b) in a statistical area, or portion thereof;</P>
                            <P>(B) Take of an excessive share of PSC limits or bycatch allowances established under § 679.21(d) and (e) by vessels fishing in a statistical area, or portion thereof;</P>
                            <P>(C) Closure of one or more directed fisheries for groundfish due to excessive prohibited species bycatch rates occurring in a specified fishery operating within all or part of a statistical area; or</P>
                            <P>(D) Premature attainment of established PSC limits or bycatch allowances and associated loss of opportunity to harvest the groundfish OY.</P>
                            <P>(iii) The selection of the appropriate inseason management adjustments under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section must be from the following authorized management measures and must be based upon a determination by the Regional Administrator that the management adjustment selected is the least restrictive necessary to achieve the purpose of the adjustment:</P>
                            <P>(A) Any gear modification that would protect the species in need of conservation, but that would still allow other fisheries to continue;</P>
                            <P>(B) An inseason adjustment that would allow other fisheries to continue in noncritical areas and time periods;</P>
                            <P>(C) Closure of a management area and season to all groundfish fishing; or</P>
                            <P>(D) Reopening of a management area or season to achieve the TAC or gear share of a TAC for any of the target species or the “other species## category.</P>
                            <P>(iv) The adjustment of a TAC or PSC limit for any species under paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section must be based upon a determination by the Regional Administrator that the adjustment is based upon the best available scientific information concerning the biological stock status of the species in question and that the currently specified TAC or PSC limit is incorrect. Any adjustment to a TAC or PSC limit must be reasonably related to the change in biological stock status.</P>
                            <P>(v) The inseason closure of a statistical area, or a portion thereof, under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section shall not extend beyond a 60-day period unless information considered under paragraph (b) of this section warrants an extended closure period. Any closure of a statistical area, or portion thereof, to reduce prohibited species bycatch rates requires a determination by the Regional Administrator that the closure is based on the best available scientific information concerning the seasonal distribution and abundance of prohibited species and bycatch rates of prohibited species associated with various groundfish fisheries.</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">Data.</E> All information relevant to one or more of the following factors may be considered in making the determinations required under paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section:</P>
                            <P>(1) The effect of overall fishing effort within a statistical area;</P>
                            <P>(2) Catch per unit of effort and rate of harvest;</P>
                            <P>(3) Relative distribution and abundance of stocks of groundfish species and prohibited species within all or part of a statistical area;</P>
                            <P>(4) Condition of a stock in all or part of a statistical area;</P>
                            <P>(5) Inseason prohibited species bycatch rates observed in groundfish fisheries in all or part of a statistical area;</P>
                            <P>(6) Historical prohibited species bycatch rates observed in groundfish fisheries in all or part of a statistical area;</P>
                            <P>(7) Economic impacts on fishing businesses affected; or</P>
                            <P>(8) Any other factor relevant to the conservation and management of groundfish species or any incidentally caught species that are designated as prohibited species or for which a PSC limit has been specified.</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedure</E>. (1) No inseason adjustment issued under this section will take effect until—<PRTPAGE P="527"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) NMFS has filed the proposed adjustment for public inspection with the Office of the Federal Register; and</P>

                            <P>(ii) NMFS has published the proposed adjustment in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for public comment for a period of 30 days before it is made final, unless NMFS finds for good cause that such notification and public procedure is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.</P>
                            <P>(2) If NMFS decides, for good cause, that an adjustment is to be made without affording a prior opportunity for public comment, public comments on the necessity for, and extent of, the adjustment will be received by the Regional Administrator for a period of 15 days after the effective date of notification.</P>
                            <P>(3) During any such 15-day period, the Regional Administrator will make available for public inspection, during business hours, the aggregate data upon which an adjustment was based.</P>
                            <P>(4) If written comments are received during any such 15-day period that oppose or protest an inseason adjustment issued under this section, NMFS will reconsider the necessity for the adjustment and, as soon as practicable after that reconsideration, will either—</P>
                            <P>(i) Publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notification of continued effectiveness of the adjustment, responding to comments received; or</P>
                            <P>(ii) Modify or rescind the adjustment.</P>
                            <P>(5) Notifications of inseason adjustments issued by NMFS under paragraph (a) of this section will include the following information:</P>
                            <P>(i) A description of the management adjustment.</P>
                            <P>(ii) Reasons for the adjustment and the determinations required under paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(iii) The effective date and any termination date of such adjustment. If no termination date is specified, the adjustment will terminate on the last day of the fishing year.</P>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.26</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Prohibited Species  Donation Program.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">Authorized species</E>. The PSD program applies only to the following species:</P>
                            <P>(1) Salmon.</P>
                            <P>(2) (Applicable through December 31, 2000) Halibut delivered by catcher vessels using trawl gear to shoreside processors.</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">Authorized distributors</E>—(1) <E T="03">Application.</E> An applicant seeking to become an authorized distributor must provide the Regional Administrator with the following information:</P>
                            <P>(i) Proof of the applicant's tax-exempt status.</P>
                            <P>(ii) A description of the arrangements for processing, shipping, storing, and transporting donated fish and an estimate of the associated costs.</P>
                            <P>(iii) A statement describing the applicant's expertise in providing for the distribution of food product from remote Alaskan locations to hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, or food bank distributors, including arrangements for transportation, distribution costs, and product quality control.</P>
                            <P>(iv) Documentation of support from cold storage and transportation facilities.</P>
                            <P>(v) A proposed operating budget that is adequate to ensure that fish donated under this program will be distributed to hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, or food bank distributors and that the fish will be maintained in a manner fit for human consumption.</P>
                            <P>(vi) Proof of the applicant's ability to obtain and maintain adequate funding for the distribution of salmon under the PSD program.</P>
                            <P>(vii) A copy of the applicant's articles of incorporation and bylaws showing that the purpose of the applicant includes providing food resources to hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, or food bank distributors.</P>
                            <P>(viii) Proof of the applicant's ability to take full responsibility for the documentation and disposition of fish received under the PSD program, including sufficient liability insurance to cover public interests relating to the quality of fish distributed for human consumption.</P>
                            <P>(ix) Quality control criteria to be followed by vessels, processors, hunger relief agencies, food bank networks, and food bank distributors.</P>

                            <P>(x) The number of vessels and processors that the applicant is capable of administering effectively.<PRTPAGE P="528"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>(xi) A list of all vessels and processors, food bank networks and food bank distributors participating in the PSD program. The list of vessels and processors must include:</P>
                            <P>(A) The vessel's or processor's Federal fisheries permit number or Federal processor permit number.</P>
                            <P>(B) The name of the vessel owner or responsible operator or the name of the owner or plant manager of the processor.</P>
                            <P>(C) The vessel's or processor's telephone number and fax number.</P>
                            <P>(D) The signature of the vessel owner or responsible operator or the owner or plant manager of the processor.</P>
                            <P>(xii) A signed statement from the applicant and from all persons who are listed under paragraph (b)(1)(xi) of this section and who would conduct activities pursuant to the PSD permit waiving any and all claims against the United States and its agents and employees for any liability for personal injury, death, sickness, damage to property directly or indirectly due to activities conducted under the PSD program.</P>
                            <P>(xiii) A list of locations where fish must be delivered by participating vessels and processors.</P>
                            <P>(xiv) A separate application must be submitted for each species listed under paragraph (a) of this section that the applicant seeks to distribute.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Selection</E>. The Regional Administrator may select one or more tax-exempt organizations to be authorized distributors under the PSD program based on the information submitted by applicants under paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The number of authorized distributors selected by the Regional Administrator will be based on the following criteria:</P>
                            <P>(i) The number and qualifications of applicants for PSD permits.</P>
                            <P>(ii) The number of harvesters and the quantity of fish that applicants can effectively administer.</P>
                            <P>(iii) The anticipated level of bycatch of prohibited species listed under paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(iv) The potential number of vessels and processors participating in the groundfish trawl fisheries.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">SDP Permit.</E> (i) After review of qualified applicants, the Regional Administrator will announce the selection of authorized distributor(s) in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and will issue PSD permit(s).</P>
                            <P>(ii) The Regional Administrator may impose additional terms and conditions on a PSD permit consistent with the objectives of the PSD program.</P>
                            <P>(iii) A PSD permit may be suspended, modified, or revoked, under 15 CFR part 904 for noncompliance with terms and conditions specified in the permit or for a violation of this section or other regulations in this part.</P>
                            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Effective period</E>—(A) <E T="03">Salmon</E>. A PSD permit for salmon remains in effect for a 3-year period after the selection notice is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> unless suspended or revoked. A PSD permit issued to an authorized distributor may be renewed following the application procedures  in this section.</P>
                            <P>(B) A PSD permit issued for halibut will expire December 31, 2000.</P>
                            <P>(v) If the authorized distributor modifies any information on the PSD permit application submitted under paragraph (b)(1)(xi) or (b)(1)(xiii) of this section, the authorized distributor must submit a modified list of participants or a modified list of delivery locations to the Regional Administrator.</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">Reporting and recordkeeping requirements</E>. (1) A vessel or processor retaining prohibited species under the PSD program must comply with all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements. A vessel or processor participating in the PSD program must comply with applicable regulations at §§ 679.7(c)(1) and 679.21(c) that allow for the collection of data and biological sampling by a NMFS-certified observer prior to processing any fish under the PSD program.</P>
                            <P>(2) Prohibited species retained under the PSD program must be packaged, and all packages must be labeled with the date of processing, the name of the processing facility, the contents and the weight of the fish contained in the package, and the words, “NMFS PROHIBITED SPECIES DONATION PROGRAM - NOT FOR SALE - PERISHABLE PRODUCT - KEEP FROZEN”.</P>

                            <P>(3) A processor retaining or receiving fish under the PSD program and an authorized distributor must keep on file <PRTPAGE P="529"/>and make available for inspection by an authorized officer all documentation, including receipt and cargo manifests setting forth the origin, weight, and destination of all prohibited species bycatch. Such documentation must be retained until 1 year after the effective period of the PSD permit.</P>
                            <P>(d) <E T="03">Processing, handling, and distribution.</E> (1) Processing and reprocessing of all fish retained under the PSD Program must be carried out under the direction of the authorized distributor. A processor retaining or receiving fish under the PSD Program, at a minimum, must head, gut, and freeze the fish in a manner that makes it fit for human consumption.</P>
                            <P>(2) Fish that are determined to be unfit for human consumption prior to delivery to an authorized distributor must be discarded under § 679.21(b). Fish that are determined to be unfit for human consumption after delivery to the authorized distributor must be destroyed in accordance with applicable sanitation laws and regulations.</P>
                            <P>(3) Authorized distributors and persons conducting activities supervised by authorized distributors may retain prohibited species only for the purpose of processing and delivering the prohibited species to hunger relief agencies, food networks or food distributors as provided by this section. Such persons may not consume or retain prohibited species for personal use and may not sell, trade or barter, or attempt to sell, trade or barter any prohibited species that is retained under the PSD program.</P>
                            <P>(4) No prohibited species that has been sorted from a vessel's catch or landing may be retained by a vessel or processor, or delivered to a delivery location under this section, unless the vessel or processor and delivery location is included on the list provided to the Regional Administrator under paragraph (b)(1)(xi), (b)(1)(xiii) or (b)(3)(v) of this section.</P>
                            <CITA>[61 FR 38359, July 24, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 32145, 32146, June 12, 1998]</CITA>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.27</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Improved Retention/Improved Utilization Program.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> The owner or operator of a vessel that is required to obtain a Federal fisheries or processor permit under § 679.4 must comply with the IR/IU program set out in this section while fishing for groundfish in the GOA or BSAI, fishing for groundfish in waters of the State of Alaska that are shoreward of the GOA or BSAI, or when processing groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI.</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">IR/IU species.</E> The following species are defined as “IR/IU species” for the purposes of this section:</P>
                            <P>(1) Pollock.</P>
                            <P>(2) Pacific cod.</P>
                            <P>(3) Rock sole in the BSAI (beginning January 1, 2003).</P>
                            <P>(4) Yellowfin sole in the BSAI (beginning January 1, 2003).</P>
                            <P>(5) Shallow-water flatfish species complex in the GOA as defined in the annual harvest specifications for the GOA (beginning January 1, 2003).</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">Minimum retention requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Definition of retain on board.</E> Notwithstanding the definition at 50 CFR 600.10, for the purpose of this section, to retain on board means to be in possession of on board a vessel.</P>
                            <P>(2) The following table displays minimum retention requirements by vessel category and directed fishing status:</P>
                            <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs75,r75,r75" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                              <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">If you own or operate a</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">And</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">You must retain on board until lawful transfer</CHED>
                              </BOXHD>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(i) Catcher vessel </ENT>
                                <ENT>(A) Directed fishing for an IR/IU species is open</ENT>
                                <ENT>all fish of that species brought on board the vessel.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"/>
                                <ENT>(B) Directed fishing for an IR/IU species is prohibited </ENT>
                                <ENT>all fish of that species brought on board the vessel up to the MRB amount for that species.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"/>
                                <ENT>(C) Retention of an IR/IU species is prohibited </ENT>
                                <ENT>no fish of that species.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(ii) Catcher/ processor </ENT>
                                <ENT>(A) Directed fishing for an IR/IU species is open </ENT>
                                <ENT>a primary product from all fish of that species brought on board the vessel.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"/>
                                <ENT>(B) Directed fishing for an IR/IU species is prohibited</ENT>
                                <ENT>a primary product from all fish of that species brought on board the vessel up to the point that the round-weight equivalent of primary products on board equals the MRB amount for that species.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"/>
                                <ENT>(C) Retention of an IR/IU species is prohibited </ENT>
                                <ENT>no fish or product of that species.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <PRTPAGE P="530"/>
                                <ENT I="01">(iii) Mothership </ENT>
                                <ENT>(A) Directed fishing for an IR/IU species is open </ENT>
                                <ENT>a primary product from all fish of that species brought on board the vessel.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"/>
                                <ENT>(B) Directed  fishing for an IR/IU species is prohibited </ENT>
                                <ENT>a primary product from all fish of that species brought on board the vessel up to the point that the round-weight equivalent of primary products on board equals the MRB amount for that species.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"/>
                                <ENT>(C) Retention of an IR/IU species is prohibited </ENT>
                                <ENT>no fish or product of that species.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(d) <E T="03">Bleeding codends and shaking longline gear.</E> Any action intended to discard or release an IR/IU species prior to being brought on board the vessel is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to bleeding codends and shaking or otherwise removing fish from longline gear.</P>
                            <P>(e) <E T="03">At-sea discard of product.</E> Any product from an IR/IU species may not be discarded at sea, unless such discarding is necessary to meet other requirements of this part.</P>
                            <P>(f) <E T="03">Discard of fish or product transferred from other vessels.</E> The retention requirements of this section apply to all IR/IU species brought on board a vessel, whether harvested by that vessel or transferred from another vessel. At-sea discard of IR/IU species or products that were transferred from another vessel is prohibited.</P>
                            <P>(g) <E T="03">IR/IU species as bait.</E> IR/IU species may be used as bait provided that the deployed bait is physically secured to authorized fishing gear. Dumping of unsecured IR/IU species as bait (chumming) is prohibited.</P>
                            <P>(h) <E T="03">Previously caught fish.</E> The retention and utilization requirements of this section do not apply to incidental catch of dead or decomposing fish or fish parts that were previously caught and discarded at sea.</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">Minimum utilization requirements.</E> If you own or operate a catcher/processor or mothership, the minimum utilization requirement for an IR/IU species harvested in the BSAI is determined by the directed fishing status for that species according to the following table:</P>
                            <GPOTABLE CDEF="xls180,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                              <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">If * * *</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">then your total weight of retained or lawfully transferred products produced from your catch or receipt of that IR/IU species during a fishing trip must * * *</CHED>
                              </BOXHD>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(1) directed fishing for an IR/IU species is open, </ENT>
                                <ENT>equal or exceed 15 percent of the round-weight catch or round-weight delivery of that species during the fishing trip.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(2) directed fishing for an IR/IU species is prohibited, </ENT>
                                <ENT>equal or exceed 15 percent of the round-weight catch or round-weight delivery of that species during the fishing trip or 15 percent of the MRB amount for that species, whichever is lower.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                              <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">(3) retention of an IR/IU species is prohibited, </ENT>
                                <ENT>equal zero.</ENT>
                              </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <CITA TYPE="W">[62 FR 63890, Dec. 3, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 65381, Dec. 12, 1997]</CITA>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 679.28</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Equipment and operational requirements for catch weight measurement.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> This section contains the requirements for scales, observer sampling stations, and bins for volumetric estimates approved by NMFS and requirements for scales approved by the State of Alaska. This section does not require any vessel or processor to provide this equipment. Such requirements appear elsewhere in this part.</P>
                            <P>(b) <E T="03">Scales used to weigh catch at sea.</E> In order to be approved by NMFS a scale used to weigh catch at sea must meet the type evaluation requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and the initial inspection and annual reinspection requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Once a scale is installed on a vessel and approved by NMFS for use to weigh catch at sea, it must be reinspected annually and must be tested daily and meet the <PRTPAGE P="531"/>maximum permissible error (MPE) requirements described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(1) <E T="03">List of scales eligible for approval.</E> The model of scale must be included on the Regional Administrator's list of scales eligible to be approved for weighing catch at sea before an inspector will schedule or conduct a scale inspection under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A scale will be included on the list when the Regional Administrator receives the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section. This information identifies and describes the scale, sets forth contact information regarding the manufacturer, and sets forth the results of required type evaluations and testing. Type evaluation and testing must be conducted by a laboratory accredited by the government of the country in which the tests are conducted.</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">Information about the scale.</E> (A) Name of scale manufacturer.</P>
                            <P>(B) Name of manufacturer's representative.</P>
                            <P>(C) Mailing address of scale manufacturer and manufacturer's representative.</P>
                            <P>(D) Telephone and fax number of manufacturer's representative.</P>
                            <P>(E) Model and serial number of the scale tested.</P>
                            <P>(F) A written description of the scale and diagrams explaining how the scale operates and how it compensates for motion.</P>
                            <P>(G) A list of the model numbers of all scales for which type evaluation results are applicable, identifying the differences between the model evaluated in the laboratory and other models listed. The scales may differ only in the elements of the scale that perform motion compensation, the size or capacity of the scale, and the software used by the scale.</P>
                            <P>(H) A list of types of scale adjustments that will be recorded on the audit trail, including the name of the adjustment as it will appear on the audit trail, and a written description of the adjustment.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Information about the laboratory.</E> (A) Name of laboratory.</P>
                            <P>(B) Mailing address of laboratory.</P>
                            <P>(C) Telephone and fax number of laboratory's representative.</P>
                            <P>(D) Name and address of government agency accrediting the laboratory.</P>
                            <P>(E) Name and signature of person responsible for evaluation of the scale and the date of signature.</P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Checklist.</E> A completed checklist indicating that all applicable technical and performance standards in appendix A to this part and the laboratory tests in the annex to appendix A to this part have been met.</P>
                            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Verification of test results.</E> Verification that a scale meets the laboratory evaluation and testing requirements in appendix A of this part and each of the influence quantity and disturbance tests as specified in the annex to appendix A to this part:</P>
                            <P>(A) Test results and data on forms supplied by NMFS;</P>
                            <P>(B) National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) Certificates of Conformance, test results and data for a component of a scale or for the entire device. NTEP Certificates of Conformance, test results, and data may be submitted only in lieu of the specific influence factor tests conducted to obtain the NTEP Certificates of Conformance. Additional information must be submitted to verify compliance with the laboratory tests that are not performed under the NTEP; and/or</P>
                            <P>(C) International Organization of Legal Metrology (OIML) Certificates of Conformance, test results and data.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Inspection of at-sea scales</E>—(i) <E T="03">What is an inspection?</E> An inspection is a visual assessment and test of a scale after it is installed on the vessel and while the vessel is tied up at a dock and not under power at sea to determine if the scale meets all of the applicable performance and technical requirements in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and in appendix A to this part. A scale will be approved by the inspector if it meets all of the applicable performance and technical requirements in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and appendix A to this part.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">How often must a scale be inspected?</E> Each scale must be inspected and approved before the vessel may participate in any fishery requiring the weighing of catch at sea with an approved scale. Each scale must be reinspected within 12 months of the date of the most recent inspection.<PRTPAGE P="532"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Who may perform scale inspections?</E> Scales must be inspected by a scale inspector authorized by NMFS. A list of scale inspectors authorized by NMFS is available from the Regional Administrator upon request. NMFS authorizes two types of scale inspectors:</P>
                            <P>(A) <E T="03">Inspectors from an agency designated by NMFS.</E> Inspectors employed by a weights and measures agency designated by NMFS to perform scale inspections on behalf of NMFS. Scale inspections by such inspectors are paid for by NMFS.</P>
                            <P>(B) <E T="03">Inspectors from other agencies.</E> Inspectors employed by a U.S., state, or local weights and measures agency other than the weights and measures agency designated by NMFS and meeting the following requirements:</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The inspector successfully completes training conducted by a scale inspector from the weights and measures agency designated by NMFS to perform scale inspections on behalf of NMFS. The training consists of observing a scale inspection conducted by a scale inspector designated by NMFS and conducting an inspection under the supervision of a scale inspector designated by NMFS. The inspector must obtain this training for each type of scale inspected.</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The inspector notifies NMFS in writing that he/she meets the requirements of this paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B) prior to conducting any inspections.</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Inspectors from agencies other than the weights and measures agency designated by NMFS to perform scale inspections on behalf of NMFS must notify the Regional Administrator of the date, time, and location of the scale inspection at least 3 working days before the inspection is conducted so that NMFS staff may have the opportunity to observe the inspection.</P>
                            <P>(iv) <E T="03">How does a vessel owner arrange for a scale inspection?</E> The time and place of the inspection may be arranged by contacting the authorized scale inspectors. Vessel owners must request a scale inspection at least 10 working days in advance of the requested inspection by contacting an authorized scale inspector at the address indicated on the list of authorized inspectors.</P>
                            <P>(v) <E T="03">Where will scale inspections be conducted?</E> Scale inspections by inspectors paid by NMFS will be conducted on vessels tied up at docks in Dutch Harbor, Alaska, and in the Puget Sound area of Washington State.</P>
                            <P>(vi) <E T="03">Responsibilities of the vessel owner during a scale inspection.</E> After the vessel owner has installed a model of scale that is on the Regional Administrator's list of scales eligible to be approved for weighing catch at sea, the vessel owner must:</P>
                            <P>(A) Make the vessel and scale available for inspection by a scale inspector authorized by the Regional Administrator.</P>
                            <P>(B) Provide a copy of the scale manual supplied by the scale manufacturer to the inspector at the beginning of the inspection.</P>
                            <P>(C) Transport test weights, test material, and equipment required to perform the test to and from the inspector's vehicle and the location on the vessel where the scale is installed.</P>
                            <P>(D) Apply test weights to the scale or convey test materials across the scale, if requested by the scale inspector.</P>
                            <P>(E) Assist the scale inspector in performing the scale inspection and testing.</P>
                            <P>(vii) <E T="03">Scale inspection report.</E> A scale is approved for use when the scale inspector completes and signs a scale inspection report form verifying that the scale meets all of the requirements specified in this paragraph (b)(2) and appendix A to this part. Inspectors must use the scale inspection report form supplied by the weights and measures agency designated by NMFS to perform scale inspections on behalf of NMFS. The scale inspector must provide the original of this inspection report form to the vessel owner and a copy to NMFS. NMFS will maintain a list of all scales for which the inspection report form has been received and that are approved for use. The vessel owner is not required to submit the scale inspection report form to NMFS. However, the vessel owner must maintain a copy of the report form on board the vessel at all times when the processor or vessel is required to use a scale approved under this section. The scale inspection report form must be made <PRTPAGE P="533"/>available to the observer, NMFS personnel or an authorized officer, upon request. When in use, scales for which a scale inspection form has been completed and signed must also meet requirements described in paragraphs (b)(3) through (b)(6) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">At-sea scale tests.</E> The vessel owner must ensure that the vessel operator tests each scale or scale system used to weigh total catch one time during each 24-hour period in which fish are weighed on the scale to verify that the scale meets the MPEs specified in this paragraph (b)(3).</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">Belt scales and automatic hopper scales.</E> (A) The MPE in the daily at-sea scale tests is plus or minus 3 percent of the known weight of the test material.</P>
                            <P>(B) <E T="03">Test procedure.</E> A material test must be conducted by weighing at least 400 kg of fish or an alternative material supplied by the scale manufacturer on the scale under test. The known weight of the test material must be determined by weighing it on a platform scale approved for use under paragraph (b)(7) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Platform and hanging scales—</E>(A) <E T="03">Maximum Permissible Error.</E> The MPE for platform and hanging scales is plus or minus 0.5 percent of the known weight of the test material.</P>
                            <P>(B) <E T="03">Test weights.</E> Each test weight must have its weight stamped on or otherwise permanently affixed to it. The weight of each test weight must be certified by a National Institute of Standards and Technology approved metrology laboratory. A copy of the laboratory certification documents must be maintained on board the vessel at all times while the scale is required. The amount of test weights that must be provided by the vessel owner is specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) and (b)(3)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Platform scales used as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of test materials.</E> Any combination of test weights that will allow the scale to be tested at 10 kg, 25 kg, and 50 kg.</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Scales used to weigh total catch.</E> Test weights equal to the largest amount of fish that will be weighed on the scale in one weighment.</P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Requirements for all scale tests.</E> (A) Notify the observer at least 15 minutes before the time that the test will be conducted, and conduct the test while the observer is present.</P>
                            <P>(B) Conduct the scale test by placing the test material or test weights on or across the scale and recording the following information on the at-sea scale test report form:</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Vessel name;</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Month, day, and year of test;</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Time test started to the nearest minute;</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Known weight of test material or test weights;</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Weight of test material or test weights recorded by scale;</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Percent error as determined by subtracting the known weight of the test material or test weights from the weight recorded on the scale, dividing that amount by the known weight of the test material or test weights, and multiplying by 100; and</P>
                            <P>(<E T="03">7</E>) Sea conditions at the time of the scale test.</P>
                            <P>(C) Maintain the test report form on board the vessel until the end of the fishing year during which the tests were conducted, and make the report forms available to observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer. In addition, the scale test report forms must be retained by the vessel owner for 3 years after the end of the fishing year during which the tests were performed. All scale test report forms must be signed by the vessel operator.</P>
                            <P>(4) <E T="03">Scale maintenance.</E> The vessel owner must ensure that the vessel operator maintains the scale in proper operating condition throughout its use; that adjustments made to the scale are made so as to bring the performance errors as close as practicable to a zero value; and that no adjustment is made that will cause the scale to weigh fish inaccurately.</P>
                            <P>(5) <E T="03">Printed reports from the scale.</E> The vessel owner must ensure that the vessel operator provides the printed reports required by this paragraph. Printed reports from the scale must be maintained on board the vessel until the end of the year during which the reports were made and be made available to observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer. In addition, printed reports must be retained by the vessel owner for 3 years after the end of <PRTPAGE P="534"/>the year during which the printouts were made. All printed reports from the scale must be signed by the vessel operator.</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">Reports of catch weight and cumulative weight.</E> Reports must be printed at least once each 24-hour period in which the scale is being used to weigh catch or before any information stored in the scale computer memory is replaced. The haul or set number recorded on the scale print-out must correspond with haul or set numbers recorded in the processor's daily cumulative production logbook. Scale weights must not be adjusted by the scale operator to account for the perceived weight of water, mud, debris, or other materials. The information that must be printed is described in Sections 2.3.1.8, 3.3.1.7, and 4.3.1.5 of appendix A to this part.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Printed report from the audit trail.</E> The printed report must include the information specified in sections 2.3.1.8, 3.3.1.7, and 4.3.1.8 of appendix A to this part. The printed report must be provided to the authorized scale inspector at each scale inspection and must also be printed at any time upon request of the observer, the scale inspector, NMFS staff, or an authorized officer.</P>
                            <P>(6) <E T="03">Scale installation requirements.</E> The observer must be able to see the product on the scale and the scale indications at the same time.</P>
                            <P>(7) <E T="03">Platform scales used as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of test materials.</E> Platform scales used only as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of fish for a material test of another scale are required to meet all of the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section and appendix A to this part except sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.1.5 of appendix A to this part (printer) or section 4.3.1.8 (audit trail) of appendix A to this part.</P>
                            <P>(c) <E T="03">Scales approved by the State of Alaska.</E> Scales used to weigh groundfish catch that are also required to be approved by the State of Alaska under Alaska Statutes 45.75 must meet the following requirements:</P>
                            <P>(1) <E T="03">Verification of approval.</E> The scale must display a valid State of Alaska sticker indicating that the scale was inspected and approved within the previous 12 months.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Visibility.</E> The scale and scale display must be visible simultaneously to the observer. Observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer must be allowed to observe the weighing of fish on the scale and be able to read the scale display at all times.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">Printed scale weights.</E> Printouts of the scale weight of each haul, set, or delivery must be made available to observers, NMFS personnel, or an authorized officer at the time printouts are generated and thereafter upon request for the duration of the fishing year. Printouts must be retained by the operator or manager as specified in § 679.5(a)(15).</P>
                            <P>(d) <E T="03">Observer sampling station</E>—(1) <E T="03">Accessibility.</E> All of the equipment required for an observer sampling station must be available to the observer at all times while a sampling station is required and the observer is aboard the vessel, except that the observer sampling scale may be used by vessel personnel to conduct material tests of the scale used to weigh total catch under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, as long as the use of the observer's sampling scale by others does not interfere with the observer's sampling duties.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Location</E>—(i) <E T="03">Motherships and catcher/processors or catcher vessels using trawl gear.</E> The observer sampling station must be located within 4 m of the location from which the observer samples unsorted catch. Clear, unobstructed passage must be provided between the observer sampling station and the location where the observer samples unsorted catch.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Vessels using nontrawl gear.</E> The observer sampling station must be located within 5 m of the location where fish are brought on board the vessel, unless any location within this distance is unsafe for the observer. Clear, unobstructed passage must be provided between the observer sampling station and the location where the observer samples unsorted catch. NMFS will approve an alternative location if the vessel owner submits a written proposal describing the alternative location, the reasons why a location within 5 m of where fish are brought on board the vessel is unsafe, and if the proposed observer sampling station meets all <PRTPAGE P="535"/>other applicable requirements of this section.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">Minimum work space.</E> The observer must have a working area at least 1.8 m wide by 2.5 m long, including the observer's sampling table, for sampling and storage of fish to be sampled. The observer must be able to stand upright in the area in front of the table and scale.</P>
                            <P>(4) <E T="03">Table.</E> The observer sampling station must include a table at least 0.6 m deep, 1.2 m wide and 0.9 m high and no more than 1.1 m high. The entire surface area of the table must be available for use by the observer. Any area used for the observer sampling scale is in addition to the minimum space requirements for the table. The observer's sampling table must be secured to the floor or wall.</P>
                            <P>(5) <E T="03">Observer sampling scale.</E> The observer sampling station must include an electronic motion-compensated platform scale with a capacity of at least 50 kg located within 1 m of the observer's sampling table. The scale must be approved by NMFS under paragraph (b) of this section and must meet the maximum permissible error requirement specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section when tested by the observer.</P>
                            <P>(6) <E T="03">Other requirements.</E> The sampling station must include floor grating, adequate lighting, and a hose that supplies fresh or sea water to the observer.</P>
                            <P>(7) <E T="03">Requirements for sampling catch.</E> On motherships and catcher/processors using trawl gear, the conveyor belt conveying unsorted catch must have a removable board to allow fish to be diverted from the belt directly into the observer's sampling baskets. The diverter board must be located after the scale used to weigh total catch so that the observer can use this scale to weigh large samples.</P>
                            <P>(8) <E T="03">Inspection of the observer sampling station.</E> Each observer sampling station must be inspected and approved by NMFS prior to its use for the first time and then one time each year within 12 months of the date of the most recent inspection with the following exceptions. If the observer sampling station is moved or if the space or equipment available to the observer is reduced or removed, the observer sampling station inspection report issued under this section is no longer valid, and the observer sampling station must be reinspected and approved by NMFS. Inspection of the observer sampling station is in addition to inspection of the at-sea scales by an authorized scale inspector required at paragraph (b)(2) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(i) <E T="03">How does a vessel owner arrange for an observer sampling station inspection?</E> The time and place of the inspection may be arranged by submitting to NMFS a written request for an inspection. Inspections will be scheduled no later than 10 working days after NMFS receives a complete application for an inspection, including the following information:</P>
                            <P>(A) Name and signature of the person submitting the application, and the date of the application.</P>
                            <P>(B) Street address, business address, telephone number, and fax number of the person submitting the application.</P>
                            <P>(C) Whether the vessel or processor has received an observer sampling scale inspection before and, if so, the date of the most recent inspection report.</P>
                            <P>(D) Vessel name.</P>
                            <P>(E) Federal fishery permit number.</P>
                            <P>(F) Location of vessel where sampling station inspection is requested to occur, including street address and city.</P>
                            <P>(G) For catcher/processors using trawl gear and motherships, a diagram drawn to scale showing the location(s) where all CDQ and PSQ will be weighed, the location where observers will sample unsorted catch, the location of the observer sampling station as described at paragraph (d) of this section, including the observer sampling scale, the name of the manufacturer, model of the scale to weigh total catch, and the observer sampling scale.</P>

                            <P>(H) For all other vessels, a diagram drawn to scale showing the location(s) where catch comes on board the vessel, the location where observers will sample unsorted catch, the location of the observer sampling station, including the observer sampling scale, and the name of the manufacturer and model of the observer sampling scale.<PRTPAGE P="536"/>
                            </P>
                            <P>(I) For all vessels, a copy of the most recent scale inspection report issued under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Where will observer sampling station inspections be conducted?</E> Inspections will be conducted on vessels tied up at docks in Dutch Harbor, Alaska, and in the Puget Sound area of Washington State.</P>
                            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Observer sampling station inspection report.</E> An observer sampling station inspection report, valid for 12 months from the date it is signed by NMFS, will be issued to the vessel owner if the observer sampling station meets the requirements in this paragraph (d). The vessel owner must maintain a current observer sampling station inspection report on board the vessel at all times when the vessel is required to provide an observer sampling station approved for use under this paragraph (d). The observer sampling station inspection report must be made available to the observer, NMFS personnel, or to an authorized officer upon request.</P>
                            <P>(e) <E T="03">Certified bins for volumetric estimates of catch weight</E>—</P>
                            <P>(1) <E T="03">Certification.</E> The information required in this paragraph (e) must be prepared, dated, and signed by a licensed engineer with no financial interest in fishing, fish processing, or fish tendering vessels. Complete bin certification documents must be submitted to the Regional Administrator prior to harvesting or receiving groundfish from a fishery in which certified bins are required and must be on board the vessel and available to the observer at all times.</P>
                            <P>(2) <E T="03">Specifications</E>—(i) <E T="03">Measurement and marking.</E> The volume of each bin must be determined by accurate measurement of the internal dimensions of the bin. The internal walls of the bin must be permanently marked and numbered in 10-cm increments indicating the level of fish in the bin in cm. All marked increments and numerals must be readable from the outside of the bin through a viewing port or hatch at all times. Marked increments are not required on the wall in which the viewing port is located, unless such increments are necessary to determine the level of fish in the bin from another viewing port. Bins must be lighted in a manner that allows marked increments to be read from the outside of the bin by an observer or authorized officer. For bin certification documents dated after July 6, 1998, the numerals at the 10-cm increment marks must be at least 4 cm high.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Viewing ports.</E> Each bin must have a viewing port or ports from which the internal bin markings and numerals on all walls of the bin can be seen from the outside of the bin, except that bin markings and numerals are not required on the wall in which the viewing port is placed, if that wall cannot be seen from any other viewing port in the bin.</P>
                            <P>(3) <E T="03">Information required.</E> For bin certification documents submitted after July 6, 1998, the person certifying the bins must provide:</P>
                            <P>(i) The vessel name;</P>
                            <P>(ii) The date the engineer measured the bins and witnessed the location of the marked increments and numerals;</P>
                            <P>(iii) A diagram, to scale, of each bin showing the location of the marked increments on each internal wall of the bin, the location, and dimensions of each viewing port or hatch, and any additional information needed to estimate the volume of fish in the bin;</P>
                            <P>(iv) Tables indicating the volume of each certified bin in cubic meters for each 10-cm increment marked on the sides of the bins;</P>
                            <P>(v) Instructions for determining the volume of fish in each bin from the marked increments and table; and</P>
                            <P>(vi) The person's name and signature and the date on which the completed bin certification documents were signed.</P>
                            <P>(4) <E T="03">Recertification.</E> The bin's volume and the marked and numbered increments must be recertified if the bin is modified in a way that changes its size or shape or if marking strips or marked increments are moved or added.</P>
                            <P>(5) <E T="03">Operational requirements</E>—(i) <E T="03">Placement of catch in certified bins.</E> All catch must be placed in a bin certified under this paragraph (e) to estimate total catch weight prior to sorting. Refrigerated seawater tanks may be used for volumetric estimates only if the tanks comply with all other requirements of this paragraph (e). No adjustments of <PRTPAGE P="537"/>volume will be made for the presence of water in the bin or tank.</P>
                            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Prior notification.</E> Vessel operators must notify observers prior to any removal of fish from or addition of fish to each bin used for volumetric measurements of catch so that an observer may make bin volume estimates prior to fish being removed from or added to the bin. Once a volumetric estimate has been made, additional fish may not be added to the bin until at least half the original volume has been removed. Fish may not be removed from or added to a bin used for volumetric estimates of catch weight until an observer indicates that bin volume estimates have been completed and any samples of catch required by the observer have been taken.</P>
                            <P>(iii) Fish from separate hauls or deliveries from separate harvesting vessels may not be mixed in any bin used for volumetric measurements of catch.</P>
                            <P>(iv) The bins must not be filled in a manner that obstructs the viewing ports or prevents the observer from seeing the level of fish throughout the bin.</P>
                            <CITA>[63 FR 5843, Feb. 4, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 30401, June 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            <EFFDNOT>
                              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                              <P>At 63 FR 5836, Feb. 4, 1998, § 679.28 was added, effective Mar. 6, 1998, except paragraph 679.28(b)(2)(iii)(B). This paragraph contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
                            </EFFDNOT>
                          </SECTION>
                          <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Western Alaska Community Development Quota Program</HD>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.30</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>General CDQ regulations.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">Application procedure.</E> The CDQ program is a voluntary program. Allocations of CDQ and PSQ are made to CDQ groups and not to vessels or processors fishing under contract with any CDQ group. Any vessel or processor harvesting or processing CDQ or PSQ under a CDP must comply with all other requirements of this part. In addition, the CDQ group is responsible to ensure that vessels and processors listed as eligible on the CDQ group's approved CDP comply with all requirements of this part while harvesting or processing CDQ species. Allocations of CDQ and PSQ are harvest privileges that expire upon the expiration of the CDP. When a CDP expires, further CDQ allocations are not implied or guaranteed, and a qualified applicant must re-apply for further allocations on a competitive basis with other qualified applicants. The CDQ allocations provide the means for CDQ groups to complete their CDQ projects. A qualified applicant may apply for CDQ and PSQ allocations by submitting a proposed CDP to the State during the CDQ application period that is announced by the State. A proposed CDP must include the following information:</P>
                              <P>(1) <E T="03">Community development information.</E> Community development information includes:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Project description.</E> A detailed description of all proposed CDQ projects, including the short-and long-term benefits to the qualified applicant from the proposed CDQ projects. CDQ projects should not be designed with the expectation of CDQ allocations beyond those requested in the proposed CDP.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Project schedule.</E> A schedule for the completion of each CDQ project with measurable milestones for determining the progress of each CDQ project.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Employment.</E> The number of individuals to be employed through the CDP projects, and a description of the nature of the work and the career advancement potential for each type of work.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Community eligibility.</E> A list of the participating communities. Each participating community must be listed in Table 7 to this part or meet the criteria for an eligible community under § 679.2.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Community support.</E> A demonstration of each participating community's support for the qualified applicant and the managing organization through an official letter approved by the governing body of each such community.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Managing organization information.</E> A proposed CDP must include the following information about the managing organization:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Structure and personnel.</E> A description of the management structure and <PRTPAGE P="538"/>key personnel of the managing organization, such as resumes and references, including the name, address, fax number, and telephone number of the qualified applicant's CDQ representative.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Management qualifications.</E> A description of how the managing organization is qualified to carry out the CDP projects in the proposed CDP, and a demonstration that the managing organization has the management, technical expertise, and ability to manage CDQ allocations and prevent exceeding a CDQ or PSQ.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Legal relationship.</E> Documentation of the legal relationship between the qualified applicant and the managing organization (if the managing organization is different from the qualified applicant) clearly describing the responsibilities and obligations of each party as demonstrated through a contract or other legally binding agreement.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Board of directors.</E> The name, address, and telephone number of each member of the board of directors of the qualified applicant. If a qualified applicant represents more than one community, the board of directors of the qualified applicant must include at least one member from each of the communities represented.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Business information.</E> A proposed CDP must include the following business information:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Business relationships.</E> A description of all business relationships between the qualified applicant and all individuals who have a financial interest in a CDQ project or subsidiary venture, including, but not limited to, any arrangements for management and audit control and any joint venture arrangements, loans, or other partnership arrangements, including the distribution of proceeds among the parties.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Profit sharing.</E> A description of all profit sharing arrangements.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Funding.</E> A description of all funding and financing plans.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">General budget for implementing the CDP.</E> A general account of estimated income and expenditures for each CDQ project for the total number of calendar years that the CDP is in effect.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Financial statement for the qualified applicant.</E> The most recent audited income statement, balance sheet, cash flow statement, management letter, and agreed upon procedures report.</P>
                              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Organizational chart.</E> A visual representation of the qualified applicant's entire organizational structure, including all divisions, subsidiaries, joint ventures, and partnerships. This chart must include the type of legal entity for all divisions, subsidiaries, joint ventures, and partnerships; state of registration of the legal entity; and percentage owned by the qualified applicant.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Request for CDQ and PSQ allocations.</E> A list of the percentage of each CDQ reserve and PSQ reserve, as defined at § 679.31(a) through (e), that is being requested. The request for allocations of CDQ and PSQ must identify percentage allocations requested for CDQ fisheries identified by the primary target species of the fishery as defined by the qualified applicant and the gear types of the vessels that will be used to harvest the catch.</P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Fishing plan for groundfish and halibut CDQ fisheries.</E> The following information must be provided for all vessels and processors that will be harvesting or processing groundfish and halibut CDQ.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">List of eligible vessels and processors</E>—(A) <E T="03">Vessels</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Information required for all vessels.</E> A list of the name, Federal fisheries permit number (if applicable), ADF&amp;G vessel number, LOA, gear type, and vessel type (catcher vessel, catcher/processor, or mothership) for each vessel that will be used to catch or process CDQ. For each vessel, report only the gear types and vessel types that will be used while CDQ fishing. Any CDQ vessel that is exempt from the moratorium under § 679.4(c)(3)(v) <E T="03">must be identified as such.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Information required for observed vessels using trawl or hook-and-line gear and motherships taking deliveries from these vessels.</E> For each catcher/processor and catcher vessel 60 ft (18.29 m) LOA or greater using trawl or hook-and-line gear and not delivering unsorted codends, or for each mothership, the CDP must include the following information that will be used by NMFS to determine whether sufficient observer <PRTPAGE P="539"/>coverage is provided to sample each CDQ haul, set, or delivery. Provide the information for groundfish CDQ fishing as defined under § 679.2 and provide separate information by management area or fishery if information differs among management areas or fisheries.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Number of CDQ observers that will be aboard the vessel. For catcher/processors using hook-and-line gear proposing to carry only one CDQ observer, the CDP must include vessel logbook or observer data that demonstrates that one CDQ observer can sample each set for species composition in one 12-hour shift per fishing day.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Average and maximum number of hauls, sets, or pots that will be retrieved on any given fishing day while groundfish CDQ fishing.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) For vessels using trawl gear, the average and maximum total catch weight for any given haul while groundfish CDQ fishing.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) For vessels using trawl gear, the number of hours necessary to process the average and maximum haul size while groundfish CDQ fishing.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) For vessels using hook-and-line gear, the average number of hooks in each set and estimated time it will take to retrieve each set while groundfish CDQ fishing.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">vi</E>) Whether any halibut CDQ will be harvested by vessels groundfish CDQ fishing.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Shoreside processors or buying stations.</E> A list of the name, Federal processor permit number, and location of each shoreside processor or buying station that is required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f) and will take deliveries of, or process, CDQ catch.</P>
                              <P>(C) <E T="03">Buyers of halibut CDQ.</E> A list of processors or registered buyers of halibut CDQ that are not required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f), including the name of the buyer or processor, mailing address, telephone number, and location where halibut CDQ will be landed.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Sources of data or methods for estimating CDQ and PSQ catch.</E> The sources of data or methods that will be used to determine catch weight of CDQ and PSQ for each vessel or processor proposed as eligible under the CDP. For each vessel or processor, the CDP must specify whether the NMFS’ standard sources of data set forth at § 679.32(d)(2) or some other alternative will be used. For catcher vessels using nontrawl gear, the CDP must also specify whether the vessel will be retaining all groundfish CDQ catch (Option 1) or will be discarding some groundfish CDQ catch at sea (Option 2). The qualified applicant may propose the use of an alternative method such as the sorting and weighing of all catch by species on processor vessels or using larger sample sizes than could be collected by one observer. NMFS will review the proposal and approve it or notify the qualified applicant in writing if the proposed alternative does not meet these requirements. The qualified applicant may remove the vessel or processor for which the alternative method is proposed from the proposed CDP to facilitate approval of the CDP and add the vessel or processor to the approved CDP by substantial amendment at a later date. Alternatives to the requirement for a certified scale or an observer sampling station may not be proposed. NMFS will review the alternative proposal to determine if it meets all of the following requirements:</P>
                              <P>(A) The alternative proposed must provide equivalent or better estimates than use of the NMFS standard data source would provide and the estimates must be independently verifiable;</P>
                              <P>(B) Each haul or set on an observed vessel must be able to be sampled by an observer for species composition;</P>
                              <P>(C) Any proposal to sort catch before it is weighed must assure that the sorting and weighing process will be monitored by an observer; and</P>
                              <P>(D) The time required for the CDQ observer to complete sampling, data recording, and data communication duties shall not exceed 12 hours in each 24-hour period and the CDQ observer is required to sample no more than 9 hours in each 24-hour period.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Amendments to the list of eligible vessels and processors.</E> The list of eligible vessels and processors may be amended by submitting the information required in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section as an amendment to the approved CDP. A technical amendment may be used to remove any vessel <PRTPAGE P="540"/>from a CDP, to add any vessel to a CDP if the CDQ group will use NMFS’ standard sources of data to determine CDQ and PSQ catch for the vessel, or to add any vessel to a CDP for which an alternative method of determining CDQ and PSQ catch has been approved by NMFS under an approved CDP for another CDQ group. A substantial amendment must be used to add a vessel to an approved CDP if the CDQ group submits a proposed alternative method of determining CDQ and PSQ catch for NMFS review.</P>
                              <P>(6) <E T="03">CDQ planning</E>—(i) <E T="03">Transition plan.</E> A proposed CDP must include an overall plan and schedule for transition from reliance on CDQ allocations to self-sufficiency in fisheries. The plan for transition to self-sufficiency must be based on the qualified applicant's long-term revenue stream without CDQs.</P>
                              <P>(ii)<E T="03"> Post-allocation plan.</E> [Reserved]</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Public hearings on CDQ application.</E> When the CDQ application period has ended, the State must hold a public hearing to obtain comments on the proposed CDPs from all interested persons. The hearing must cover the substance and content of proposed CDPs so that the general public, particularly the affected parties, have a reasonable opportunity to understand the impact of the proposed CDPs. The State must provide reasonable public notification of hearing date and location. At the time of public notification of the hearing, the State must make available for public review all State materials pertinent to the hearing.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Council consultation.</E> Before the State sends its recommendations for approval of proposed CDPs to NMFS, the State must consult with the Council and make available, upon request, the proposed CDPs that are not part of the State's recommendations.</P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Review and approval of proposed CDPs.</E> The State must transmit the proposed CDPs and its recommendations for approval of each of the proposed CDPs to NMFS, along with the findings and the rationale for the recommendations, by October 15 of the year prior to the first year of the proposed CDP, except in 1998, when CDPs for the 1998 through 2000 multispecies groundfish CDQs must be submitted by July 6, 1998. The State shall determine in its recommendations for approval of the proposed CDPs that each proposed CDP meets all applicable requirements of this part. Upon receipt by NMFS of the proposed CDPs and the State's recommendations for approval, NMFS will review the proposed CDPs and approve those that it determines meet all applicable requirements. NMFS shall approve or disapprove the State's recommendations within 45 days of their receipt. In the event of approval of the CDP, NMFS will notify the State in writing that the proposed CDP is approved by NMFS and is consistent with all requirements for CDPs. If NMFS finds that a proposed CDP does not comply with the requirements of this part, NMFS must so advise the State in writing, including the reasons thereof. The State may submit a revised proposed CDP along with revised recommendations for approval to NMFS.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Transfer.</E> CDQ groups may request that NMFS transfer CDQ allocations, CDQ, PSQ allocations, or PSQ from one group to another by each group filing an appropriate amendment to its CDP. Transfers of CDQ and PSQ allocations must be in whole integer percentages, and transfers of CDQ and PSQ must be in whole integer amounts. If NMFS approves both amendments, NMFS will make the requested transfer(s) by decreasing the account balance of the CDQ group from which the CDQ or PSQ species is transferred by the amount transferred and by increasing the account balance of the CDQ group receiving the transferred CDQ or PSQ species by the amount transferred. NMFS will not approve transfers to cover overages of CDQ or PSQ.</P>
                              <P>(1) <E T="03">CDQ allocation.</E> CDQ groups may request that NMFS transfer any or all of one group's CDQ allocation to another by each group filing an amendment to its CDP through the CDP substantial amendment process set forth at paragraph (g)(4) of this section. The CDQ allocation will be transferred as of January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year NMFS approves the amendments of both groups and is effective for the duration of the CDPs.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">CDQ.</E> CDQ groups may request that NMFS transfer any or all of one <PRTPAGE P="541"/>group's CDQ for a calendar year to another by each group filing an appropriate amendment to its CDP. If the amount to be transferred is 10 percent or less of a group's initial CDQ amount for that year, that group's request may be made through the CDP technical amendment process set forth at paragraph (g)(5) of this section. If the amount to be transferred is greater than 10 percent of a group's initial CDQ amount for the year, that group's request must be made through the CDP substantial amendment process set forth at paragraph (g)(4) of this section. The CDQ will be transferred as of the date NMFS approves the amendments of both groups and is effective only for the remainder of the calendar year in which the transfer occurs.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">PSQ allocation.</E> CDQ groups may request that NMFS transfer any or all of one group's PSQ allocation to another CDQ group through the CDP substantial amendment process set forth at paragraph (g)(4) of this section. Each group's request must be part of a request for the transfer of a CDQ allocation, and the requested amount of PSQ allocation must be the amount reasonably required for bycatch needs during the harvesting of the CDQ. Requests for the transfer of a PSQ allocation may be submitted to NMFS from January 1 through January 31. Requests for transfers of a PSQ allocation will not be accepted by NMFS at other times of the year. The PSQ allocation will be transferred as of January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year NMFS approves the amendments of both groups and is effective for the duration of the CDPs.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">PSQ.</E> CDQ groups may request that NMFS transfer any or all of one group's PSQ for one calendar year to another by each group filing an amendment to its CDP through the CDP substantial amendment process set forth at paragraph (g)(4) of this section. Each group's request must be part of a request for the transfer of CDQ, and the requested amount of PSQ must be the amount reasonably required for bycatch needs during the harvesting of the CDQ. Requests for the transfer of PSQ may be submitted to NMFS from January 1 through January 31. Requests for transfers of PSQ will not be accepted by NMFS at other times of the year. The PSQ will be transferred as of the date NMFS approves the amendments of both groups and is effective only for the remainder of the calendar year in which the transfer occurs.</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">CDQ group responsibilities.</E> A CDQ group's responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:</P>
                              <P>(1) Direct and supervise all activities of the managing organization;</P>
                              <P>(2) Maintain the capability to communicate with all vessels harvesting its CDQ and PSQ at all times;</P>
                              <P>(3) Monitor the catch of each CDQ or PSQ;</P>
                              <P>(4) Submit the CDQ catch report described at § 679.5(n)(2);</P>
                              <P>(5) Ensure that no CDQ, halibut PSQ, or crab PSQ is exceeded;</P>
                              <P>(6) Ensure that the CDQ group's CDQ harvesting vessels and CDQ processors will:</P>
                              <P>(i) Provide observer coverage, equipment, and operational requirements for CDQ catch monitoring;</P>
                              <P>(ii) Provide for the communication of observer data from their vessels to NMFS and the CDQ representative;</P>
                              <P>(iii) Maintain contact with the CDQ group for which it is harvesting CDQ and PSQ;</P>
                              <P>(iv) Cease fishing operations when requested by the CDQ group; and</P>
                              <P>(v) Comply with all requirements of this part while harvesting or processing CDQ species.</P>
                              <P>(7) Comply with all requirements of this part.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Monitoring of CDPs</E>—(1) <E T="03">Annual progress report.</E> (i) The State must submit to NMFS, by October 31 of each year, an annual progress report for the previous calendar year for each CDP.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Annual progress reports must be organized on a project-by-project basis and include information for each CDQ project in the CDP describing how each scheduled milestone in the CDP has been met, and an estimation by the State of whether each of the CDQ projects in the CDP is likely to be successful.</P>

                              <P>(iii) The annual report must include a description by the State of any problems or issues in the CDP that the State encountered during the annual report year.<PRTPAGE P="542"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Annual budget report.</E> (i) Each CDQ group must submit to NMFS an annual budget report by December 15 preceding the year for which the annual budget applies.</P>
                              <P>(ii) An annual budget report is a detailed estimate of the income from the CDQ project and of the expenditures for each subsidiary, division, joint venture, partnership, investment activity, or CDQ project as described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section for a calendar year. A CDQ group must identify the administrative costs for each CDQ project. The CDQ group's total administrative costs will be considered a separate CDQ project.</P>
                              <P>(iii) An annual budget report is approved upon receipt by NMFS, unless disapproved by NMFS in writing by December 31. If disapproved, the annual budget report will be returned to the CDQ group for revision and resubmittal to NMFS.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Annual budget reconciliation report.</E> A CDQ group must reconcile its annual budget by May 30 of the year following the year for which the annual budget applied. Reconciliation is an accounting of the annual budget's estimated income and expenditures with the actual income and expenditures, including the variance in dollars and variance in percentage for each CDQ project that is described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Substantial amendments.</E> A CDP is a working business plan and must be kept up to date.</P>
                              <P>(i) Substantial amendments to a CDP require a written request by the CDQ group to the State and NMFS for approval of the amendment. The State must forward the amendment to NMFS with a recommendation as to whether it should be approved.</P>
                              <P>(ii) NMFS will notify the State in writing of the approval or disapproval of the amendment within 30 days of receipt of both the amendment and the State's recommendation. Except for substantial amendments for the transfer of CDQ and PSQ, which are effective only for the remainder of the calendar year in which the transfer occurs (see paragraphs (e)(2) and (4) of this section), once a substantial amendment is approved by NMFS, the amendment will be effective for the duration of the CDP.</P>
                              <P>(iii) If NMFS determines that the CDP, if changed, would no longer meet the requirements of this subpart, NMFS will notify the State in writing of the reasons why the amendment cannot be approved.</P>
                              <P>(iv) For the purposes of this section, substantial amendments are defined as changes in a CDP, including, but not limited to:</P>
                              <P>(A) Any change in the list of communities comprising the CDQ group or replacement of the managing organization.</P>
                              <P>(B) A change in the CDP applicant's harvesting or processing partner.</P>
                              <P>(C) Funding a CDP project in excess of $100,000 that is not part of an approved general budget.</P>
                              <P>(D) More than a 20-percent increase in the annual budget of an approved CDP project.</P>
                              <P>(E) More than a 20-percent increase in actual expenditures over the approved annual budget for administrative operations.</P>
                              <P>(F) A change in the contractual agreement(s) between the CDQ group and its harvesting or processing partner or a change in a CDP project, if such change is deemed by the State or NMFS to be a material change.</P>
                              <P>(G) Any transfer of a CDQ allocation, PSQ allocation, PSQ, or a transfer of more than 10 percent of a CDQ.</P>
                              <P>(H) The addition of a vessel to a CDP if the CDQ group submits a proposed alternative method of determining CDQ and PSQ catch under paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section for NMFS review.</P>
                              <P>(v) The request for approval of a substantial amendment to a CDP shall include the following information:</P>
                              <P>(A) The background and justification for the amendment that explains why the proposed amendment is necessary and appropriate.</P>
                              <P>(B) An explanation of why the proposed change to the CDP is a substantial amendment.</P>
                              <P>(C) A description of the proposed amendment, explaining all changes to the CDP that result from the proposed amendment.</P>

                              <P>(D) A comparison of the original CDP text, with the text of the proposed <PRTPAGE P="543"/>changes to the CDP, and the revised pages of the CDP for replacement in the CDP binder. The revised pages must have the revision date noted, with the page number on all affected pages. The table of contents may also need to be revised to reflect any changes in pagination.</P>
                              <P>(E) Identification of any NMFS findings that would need to be modified if the amendment is approved, along with the proposed modified text.</P>
                              <P>(F) A description of how the proposed amendment meets the requirements of this subpart. Only those CDQ regulations that are affected by the proposed amendment need to be discussed.</P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Technical amendments.</E> Any change to a CDP that is not considered a substantial amendment under paragraph (g)(4)(iv) of this section is a technical amendment.</P>
                              <P>(i) The CDQ group must notify the State in writing of any technical amendment. Such notification must include a copy of the pages of the CDP that would be revised by the amendment, with the text highlighted to show the proposed deletions and additions, and a copy of the CDP pages as they would be revised by the proposed amendment for insertion into the CDP binder. All revised CDP pages must include the revision date, amendment identification number, and CDP page number. The table of contents may also need to be revised to reflect any changes in pagination.</P>
                              <P>(ii) The State must forward the technical amendment to NMFS with its recommendations for approval or disapproval of the amendment. A technical amendment is approved by NMFS and is effective when, after review, NMFS notifies the State in writing of the technical amendment's receipt and approval.</P>
                              <P>(h) <E T="03">Suspension or termination of a CDP.</E> An annual progress report, required under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, will be used by the State to review each CDP to determine whether the CDP, CDQ, and PSQ allocations thereunder should be continued, decreased, partially suspended, suspended, or terminated under the following circumstances:</P>
                              <P>(1) If the State determines that the CDP will successfully meet its goals and objectives, the CDP may continue without any Secretarial action.</P>
                              <P>(2) If the State recommends to NMFS that an allocation be decreased, the State's recommendation for decrease will be deemed approved if NMFS does not notify the State in writing within 30 days of receipt of the State's recommendation.</P>
                              <P>(3) If the State determines that a CDP has not successfully met its goals and objectives or appears unlikely to become successful, the State may submit a recommendation to NMFS that the CDP be partially suspended, suspended, or terminated. The State must set out, in writing, the reasons for recommending suspension or termination of the CDP.</P>

                              <P>(4) After review of the State's recommendation and reasons thereof, NMFS will notify the Governor, in writing, of approval or disapproval of the recommendation within 30 days of its receipt. In the case of suspension or termination, NMFS will publish notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, with reasons thereof.</P>
                              <CITA>[63 FR 30403, June 4, 1998]</CITA>
                              <EFFDNOT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>

                                <P>At 63 FR 30403, June 4, 1998, § 679.30 was revised. Section 679.30(a)(5)(i)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
                              </EFFDNOT>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.31</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>CDQ reserves.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>Portions of the CDQ and PSQ reserves for each subarea or district may be allocated for the exclusive use of CDQ applicants in accordance with CDPs approved by the Governor in consultation with the Council and approved by NMFS. NMFS will allocate no more than 33 percent of the total CDQ for all subareas and districts  combined to any one applicant with an approved CDP application.</P>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">Pollock CDQ reserve (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>. In the proposed and final harvest specifications required by § 679.20(c), one-half of the pollock TAC placed in the reserve for each subarea or district of the BSAI will be apportioned to a CDQ reserve for each subarea or district.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Halibut CDQ reserve</E>. (1) NMFS will annually withhold from IFQ allocation <PRTPAGE P="544"/>the proportions of the halibut catch limit that are specified in paragraph (b) of this section for use as a CDQ reserve.</P>
                              <P>(2) Portions of the CDQ for each specified IPHC regulatory area may be allocated for the exclusive use of an eligible Western Alaska community or group of communities in accordance with a CDP approved by the Governor in consultation with the Council and approved by NMFS.</P>
                              <P>(3) The proportions of the halibut catch limit annually withheld for the halibut CDQ program, exclusive of issued QS, and the eligible communities for which they shall be made available are as follows for each IPHC regulatoryarea:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Area 4B</E>. In IPHC regulatory area 4B, 20 percent of the annual halibut quota shall be made available to eligible communities physically located in, or proximate to, this regulatory area.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Area 4C</E>. In IPHC regulatory area 4C, 50 percent of the halibut quota shall be made available to eligible communities physically located in IPHC regulatory area 4C.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Area 4D</E>. In IPHC regulatory area 4D, 30 percent of the annual halibut quota shall be made available to eligible communities located in, or proximate to, IPHC regulatory areas 4D and 4E.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Area 4E</E>. In IPHC regulatory area 4E, 100 percent of the halibut quota shall be made available to eligible communities located in, or proximate to, IPHC regulatory area 4E. A fishing trip limit of 6,000 lb (2.7 mt) applies to halibut CDQ harvesting in IPHC regulatory area 4E.</P>
                              <P>(4) For the purposes of this section, “proximate to” an IPHC regulatory area means within 10 nm from the point where the boundary of the IPHC regulatory area intersects land.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ reserves</E>. (See § 679.20(b)(1)(iii))</P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Crab CDQ reserves</E>. King and Tanner crab species in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Area that have a guideline harvest level specified by the State of Alaska that is available for commercial harvest are apportioned to a crab CDQ reserve as follows:</P>
                              <P>(1) For calendar year 2000, and thereafter, 7.5 percent;</P>
                              <P>(2) For calendar year 1999 (applicable through December 31, 1999), 5 percent; and</P>
                              <P>(3) For calendar year 1998 (applicable through December 31, 1998), 3.5 percent.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">PSQ reserve.</E> (See § 679.21(e)(1)(i) and (e)(2)(ii)).</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Reallocation of CDQ or PSQ reserves</E> (Applicable through December 31, 1998). If the Regional Administrator determines that any amount of a CDQ or PSQ reserve will not be used during the remainder of the 1998 fishing year, the Regional  Administrator may reallocate any unused amount of the CDQ reserve back to the non-specified reserve established by § 679.20(b)(1)(ii) and may reallocate any unused amount of a PSQ reserve back to non-CDQ fisheries in proportion to those fisheries’ 1998 apportionment of PSC limits established by § 679.21.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Non-specific CDQ reserve.</E> Annually, NMFS will apportion 15 percent of each squid, arrowtooth flounder, and “other species” CDQ for each CDQ group to a non-specific CDQ reserve. A CDQ group's non-specific CDQ reserve must be for the exclusive use of that CDQ group. A release from the non-specific CDQ reserve to the CDQ group's squid, arrowtooth flounder, or “other species” CDQ is a technical amendment as described in § 679.30(g)(5). The technical amendment must be approved before harvests relying on CDQ transferred from the non-specific CDQ reserve may be conducted.</P>
                              <CITA>[63 FR 8361, Feb. 19, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 30407, June 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.32</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Groundfish and halibut CDQ catch monitoring.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> (1) The CDQ group and the operator or manager of a buying station, the operator of a vessel, and the manager of a shoreside processor must comply with the requirements of this section for all CDQ and PSQ caught while groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2, with the exceptions listed in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section. In addition, the CDQ group is responsible for ensuring that vessels and processors listed as eligible on the CDQ group's approved CDP comply with all requirements of this section while harvesting or processing CDQ species.<PRTPAGE P="545"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Pollock CDQ fishing in 1998 (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>. Regulations governing the catch of pollock CDQ while pollock CDQ fishing as defined in § 679.2 in 1998 are in paragraph (e) of this section. The catch of pollock by vessels that are not pollock CDQ fishing as defined in § 679.2 will not accrue against the pollock CDQ in 1998.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Fixed gear sablefish and halibut CDQ fishing in 1998 (applicable through December 31, 1998).</E> Regulations governing the catch of sablefish and halibut CDQ by vessels using fixed gear in 1998 are in paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">PSQ catch.</E> Time and area closures required once a CDQ group has reached its salmon PSQ or crab PSQ are listed in § 679.7(d)(7) through (10). The catch of salmon or crab by vessels using other than trawl gear does not accrue to the PSQ for these species. The discard of halibut by vessels using pot or jig gear will not accrue to the halibut PSQ if this bycatch has been exempted from the halibut PSC limit under § 679.21(e)(5) in the annual specifications published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Requirements for vessels and processors.</E> In addition to complying with the minimum observer coverage requirements at § 679.50(c)(4), operators of vessels groundfish CDQ fishing and managers or operators of shoreside processing plants or buying stations taking deliveries from vessels groundfish CDQ fishing must comply with the following requirements:</P>
                              <P>(1) <E T="03">Catcher vessels without an observer.</E> (i) Operators of catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.29 m) LOA must retain all groundfish CDQ, halibut CDQ, and salmon PSQ until it is delivered to a processor that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) or (c)(4) of this section. All halibut PSQ and crab PSQ must be discarded at sea. Operators of catcher vessels using trawl gear must report the at-sea discards of halibut PSQ or crab PSQ on the CDQ delivery report. Operators of catcher vessels using nontrawl gear must report the at-sea discards of halibut PSQ on the CDQ delivery report, unless exempted from accounting for halibut PSQ under paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Catcher vessels delivering unsorted codends</E>. Operators of catcher vessels delivering unsorted codends to trawl catcher/processors or motherships must retain all CDQ and PSQ species and deliver them to a catcher/processor or mothership that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Catcher vessels with observers.</E> Operators of catcher vessels equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.29 m) LOA must comply with the following requirements:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">If using trawl gear, the vessel operator must:</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>(A) Retain all CDQ species and salmon PSQ until they are delivered to a processor that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) or (c)(4) of this section;</P>
                              <P>(B) Retain all halibut and crab PSQ in a bin or other location until it is counted and sampled by a CDQ observer; and</P>
                              <P>(C) Provide space on the deck of the vessel for the CDQ observer to sort and store catch samples and a place from which to hang the observer sampling scale.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">If using nontrawl gear, the vessel operator must either:</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>(A) <E T="03">Option 1: Retain all CDQ species.</E> Retain all CDQ species until they are delivered to a processor that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) or (c)(4) of this section and have all of the halibut PSQ counted by the CDQ observer and sampled for length or average weight; or</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Option 2: Discard some CDQ species at sea.</E> May discard some CDQ species at sea if the following requirements are met:</P>
                              <P>(1) <E T="03">Observer sampling station.</E> The vessel owner provides an observer sampling station that complies with § 679.28(d) so that the CDQ observer can accurately determine the average weight of discarded CDQ species. A valid observer sampling station inspection report described at § 679.28(d)(8) must be on board the vessel at all times when a sampling station is required; and</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Species composition.</E> Each CDQ set on vessels using hook-and-line gear is sampled for species composition by a CDQ observer.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Shoreside processors and buying stations.</E> The operator of a buying station <PRTPAGE P="546"/>or the manager of a shoreside processor must comply with all of the following requirements:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Prior notice to observer of offloading schedule.</E> Notify the CDQ observer of the offloading schedule of each groundfish CDQ delivery at least 1 hour prior to offloading to provide the CDQ observer an opportunity to monitor the sorting and weighing of the entire delivery.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">CDQ and PSQ by weight.</E> Sort and weigh on a scale approved by the State of Alaska under § 679.28(c) all groundfish and halibut CDQ or PSQ by species or species group.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">PSQ by number.</E> Sort and count all salmon and crab PSQ.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">CDQ and PSQ sorting and weighing.</E> Sorting and weighing of CDQ and PSQ must be monitored by a CDQ observer.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">CDQ delivery report.</E> Submit a CDQ delivery report described at § 679.5(n)(1) for each delivery from vessels groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Catcher/processors and motherships.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor or a mothership must comply with the following requirements:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Prior notice to observer of CDQ catch.</E> Notify the CDQ observer(s) before CDQ catch is brought onboard the vessel and notify the CDQ observer(s) of the CDQ group and CDQ number associated with the CDQ catch.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Observer sampling station.</E> Provide an observer sampling station as described at § 679.28(d). A valid observer sampling station inspection report described at § 679.28(d)(8) must be on board the vessel at all times when a sampling station is required.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Catcher/processors using trawl gear and motherships.</E> The operator of a catcher/processor using trawl gear or of a mothership must weigh all catch on a scale that complies with the requirements of § 679.28(b). A valid scale inspection report described at § 679.28(b)(2) must be on board the vessel at all times when a scale is required. Catch from each CDQ haul must be weighed separately. Catch must not be sorted before it is weighed, unless a provision for doing so is approved by NMFS for the vessel in the CDP. Each CDQ haul must be sampled by a CDQ observer for species composition and the vessel operator must allow CDQ observers to use any scale approved by NMFS to weigh partial CDQ haul samples.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Catcher/processors using nontrawl gear.</E> Each CDQ set on a vessel using hook-and-line gear must be sampled by a CDQ observer for species composition and average weight.</P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Recordkeeping and reporting</E>—(1) <E T="03">Catch record.</E> The operator or manager of a buying station and the manager of a shoreside processor must submit to NMFS the CDQ delivery report required in § 679.5(n)(1). The CDQ representative must submit to NMFS the CDQ catch report required in § 679.5(n)(2). Additionally, all other applicable requirements in § 679.5 for groundfish fishing must be met.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Verification of CDQ and PSQ catch reports.</E> CDQ groups may specify the sources of data listed below as the sources they will use to determine CDQ and PSQ catch on the CDQ catch report by specifying “NMFS standard sources of data” in their CDP. In the case of a catcher vessel using nontrawl gear, the CDP must specify whether the vessel will be retaining all groundfish CDQ (Option 1) or discarding some groundfish CDQ species at sea (Option 2). CDQ species may be discarded at sea by these vessels only if the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are met. NMFS will use the following sources to verify the CDQ catch reports, unless an alternative catch estimation procedure in the CDP is approved by NMFS under § 679.30(a)(5)(ii).</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Catcher vessels less than 60 ft (18.29 m) LOA.</E> The weight or numbers of all CDQ and PSQ species will be the same as the information on the CDQ delivery report if all CDQ species and salmon PSQ are retained on board the vessel, delivered to a shoreside processor listed as eligible in the CDP, and sorted and weighed in compliance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Catcher vessels delivering unsorted codends.</E> The weight and numbers of CDQ and PSQ species will be determined by applying the species composition sampling data collected for each CDQ haul by the CDQ observer on the mothership to the total weight of each CDQ haul as determined by weighing <PRTPAGE P="547"/>all catch from each CDQ haul on a scale approved under § 679.28(b).</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Observed catcher vessels using trawl gear.</E> The weight of halibut and numbers of crab PSQ discarded at sea will be determined by using the CDQ observer's sample data. The weight or numbers of all groundfish CDQ and salmon PSQ will be the same as the information submitted on the CDQ delivery report if all CDQ species and salmon PSQ are retained on board the vessel until delivered to a processor listed as eligible in the CDP, and sorted and weighed in compliance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Observed catcher vessels using nontrawl gear—</E>(A) <E T="03">Option 1.</E> The weight of halibut PSQ discarded at sea will be determined by using the CDQ observer's sample data. The weight of all groundfish CDQ will be the same as the information submitted on the CDQ delivery report if all CDQ species are retained on board the vessel until delivered to a processor, and sorted and weighed in compliance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section (Option 1); or</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Option 2.</E> The weight of halibut PSQ and all groundfish CDQ species will be determined by applying the CDQ observer's species composition sampling data to the estimate of total catch weight if any CDQ species are discarded at sea.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Catcher/processors using trawl gear and motherships.</E> The weight and numbers of CDQ and PSQ species will be determined by applying the CDQ observer's species composition sampling data for each CDQ haul to the total weight of the CDQ haul as determined by weighing all catch from each CDQ haul on a scale certified under § 679.28(b).</P>
                              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Catcher/processors using nontrawl gear.</E> The weight of halibut PSQ and all groundfish CDQ species will be determined by applying the CDQ observer's species composition sampling data to the estimate of total catch weight, if any CDQ species are discarded at sea.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Pollock CDQ (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>—(1) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> The owner or operator of a vessel pollock CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2 and the owner or operator of a processor taking deliveries from vessels pollock CDQ fishing must comply with the requirements of this paragraph (e).</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Catch of non-pollock.</E> The catch of all non-pollock species for which a TAC or PSC limit is specified will accrue against the TACs and PSC limits for moratorium groundfish species. The owner or operator of a vessel that is pollock CDQ fishing and the owner or operator of a processor taking deliveries from vessels that are pollock CDQ fishing must comply with regulations governing maximum retainable bycatch amounts and prohibited species status in the moratorium groundfish fisheries at § 679.20(d)(1)(iii).</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Recordkeeping and reporting.</E> The CDQ representative, the operator or manager of a buying station, the operator of a vessel, and the manager of a shoreside processor must submit all applicable reports in § 679.5, including the CDQ delivery report and the CDQ catch report. Catch from the pollock CDQ fisheries must be identified separately from catch in other CDQ fisheries on the CDQ catch report. Harvest of species other than pollock in the pollock CDQ fisheries must not be reported on the CDQ catch report.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Observer coverage.</E> Two observers are required on all catcher/processors and motherships harvesting, processing, or taking deliveries of pollock CDQ; one observer is required on all catcher vessels harvesting pollock CDQ; and one observer is required in a shoreside processing plant while pollock CDQ is being delivered, sorted, or processed.</P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Estimation of the weight of pollock CDQ</E>—(i) <E T="03">Shoreside processors and buying stations.</E> All pollock CDQ delivered to a shoreside processor or buying station must be weighed on a scale approved by the State of Alaska under § 679.28(c). The manager of each shoreside processor or buying station must notify the observer of the offloading schedule of each pollock CDQ delivery at least 1 hour prior to offloading to provide the observer an opportunity to monitor the weighing of the entire delivery.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Motherships and catcher/processors.</E> Operators of motherships and catcher/processors must provide holding bins and comply with the operational requirements at § 679.28(e) in order for volumetric estimates of total catch weight to be made.<PRTPAGE P="548"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Sablefish and halibut CDQ fisheries (applicable through December 31, 1998)</E>—(1) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> The owner or operator of a vessel or processor harvesting or accepting deliveries of fixed gear sablefish or halibut CDQ in 1998 must comply with the requirements of this paragraph (f).</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Catch of other groundfish.</E> All groundfish for which a TAC is specified and all prohibited species caught while fixed gear sablefish and halibut CDQ fishing will accrue against the TACs and PSC limits for moratorium groundfish species. Regulations governing maximum retainable bycatch amounts and prohibited species status in the moratorium groundfish fisheries at § 679.20(d)(1)(iii) must be complied with while fixed gear sablefish and halibut CDQ fishing.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Permits.</E> The managing organization responsible for carrying out an approved CDP must have a halibut and/or sablefish CDQ permit issued by the Regional Administrator. A copy of the halibut and/or sablefish CDQ permit must be carried on any fishing vessel operated by, or for, the managing organization and be made available for inspection by an authorized officer. Such halibut and/or sablefish CDQ permit is non-transferable and is effective for the duration of the CDP or until revoked, suspended, or modified.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">CDQ cards.</E> All individuals named on an approved CDP application must have a valid halibut and/or sablefish CDQ card issued by the Regional Administrator before landing any halibut and/or sablefish. Each halibut and/or sablefish CDQ card will identify a CDQ permit number and the individual authorized by the managing organization to land halibut and/or sablefish for debit against its CDQ allocation.</P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Alteration.</E> No person may alter, erase, or mutilate a halibut and/or sablefish CDQ permit, card, registered buyer permit, or any valid and current permit or document issued under this part. Any such permit, card, or document that has been intentionally altered, erased, or mutilated is invalid.</P>
                              <P>(6) <E T="03">Landings.</E> Halibut and/or sablefish harvested pursuant to an approved CDP may be landed only by a person with a valid halibut and/or sablefish CDQ card, delivered only to a person with a valid registered buyer permit, and reported in compliance with § 679.5(l)(1) and (l)(2).</P>
                              <P>(7) <E T="03">Recordkeeping and reporting.</E> Vessels and processors with Federal fisheries or processor permits under § 679.4(f) must report all catch of groundfish, including sablefish CDQ, and prohibited species from the fixed gear sablefish and halibut CDQ fisheries on logbooks and weekly production reports required under § 679.5.</P>
                              <CITA>[63 FR 30407, June 4, 1998]</CITA>
                              <EFFDNOT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 30407, June 4, 1998, § 679.32 was revised. Paragraph 679.32(c)(4)(i) contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
                              </EFFDNOT>
                            </SECTION>
                          </SUBPART>
                          <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Individual Fishing Quota Management Measures</HD>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.40</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Sablefish and halibut QS.</SUBJECT>

                              <P>The Regional Administrator shall annually divide the TAC of halibut and sablefish that is apportioned to the fixed gear fishery pursuant to the annual management measures published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to § 300.62 of chapter III of this title and § 679.20, minus the CDQ reserve, among qualified halibut and sablefish quota share holders, respectively.</P>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">Initial allocation of QS</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The Regional Administrator shall initially assign to qualified persons, on or after October 18, 1994, halibut and sablefish fixed gear fishery QS that are specific to IFQ regulatory areas and vessel categories. QS will be assigned as a block in the appropriate IFQ regulatory area and vessel category, if that QS would have resulted in an allocation of less than 20,000 lb (9 mt) of IFQ for halibut or sablefish based on the 1994 TAC for fixed gear in those fisheries for specific IFQ regulatory areas and the QS pools of those fisheries for specific IFQ regulatory areas as of October 17, 1994.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Qualified person.</E> (i) As used in this section, a “qualified person” means a “person,” as defined in § 679.2:</P>

                              <P>(A) That owned a vessel that made legal landings of halibut or sablefish, harvested with fixed gear, from any <PRTPAGE P="549"/>IFQ regulatory area in any QS qualifying year; or</P>
                              <P>(B) That leased a vessel that made legal landings of halibut or sablefish, harvested with fixed gear, from any IFQ regulatory area in any QS qualifying year. A person who owns a vessel cannot be a qualified person based on the legal fixed gear landings of halibut or sablefish made by a person who leased the vessel for the duration of the lease.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Qualified persons, or their successors-in-interest, must exist at the time of their application for QS.</P>
                              <P>(iii) A former partner of a dissolved partnership or a former shareholder of a dissolved corporation who would otherwise qualify as a person may apply for QS in proportion to his or her interest in the dissolved partnership or corporation.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Sablefish harvested within Prince William Sound, or under a State of Alaska limited entry program, will not be considered in determining whether a person is a qualified person.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Qualification for QS</E>—(i) <E T="03">Year.</E> A QS qualifying year is 1988, 1989, or 1990.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Vessel ownership.</E> Evidence of vessel ownership shall be limited to the following documents, in order of priority:</P>
                              <P>(A) For vessels required to be documented under the laws of the United States, the USCG abstract of title issued in respect of that vessel.</P>
                              <P>(B) A certificate of registration that is determinative as to vessel ownership.</P>
                              <P>(C) A bill of sale.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Vessel lease.</E> Conclusive evidence of a vessel lease will include a written vessel lease agreement or a notarized statement from the vessel owner and lease holder attesting to the existence of a vessel lease agreement at any time during the QS qualifying years. Conclusive evidence of a vessel lease must identify the leased vessel and indicate the name of the lease holder and the period of time during which the lease was in effect. Other evidence, which may not be conclusive, but may tend to support a vessel lease, may also be submitted.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Ownership interest.</E> Evidence of ownership interest in a dissolved partnership or corporation shall be limited to corporate documents (e.g., articles of incorporation) or notarized statements signed by each former partner, shareholder or director, and specifying their proportions of interest.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Legal landing of halibut or sablefish</E>—(A) <E T="03">Definition.</E> As used in this section, a “legal landing of halibut or sablefish” means halibut or sablefish harvested with fixed gear and landed in compliance with state and Federal regulations in effect at the time of the landing.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Documentation.</E> Evidence of legal landings shall be limited to documentation of state or Federal catch reports that indicate the amount of halibut or sablefish harvested, the IPHC regulatory area or groundfish reporting area in which it was caught, the vessel and gear type used to catch it, and the date of harvesting, landing, or reporting. State catch reports are Alaska, Washington, Oregon, or California fish tickets. Federal catch reports are WPRs required under § 679.5. Sablefish harvested within Prince William Sound or under a State of Alaska limited entry program will not be considered in determining qualification to receive QS, nor in calculating initial QS.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Calculation of initial QS</E>—(i) <E T="03">Halibut QS.</E> The Regional Administrator shall calculate the halibut QS for any qualified person in each IFQ regulatory area based on that person's highest total legal landings of halibut in each IPHC regulatory area for any 5 years of the 7-year halibut QS base period 1984 through 1990. The sum of all halibut QS for an IFQ regulatory area will be the halibut QS pool for that area.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Sablefish QS.</E> The Regional Administrator shall calculate the sablefish QS for any qualified person in each IFQ regulatory area based on that person's highest total legal landings of sablefish in each groundfish reporting area for any 5 years of the 6-year sablefish QS base period 1985 through 1990. The sum of all sablefish QS for an IFQ regulatory area will be the sablefish QS pool for that area.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">CDQ program.</E> Each initial QS calculation will be modified to accommodate the CDQ program prescribed at subpart C of this part.<PRTPAGE P="550"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Assignment of QS to vessel categories</E>—(i) <E T="03">LOA.</E> Each qualified person's QS will be assigned to a vessel category based on the LOA of vessel(s) from which that person made fixed gear legal landings of groundfish or halibut in the most recent year of participation and the product type landed. As used in this paragraph (a)(5), “the most recent year of participation” means the most recent of 4 calendar years in which any groundfish or halibut were harvested using fixed gear, as follows: 1988, 1989, or 1990; or calendar year 1991 prior to September 26, 1991.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Vessel categories.</E> QS and its associated IFQ assigned to vessel categories include:</P>
                              <P>(A) Category A QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ cardholder to harvest and process IFQ species on a vessel of any length;</P>
                              <P>(B) Category B QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ cardholder to harvest IFQ species on a vessel of any length, except as provided in § 679.42(a);</P>
                              <P>(C) Category C QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ cardholder to harvest IFQ species on a vessel less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA:</P>
                              <P>(D) Category D QS and associated IFQ, which authorizes an IFQ cardholder to harvest IFQ halibut on a vessel less than or equal to 35 ft (10.7 m) LOA;</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">QS assignment.</E> A qualified person's QS will be assigned:</P>
                              <P>(A) To vessel category A if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel processed any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear.</P>
                              <P>(B) To vessel category B if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear.</P>
                              <P>(C) To each applicable vessel category in proportion to the landings of halibut or sablefish made by that person if, at any time during their most recent year of participation, that person used more than one vessel in different categories.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Sablefish QS.</E> A qualified person's sablefish QS will be assigned:</P>
                              <P>(A) To vessel category C if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear.</P>
                              <P>(B) To the vessel category in which halibut and groundfish were landed, or vessel categories in proportion to the total fixed gear landings of halibut and groundfish, if, at any time during the most recent year of participation, that person's vessel(s) makes no landing(s) of sablefish.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Halibut QS.</E> A qualified person's halibut QS will be assigned:</P>
                              <P>(A) To vessel category C if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m), but greater than 35 ft (10.7 m), LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear.</P>
                              <P>(B) To vessel category D if, at any time during his/her most recent year of participation, that person's vessel was less than or equal to 35 ft (10.7 m) LOA and did not process any groundfish or halibut caught with fixed gear.</P>
                              <P>(C) To the vessel category in which groundfish were landed, or vessel categories in proportion to the total fixed gear landings of groundfish, if, at any time during the most recent year of participation, that person's vessel(s) makes no landing(s) of halibut.</P>
                              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Both species QS.</E> A qualified person's QS for both species will be assigned to the vessel category in which groundfish were landed in the most recent year of participation if, at any time during that year, that person landed halibut in one vessel category and sablefish in a different vessel category.</P>
                              <P>(6) <E T="03">Application for initial QS</E>—(i) <E T="03">Application form.</E> Upon request, the Regional Administrator shall make available to any person an application form for an initial allocation of QS. The application form sent to the person requesting a QS allocation will include all data on that person's vessel ownership and catch history of halibut and sablefish that can be released to the applicant under current state and Federal confidentiality rules, and that are available to the Regional Administrator at the time of the request.<PRTPAGE P="551"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Application period.</E> An application period of no less than 180 days will be specified by notification in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and other information sources that the Regional Administrator deems appropriate.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Complete application.</E> Complete applications received by the Regional Administrator will be acknowledged. An incomplete application will be returned to the applicant with specific kinds of information identified that are necessary to make it complete.</P>
                              <P>(7) <E T="03">Insufficient documentation.</E> Halibut and sablefish catch history, vessel ownership or lease data, and other information supplied by an applicant will be compared with data compiled by the Regional Administrator. If additional data presented in an application are not consistent with the data compiled by the Regional Administrator, the applicant will be notified of insufficient documentation. The applicant will have 90 days to submit corroborating documents (as specified in paragraph (a) of this section) in support of his/her application or to resubmit a revised application. All applicants will be limited to one opportunity to provide corroborating documentation or a revised application in response to notification of insufficient documentation.</P>
                              <P>(8) <E T="03">Verified data.</E> Uncontested data in applications will be approved by the Regional Administrator. Based on these data, the Regional Administrator will calculate each applicant's initial halibut and sablefish QS, as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, for each IFQ regulatory area, respectively, and will add each applicant's halibut and sablefish QS for an IFQ regulatory area to the respective QS pool for that area.</P>
                              <P>(9) <E T="03">Unverified data.</E> Catch history, vessel ownership, or lease data that cannot be verified by the Regional Administrator, following the procedure described in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, will not qualify for QS. An initial determination denying QS on the grounds that claimed catch history, vessel ownership or lease data were not verified may be appealed following the procedure described in § 679.43. Quota share reflecting catch history, vessel ownership, or lease data that are contested between two or more applicants, at least one of which is likely to qualify for QS when the dispute is resolved, will be assigned to a reserve that will be considered part of the QS pool for the appropriate IFQ regulatory area. Any QS and IFQ that results from agency action resolving the dispute will be assigned to the prevailing applicant(s) pursuant to paragraphs (a)(4), (a)(5), (b), and (c) of this section. If the assigned IFQ for the 1995 fishing season becomes moot by passage of time needed to resolve the dispute, the assignment of QS and IFQ for subsequent fishing seasons will be unaffected.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Annual allocation of IFQ.</E> The Regional Administrator shall assign halibut or sablefish IFQs to each person holding unrestricted QS for halibut or sablefish, respectively, up to the limits prescribed in § 679.42 (e) and (f). Each assigned IFQ will be specific to an IFQ regulatory area and vessel category, and will represent the maximum amount of halibut or sablefish that may be harvested from the specified IFQ regulatory area and by the person to whom it is assigned during the specified fishing year, unless the IFQ assignment is changed by the Regional Administrator within the fishing year because of an approved transfer or because all or part of the IFQ is sanctioned for violating rules of this part.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Calculation of annual IFQ allocation</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The annual allocation of IFQ to any person (person p) in any IFQ regulatory area (area a) will be equal to the product of the TAC of halibut or sablefish by fixed gear for that area (after adjustment for purposes of the Western Alaska CDQ Program) and that person's QS divided by the QS pool for that area. Overages will be subtracted from a person's IFQ pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. Expressed algebraically, the annual IFQ allocation formula is as follows:
                              </P>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IFQ <E T="52">pa</E> = [(fixed gear TAC<E T="52">a</E> − CDQ reserve<E T="52">a</E>) <E T="03">×</E> (QS<E T="52">pa</E>/QS pool<E T="52">a</E>)] − overage of IFQ<E T="52">pa</E>.</FP>
                              
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">QS amounts.</E> For purposes of calculating IFQs for any fishing year, the amount of a person's QS and the amount of the QS pool for any IFQ regulatory area will be the amounts on record with the Alaska Region, NMFS, as of 1200 hours, A.l.t., on January 31 of that year.<PRTPAGE P="552"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">IFQ permit</E>. The Regional Administrator shall issue to each QS holder, pursuant to § 679.4, an IFQ permit accompanied by a statement specifying the maximum amount of halibut and sablefish that may be harvested with fixed gear in a specified IFQ regulatory area and vessel category as of January 31 of that year. Such IFQ permits will be mailed to each QS holder at the address on record for that person after the beginning of each fishing year but prior to the start of the annual IFQ fishing season.</P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Ten-percent adjustment policy.</E> A person's annual IFQ account will be adjusted in the year following a determination that the person harvested or landed IFQ species in an amount is greater than the amount available in the person's annual IFQ account and if the amount greater than the amount available does not exceed 10 percent of the amount available in the person's annual IFQ account at the time of landing. The adjustment would be a deduction of the amount of IFQ species harvested or landed that was determined to exceed the amount available in the person's annual IFQ account and will apply to any person to whom the affected IFQ is allocated in the year following the determination.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Underages.</E> Underages of up to 10 percent of a person's total annual IFQ account for a current fishing year will be added to that person's annual IFQ account in the year following determination of the underage. This underage adjustment to the annual IFQ allocation will be specific to IFQ species, IFQ regulatory area, and vessel category for which an IFQ is calculated, and will apply to any person to whom the affected IFQ is allocated in the year following determination of an underage.</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Harvesting privilege.</E> Quota shares allocated or permits issued pursuant to this part do not represent either an absolute right to the resource or any interest that is subject to the “takings” provision of the Fifth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. Rather, such quota shares or permits represent only a harvesting privilege that may be revoked or amended subject to the requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable law.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Tagged halibut and sablefish</E>. (1) Nothing contained in this part shall prohibit any person at any time from retaining and landing a Pacific halibut or sablefish that bears at the time of capture a research tag from any state, Federal, or international agency, provided that the halibut or sablefish is:</P>
                              <P>(i) A Pacific halibut landed pursuant to 50 CFR 300.18; or</P>
                              <P>(ii) A sablefish landed in accordance with the Tagged Groundfish Research Program.</P>
                              <P>(2) Tagged halibut or sablefish landed pursuant to paragraphs (1)(i) or (1)(ii) of this section shall not be calculated as part of an individual's IFQ harvest or be debited against an individual's halibut or sablefish IFQ.</P>
                              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 35579, July 5, 1996; 61 FR 41525, Aug. 9, 1996; 61 FR 43314, Aug. 22, 1996; 62 FR 59299, Nov. 3, 1997]</CITA>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.41</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Transfer of quota shares and IFQ.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, transfer of QS or IFQ means any transaction requiring QS, or the use thereof in the form of IFQ, to pass from one person to another, permanently or for a fixed period of time.</P>
                              <P>(2) Transactions requiring IFQ cards to be issued in the name of a vessel master employed by an individual or a corporation are not transfers of QS or IFQ.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Transfer procedure</E>—(1) <E T="03">Application for transfer</E>. An Application for Transfer of QS/IFQ (Application for Transfer) must be approved by the Regional Administrator before a person may use IFQ to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish, whether the IFQ was the result of a direct transfer or the result of a QS transfer. An Application for Transfer will not be approved until the Regional Administrator has reviewed and approved the transfer agreement signed by the parties to the transaction. The Regional Administrator shall provide an Application for Transfer form to any person on request. Persons who submit an Application for Transfer to the Regional Administrator for approval will receive notification of the Regional Administrator's decision to approve or disapprove the Application <PRTPAGE P="553"/>for Transfer, and, if applicable, the reason(s) for disapproval, by mail posted on the date of that decision, unless another communication mode is requested on the Application for Transfer.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">QS or IFQ accounts.</E> QS or IFQ accounts affected by an Application for Transfer approved by the Regional Administrator will change on the date of approval. Any necessary IFQ permits will be sent with the notification of the Regional Administrator's decision.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Application for Transfer approval criteria.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, an Application for Transfer will not be approved until the Regional Administrator has determined that:</P>
                              <P>(1) The person applying for transfer received the QS or IFQ to be transferred:</P>
                              <P>(i) By initial assignment by the Regional Administrator as provided in § 679.40(a); or</P>
                              <P>(ii) By approved transfer.</P>
                              <P>(2) The person applying to receive the QS or IFQ meets the requirements of eligibility in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(3) The person applying for transfer and the person applying to receive the QS or IFQ have their notarized signatures on the Application for Transfer.</P>
                              <P>(4) There are no fines, civil penalties, or other payments due and owing, or outstanding permit sanctions, resulting from Federal fishery violations involving either person.</P>
                              <P>(5) The person applying to receive the QS or IFQ currently exists.</P>
                              <P>(6) The transfer would not cause the person applying to receive the QS or IFQ to exceed the use limits in § 679.42 (e) or (f).</P>
                              <P>(7) The transfer would not violate the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(8) Other pertinent information requested on the Application for Transfer has been supplied to the satisfaction of the Regional Administrator.</P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Eligibility to receive QS or IFQ by transfer—</E>(1) <E T="03">Application for Eligibility.</E> All persons applying to receive QS or IFQ must submit an Application for Eligibility to Receive QS/IFQ (Application for Eligibility), containing accurate information, to the Regional Administrator. The Regional Administrator will not approve a transfer of IFQ or QS to a person until the Application for Eligibility for that person is approved by the Regional Administrator. The Regional Administrator shall provide an Application for Eligibility form to any person on request.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Type of eligibility.</E> A person must indicate on the Application for Eligibility whether the eligibility sought is as:</P>
                              <P>(i) An individual; or</P>
                              <P>(ii) A corporation, partnership, or other entity.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Application filing order.</E> A person may submit the Application for Eligibility with the Application for Transfer or file the Application for Eligibility prior to submitting the Application for Transfer. If a person, as described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, files the Application for Eligibility prior to submitting the Application for Transfer, and that person's status subsequently changes, as described in § 679.42(j), that person must resubmit an Application for Eligibility before submitting, or with, the Application for Transfer.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Notification of approval</E>. Applicants will be notified by mail of the Regional Administrator's approval of an application for eligibility.</P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Notification of disapproval</E>. The Regional Administrator will notify the applicant if an Application for Eligibility is disapproved. This notification of disapproval will include:</P>
                              <P>(i) The disapproved Application for Eligibility.</P>
                              <P>(ii) An explanation of why the Application for Eligibility was not approved.</P>
                              <P>(6) <E T="03">Reasons for disapproval.</E> Reasons for disapproval of an Application for Eligibility may include, but are not limited to:</P>
                              <P>(i) Fewer than 150 days of experience working as an IFQ crewmember.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Lack of compliance with the U.S. citizenship or corporate ownership requirements specified by the definition of “person” at § 679.2.</P>
                              <P>(iii) An incomplete Application for Eligibility.</P>

                              <P>(iv) Fines, civil penalties, or other payments due and owing, or outstanding permit sanctions, resulting from Federal fishery violations.<PRTPAGE P="554"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Transfers of QS blocks—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> A QS block must be transferred as an undivided whole, unless the size of the QS block exceeds the use limits specified at § 679.42. If the QS block to be transferred exceeds the use limits specified at § 679.42, the Regional Administrator will divide the block into two blocks, one block containing the maximum amount of QS allowable under the QS use limits and the other block containing the residual QS.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Sablefish</E>. QS blocks for the same IFQ regulatory area and vessel category that represent less than 5,000 lb (2.3 mt) of sablefish IFQ, based on the 1996 TAC share for fixed gear sablefish in a specific IFQ regulatory area and the QS pool for that IFQ regulatory area on January 31, 1996, may be consolidated into larger QS blocks provided that the consolidated blocks do not represent greater than 5,000 lbs (2.3 mt) of sablefish IFQ based on the preceding criteria. A consolidated block cannot be divided and is considered a single block for purposes of use and transferability. The maximum number of QS units that may be consolidated into a single QS block in each IFQ regulatory area is as follows:</P>
                              <P>(i) Southeast Outside district: 33,270 QS.</P>
                              <P>(ii) West Yakutat district: 43,390 QS.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Central Gulf area: 46,055 QS.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Western Gulf area: 48,410 QS.</P>
                              <P>(v) Aleutian Islands subarea: 99,210 QS.</P>
                              <P>(vi) Bering Sea subarea: 91,275 QS.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Halibut.</E> QS blocks for the same IFQ regulatory area and vessel category that represent less than 3,000 lbs (1.4 mt) of halibut IFQ, based on the 1996 catch limit for halibut in a specific IFQ regulatory area and the QS pool for that IFQ regulatory area on January 31, 1996, may be consolidated into larger QS blocks provided that the consolidated blocks do not represent greater than 3,000 lbs (1.4 mt) of halibut IFQ based on the preceding criteria. A consolidated block cannot be divided and is considered a single block for purposes of use and transferability. The maximum number of QS units that may be consolidated into a single block in each IFQ regulatory area is as follows:</P>
                              <P>(i) Area 2C: 19,992 QS.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Area 3A: 27,912 QS.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Area 3B: 44,193 QS.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Subarea 4A: 22,947 QS.</P>
                              <P>(v) Subarea 4B: 15,087 QS.</P>
                              <P>(vi) Subarea 4C: 30,930 QS.</P>
                              <P>(vii) Subarea 4D: 26,082 QS.</P>
                              <P>(viii) Subarea 4E: 0 QS.</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Transfer of QS or IFQ with restrictions.</E> If QS or IFQ must be transferred as a result of a court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement, but the person receiving the QS or IFQ by transfer does not meet all of the eligibility requirements of this section, the Regional Administrator will approve the Application for Transfer with restrictions. The Regional Administrator will not assign IFQ resulting from the restricted QS to any person. IFQ with restrictions may not be used for harvesting halibut or sablefish with fixed gear. The QS or IFQ will remain restricted until:</P>
                              <P>(1) The person who received the QS or IFQ with restrictions meets the eligibility requirements of this section and the Regional Administrator approves an Application for Eligibility for that person; or</P>
                              <P>(2) The Regional Administrator approves the Application for Transfer from the person who received the QS or IFQ with restrictions to a person who meets the requirements of this section.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Transfer restrictions</E>. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f) or paragraph (g)(2) of this section, only persons who are IFQ crew members or who were initially issued QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D, and meet the other requirements in this section, may receive by transfer QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D, or the IFQ resulting from it.</P>

                              <P>(2) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, only persons who are IFQ crew members, and meet the other requirements in this section, may receive by transfer QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D, or the IFQ resulting from it, in IFQ regulatory area 2C for halibut or in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140<E T="81">°</E> W. long. for sablefish.</P>

                              <P>(3) Individuals who were initially issued QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D may transfer that QS to a corporation that is solely owned by the same individual. Such transfers of QS <PRTPAGE P="555"/>assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D in IFQ regulatory area 2C for halibut or in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long. for sablefish will be governed by the use provisions of § 679.42(i); the use provisions pertaining to corporations at § 679.42(j) shall not apply.</P>
                              <P>(4) The Regional Administrator will not approve an Application for Transfer of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D subject to a lease or any other condition of repossession or resale by the person transferring QS, except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, or by court order, operation of law, or as part of a security agreement. The Regional Administrator may request a copy of the sales contract or other terms and conditions of transfer between two persons as supplementary information to the transfer application.</P>
                              <P>(h) <E T="03">Transfer of IFQ</E>. (1) Pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, an Application for Transfer must be approved by the Regional Administrator before a person may use any IFQ that results from a direct transfer to harvest halibut or sablefish. After approving the Application for Transfer, the Regional Administrator will change any IFQ accounts affected by the approved transfer and issue all necessary IFQ permits.</P>
                              <P>(2) (Applicable until January 2, 1998). A person may transfer no more than 10 percent of the total IFQ resulting from QS held by that person and assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D for any IFQ species in any IFQ regulatory area to one or more persons for any fishing year.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Transfer across catcher vessel categories—</E>(1) <E T="03">CDQ compensation.</E> Persons issued CDQ compensation QS in a catcher vessel category, pursuant to § 679.41(j), and in an IFQ regulatory area in which they do not hold QS other than CDQ compensation QS, may use that CDQ compensation QS on any catcher vessel. This exemption from catcher vessel categories ends upon the first transfer of the CDQ compensation QS. CDQ compensation QS being transferred will be permanently assigned to a specific catcher vessel category as designated by the person receiving the transfer.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Redesignated catcher vessel category (Applicable until February 24, 1997).</E> Catcher vessel QS transferred as partial or total consideration for the transfer of CDQ compensation QS may be redesignated into a new catcher vessel category if the CDQ compensation QS being transferred can be used on any catcher vessel pursuant to the exemption in paragraph (i)(1) of this section and the person to which that CDQ compensation QS was issued is party to the transfer.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">CDQ compensation QS definition.</E> For purposes of this paragraph (i), CDQ compensation QS is QS issued as compensation for halibut and sablefish harvest privileges foregone due to the CDQ Program, as provided in paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(j) <E T="03">Compensation for CDQ allocations.</E> (1) The Regional Administrator will compensate persons that receive a reduced halibut QS in IPHC regulatory areas 4B, 4C, 4D, or 4E because of the halibut CDQ program by adding halibut QS from IPHC regulatory areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and 4A. This compensation of halibut QS from areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and 4A will be allocated in proportion to the amount of halibut QS foregone due to the CDQ allocation authorized by this section.</P>
                              <P>(2) The Regional Administrator will compensate persons that receive a reduced sablefish QS in any BSAI IFQ regulatory area because of the sablefish CDQ program by taking sablefish QS from the IFQ regulatory areas of the GOA and allocating it in proportion to the loss suffered by persons in the BSAI area. Such additional compensation of sablefish QS will be allocated in proportion to the amount of sablefish QS foregone due to the CDQ allocation authorized by this section.</P>

                              <P>(3) Persons initially issued QS for IFQ regulatory areas in which a portion of the TAC is allocated to the CDQ Program will be compensated for halibut and sablefish harvest privileges foregone due to the CDQ Program. If a person does not hold QS in an IFQ regulatory area on the date the compensation is issued, that person's compensation will be issued as unblocked. If a person does hold QS in an IFQ regulatory area on the date compensation is issued, that person's compensation <PRTPAGE P="556"/>will be added to their existing QS in that IFQ regulatory area. The resulting QS amount will be blocked or unblocked according to the criteria found at § 679.40(a). Compensation will be calculated for each non-CDQ area using the following formula:</P>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Q<E T="52">N</E> = (Q<E T="52">C</E>×QSP<E T="52">N</E>×RATE)/(SUM<E T="52">CDQ</E>− [RATE×SUM<E T="52">TAC</E>]) ([1−RATE]×TAC<E T="52">AVE</E>)(QSP<E T="52">C</E>×</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">[CDQ <E T="52">PCT</E>−RATE])</FP>
                              <FP>Where:</FP>
                              
                              <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Q<E T="52">N</E> = quota share in non-CDQ area</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Q<E T="52">C</E> = quota share in CDQ area</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">QSP<E T="52">N</E> = quota share pool in non-CDQ area (as existing on January 31, 1995)</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">RATE = SUM<E T="52">CDQ</E>/average of the TAC (1988-1994) for all CDQ and non-CDQ areas</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">TAC<E T="52">AVE</E> = average of the TAC (1988-1994) for CDQ area</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">QSP<E T="52">C</E> = quota share pool in CDQ area (as existing on January 31, 1995)</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CDQ<E T="52">PCT</E> = CDQ percentage for CDQ area</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">SUM<E T="52">CDQ</E> = sum [TAC<E T="52">AVE</E>×CDQ<E T="52">PCT</E>]</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">SUM<E T="52">TAC</E> = sum [TAC<E T="52">AVE</E>]</FP>
                              </EXTRACT>
                              <P>(k) <E T="03">Transfer to the surviving spouse</E>. (1) On the death of an individual who holds QS or IFQ, the surviving spouse receives all QS and IFQ held by the decedent by right of survivorship, unless a contrary intent was expressed by the decedent in a will that is probated. The Regional Administrator will approve an Application for Transfer to the surviving spouse when sufficient evidence has been provided to verify the death of the individual.</P>
                              <P>(2) The Regional Administrator will approve, for 3 calendar years following the date of death of an individual, an Application for Transfer of IFQ from the surviving spouse to a person eligible to receive IFQ under the provisions of this section, notwithstanding the limitations on transfers of IFQ in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.</P>
                              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 33385, June 27, 1996; 61 FR 41526, Aug. 9, 1996; 61 FR 67964, Dec. 26, 1996; 63 FR 47368, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                              <EFFDNOT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47368, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.41 was amended by revising the section heading and adding headings to paragraphs (e) (1) through (3), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </EFFDNOT>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.42</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Limitations on use of QS and IFQ.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">IFQ regulatory area and vessel category.</E> The QS or IFQ specified for one IFQ regulatory area must not be used in a different IFQ regulatory area. Except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section or in § 679.41(i)(1) of this part, the IFQ assigned to one vessel category must not be used to harvest IFQ species on a vessel of a different vessel category. Notwithstanding § 679.40(a)(5)(ii) of this part, IFQ assigned to vessel Category B must not be used on any vessel less than or equal to 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA to harvest IFQ halibut in IFQ regulatory area 2C or IFQ sablefish in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long. unless such IFQ derives from blocked QS units that result in IFQ of less than 5,000 lb (2.3 mt), based on the 1996 TAC for fixed gear specified for the IFQ halibut fishery and the IFQ sablefish fishery in each of these two regulatory areas.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Gear</E>—(1) <E T="03">IFQ Fisheries</E>. Halibut IFQ must be used only to harvest halibut with fishing gear authorized in § 679.2. Sablefish fixed gear IFQ must not be used to harvest sablefish with trawl gear in any IFQ regulatory area, or with pot gear in any IFQ regulatory area of the GOA.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Seabird avoidance gear and methods</E>. The operator of a vessel using gear authorized at § 679.2 while fishing for IFQ halibut or hook-and-line gear while fishing for IFQ sablefish must comply with requirements for seabird avoidance gear and methods set forth at § 679.24(e).</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Requirements and deductions.</E> (1) Any individual who harvests halibut or sablefish with fixed gear must:</P>
                              <P>(i) Have a valid IFQ card.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Be aboard the vessel at all times during the fishing operation.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Sign any required fish ticket.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Sign the IFQ landing report required by §§ 679.5(l)(2)(ii)(C) and (iii)(B).</P>
                              <P>(2) The scale weight of the halibut or sablefish product actually measured at the time of landing, required by § 679.5(l)(2)(vi) to be included in the IFQ landing report, shall be the only source of information used by NMFS to debit an IFQ account. An IFQ account will be debited as indicated in Table 3 to this part.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Sablefish product.</E> [Reserved]</P>
                              <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Halibut conversion factors.</E>
                                <PRTPAGE P="557"/>
                              </P>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r50,10" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Product code</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Product description</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Conversion factor</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">04 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Gutted, head on </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0.90</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">05 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Gutted, head off </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1.00</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">54 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Gutted, head on, with ice and slime  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0.88</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">55 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Gutted, head off, with ice and slime </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0.98</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Emergency waiver.</E> The requirement of paragraph (c) of this section for an individual IFQ card holder to be aboard the vessel during fishing operations and to sign the IFQ landing report may be waived in the event of extreme personal emergency involving the IFQ user during a fishing trip. The waiving of these requirements shall apply only to IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish retained on the fishing trip during which such emergency occurred.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Sablefish QS use.</E> (1) No person, individually or collectively, may use an amount of sablefish QS greater than 1 percent of the combined total sablefish QS for the GOA and BSAI IFQ regulatory areas, unless the amount in excess of 1 percent was received in the initial allocation of QS.</P>
                              <P>(2) In the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long., no person, individually or collectively, may use more than 1 percent of the total amount of QS for this area, unless the amount in excess of 1 percent was received in the initial allocation of QS.</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Halibut QS use.</E> Unless the amount in excess of the following limits was received in the initial allocation of halibut QS, no person, individually or collectively, may use more than:</P>
                              <P>(1) <E T="03">IFQ regulatory area 2C</E>. 599,799 units of halibut QS.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">IFQ regulatory areas 2C, 3A, and 3B</E>. 1,502,823 units of halibut QS.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">IFQ regulatory areas 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E</E>. 495,044 units of halibut QS.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Limitations on QS blocks—</E>(1) <E T="03">Number of blocks per species.</E> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, no person, individually or collectively, may hold more than two blocks for each species in any IFQ regulatory area.</P>
                              <P>(ii) If that person, individually or collectively, holds unblocked QS for a species in an IFQ regulatory area, such person may only hold one QS block for that species in that IFQ regulatory area.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Holding or to hold blocks of QS.</E> For purposes of this section, “holding” or “to hold” blocks of QS means being registered by NMFS as the person who received QS by initial assignment or approved transfer.</P>
                              <P>(h) <E T="03">Vessel limitations—</E>(1) <E T="03">Halibut.</E> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section, no vessel may be used, during any fishing year, to harvest more than one-half percent of the combined total catch limits of halibut for IFQ regulatory areas 2C, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, and 4E.</P>
                              <P>(ii) In IFQ regulatory area 2C, no vessel may be used to harvest more than 1 percent of the halibut catch limit for this area.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Sablefish.</E> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section, no vessel may be used, during any fishing year, to harvest more than 1 percent of the combined fixed gear TAC of sablefish for the GOA and BSAI IFQ regulatory areas.</P>
                              <P>(ii) In the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long., no vessel may be used to harvest more than 1 percent of the fixed gear TAC of sablefish for this area.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Excess.</E> A person who receives an approved IFQ allocation of halibut or sablefish in excess of these limitations may nevertheless catch and retain all of that IFQ with a single vessel. However, two or more persons may not catch and retain their IFQs with one vessel in excess of these limitations.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Use of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D by individuals</E>. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, IFQ cards issued for IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D must be used only by the individual who holds the QS from which the associated IFQ is derived, except as provided in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.</P>

                              <P>(1) An individual who receives an initial allocation of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D does not have to be on board and sign IFQ landing reports if that individual owns the vessel on which IFQ sablefish or halibut are harvested, and is represented on the vessel by a master employed by the individual who received the initial allocation of QS.<PRTPAGE P="558"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(2) The exemption provided in paragraph (i)(1) of this section does not apply to individuals who receive an initial allocation of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D for halibut in IFQ regulatory area 2C or for sablefish QS in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long., and this exemption is not transferrable.</P>
                              <P>(j) <E T="03">Use of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D by</E> corporations and partnerships. A corporation or partnership that receives an initial allocation of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D may use the IFQ resulting from that QS and any additional QS acquired within the limitations of this section provided the corporation or partnership owns the vessel on which its IFQ is used, and it is represented on the vessel by a master employed by the corporation or partnership that received the initial allocation of QS. This provision is not transferrable and does not apply to QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D for halibut in IFQ regulatory area 2C or for sablefish in the IFQ regulatory area east of 140° W. long. that is transferred to a corporation or partnership. Such transfers of additional QS within these areas must be to an individual pursuant to § 679.41(c) of this part and be used pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (i) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(1) A corporation or partnership, except for a publicly-held corporation, that receives an initial allocation of QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D loses the exemption provided under paragraph (j) of this section on the effective date of a change in the corporation or partnership from that which existed at the time of initial allocation.</P>
                              <P>(2) For purposes of this paragraph (j), “a change in the corporation or partnership” means the addition of any new shareholder(s) or partner(s), except that a court appointed trustee to act on behalf of a shareholder or partner who becomes incapacitated is not a change in the corporation or partnership.</P>
                              <P>(3) The Regional Administrator must be notified of a change in a corporation or partnership as defined in this paragraph (j) within 15 days of the effective date of the change. The effective date of change, for purposes of this paragraph (j), is the date on which the new shareholder(s) or partner(s) may realize any corporate liabilities or benefits of the corporation or partnership.</P>
                              <P>(4) QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D and IFQ resulting from that QS held in the name of a corporation or partnership that changes, as defined in this paragraph, must be transferred to an individual, as prescribed in § 679.41 of this part, before it may be used at any time after the effective date of the change.</P>
                              <P>(k) <E T="03">Processing of fish other than IFQ halibut and IFQ sablefish</E>. Fish other than IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish may be processed on a vessel on which persons:</P>
                              <P>(1) Are authorized to harvest IFQ halibut or IFQ sablefish based on allocations of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel category A; or</P>
                              <P>(2) Are authorized to harvest IFQ sablefish based on allocations of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel categories B or C unless any person aboard the vessel is authorized to harvest IFQ halibut based on allocations of IFQ resulting from QS assigned to vessel categories B, C, or D.</P>
                              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 33385, June 27, 1996; 61 FR 43314, Aug. 22, 1996; 62 FR 7948, Feb. 21, 1997; 62 FR 19690, Apr. 23, 1997; 62 FR 60669, Nov. 12, 1997; 62 FR 66311, Dec. 18, 1997; 63 FR 11167, Mar. 6, 1998; 63 FR 47368, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 54611, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                              <EFFDNOT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47368, Sept. 4, 1998, § 679.42, was amended by revising paragraphs (c)(1)(iv), (c)(2) introductory text, and (c)(2)(ii); and by adding a heading to paragraph (c)(2)(i), effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                                <P>2. At 63 FR 54611, Oct. 13, 1998, in § 679.42, paragraph (c), paragraph (c)(2)(i) was corrected by removing and reserving the text following the paragraph heading; by removing and reserving paragraph (c)(2)(ii), and revising the last sentence of (c)(2) introductory text, effective Oct. 5, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text follows:</P>
                              </EFFDNOT>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.42</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Limitations on use of QS and IFQ.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Requirements and deductions.</E> (1) * * *</P>
                              <EXTRACT>
                                <P>(iv) Sign the IFQ landing report required by § 679.5(l)(1)(iv).</P>

                                <P>(2) The scale weight of the halibut or sablefish product actually measured at <PRTPAGE P="559"/>the time of landing, required by § 679.5(l)(1)(iv) to be included in the IFQ landing report, shall be the only source of information used by NMFS to debit an IFQ account. An IFQ account will be debited as follows:</P>
                                <P>(i) For sablefish product, dividing the scale weight at the time of landing by the product recovery rate found in Table 3 of this part that corresponds to the product code reported in the IFQ landing report; or</P>
                                <P>(ii) For the halibut product, multiplying the scale weight at the time of landing by the conversion factor listed in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section that corresponds to the product code reported in the IFQ landing report.</P>
                              </EXTRACT>
                              <STARS/>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.43</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Determinations and appeals.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">General</E>. This section describes the procedure for appealing initial administrative determinations made under this subpart as well as § 679.4(c), § 679.4(g), and portions of subpart C of this part that apply to the halibut and sablefish CDQ program.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Who may appeal.</E> Any person whose interest is directly and adversely affected by an initial administrative determination may file a written appeal. For purposes of this section, such persons will be referred to as “applicant” or “appellant.”</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Submission of appeals.</E> Appeals must be in writing and must be submitted in original form to the Regional Administrator. Contact the Regional Administrator for appeals address. Appeals transmitted by electronic means will not be accepted.</P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Timing of appeals.</E> (1) If an applicant appeals an initial administrative determination, the appeal must be filed not later than 60 days after the date the determination is issued.</P>
                              <P>(2) The time period within which an appeal may be filed begins to run on the date the initial administrative determination is issued. If the last day of the time period is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the time period will extend to the close of business on the next business day.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Address of record.</E> NMFS will establish as the address of record the address used by the applicant in initial correspondence to Chief, RAM Division, after the application period has begun. Notifications of all actions affecting the applicant after establishing an address of record will be mailed to that address, unless the applicant provides NMFS, in writing, with any changes to that address. NMFS bears no responsibility if a notification is sent to the address of record and is not received because the applicant's actual address has changed without notification to NMFS.</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Statement of reasons for appeals.</E> Applicants must timely submit a full written statement in support of the appeal, including a concise statement of the reasons the initial administrative determination has a direct and adverse effect on the applicant and should be reversed or modified. If the applicant requests a hearing on any issue presented in the appeal, such request for hearing must be accompanied by a concise written statement raising genuine and substantial issues of adjudicative fact for resolution and a list of available and specifically identified reliable evidence upon which the factual issues can be resolved. The appellate officer will limit his/her review to the issues stated in the appeal; all issues not set out in the appeal will be waived.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Hearings.</E> The appellate officer will review the applicant's appeal and request for hearing, and has discretion to proceed as follows:</P>
                              <P>(1) Deny the appeal;</P>
                              <P>(2) Issue a decision on the merits of the appeal, if the record contains sufficient information on which to reach final judgment; or</P>
                              <P>(3) Order that a hearing be conducted. The appellate officer may so order only if the appeal demonstrates the following:</P>
                              <P>(i) There is a genuine and substantial issue of adjudicative fact for resolution at a hearing. A hearing will not be ordered on issues of policy or law.</P>
                              <P>(ii) The factual issue can be resolved by available and specifically identified reliable evidence. A hearing will not be ordered on the basis of mere allegations or denials or general descriptions of positions and contentions.</P>

                              <P>(iii) The evidence described in the request for hearing, if established at hearing, would be adequate to justify <PRTPAGE P="560"/>resolution of the factual issue in the way sought by the applicant. A hearing will not be ordered if the evidence described is insufficient to justify the factual determination sought, even if accurate.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Resolution of the factual issue in the way sought by the applicant is adequate to justify the action requested. A hearing will not be ordered on factual issues that are not determinative with respect to the action requested.</P>
                              <P>(h) <E T="03">Types of hearings.</E> If the appellate officer determines that a hearing should be held to resolve one or more genuine and substantial issues of adjudicative fact, he/she may order:</P>
                              <P>(1) A written hearing, as provided in paragraph (m) of this section; or</P>
                              <P>(2) An oral hearing, as provided in paragraph (n) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Authority of the appellate officer.</E> The appellate officer is vested with general authority to conduct all hearings in an orderly manner, including the authority to:</P>
                              <P>(1) Administer oaths.</P>
                              <P>(2) Call and question witnesses.</P>
                              <P>(3) Issue a written decision based on the record.</P>
                              <P>(j) <E T="03">Evidence.</E> All evidence that is relevant, material, reliable, and probative may be included in the record. Formal rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted under this section.</P>
                              <P>(k) <E T="03">Appellate officers’ decisions.</E> The appellate officer will close the record and issue a decision after determining there is sufficient information to render a decision on the record of the proceedings and that all procedural requirements have been met. The decision must be based solely on the record of the proceedings. Except as provided in paragraph (o) of this section, an appellate officer's decision takes effect 30 days after it is issued and, upon taking effect, is the final agency action for purposes of judicial review.</P>
                              <P>(l) <E T="03">Disqualification of an appellate officer.</E> (1) The appellate officer will withdraw from an appeal at any time he/she deems himself/herself disqualified.</P>
                              <P>(2) The appellate officer may withdraw from an appeal on an appellant's motion if:</P>
                              <P>(i) The motion is entered prior to the appellate officer's issuance of a decision; and</P>
                              <P>(ii) The appellant demonstrates that the appellate officer has a personal bias or any other basis for disqualification.</P>
                              <P>(3) If the appellate officer denies a motion to withdraw, he/she will so rule on the record.</P>
                              <P>(m) <E T="03">Written hearing.</E> (1) An appellate officer may order a written hearing under paragraph (h)(1) of this section if he/she:</P>
                              <P>(i) Orders a hearing as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section; and</P>
                              <P>(ii) Determines that the issues to be resolved at hearing can be resolved by allowing the appellant to present written materials to support his/her position.</P>
                              <P>(2) After ordering a written hearing, the appellate officer will:</P>
                              <P>(i) Provide the appellant with notification that a written hearing has been ordered.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Provide the appellant with a statement of issues to be determined at hearing.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Provide the appellant with 30 days to file a written response. The appellant may also provide documentary evidence to support his/her position. The period to file a written response may be extended at the sole discretion of the appellate officer, if the appellant shows good cause for the extension.</P>
                              <P>(3) The appellate officer may, after reviewing the appellant's written response and documentary evidence:</P>
                              <P>(i) Order that an oral hearing be held, as provided in paragraph (h)(2) of this section, to resolve issues that cannot be resolved through the written hearing process;</P>
                              <P>(ii) Request supplementary evidence from the appellant before closing the record; or</P>
                              <P>(iii) Close the record.</P>
                              <P>(4) The appellate officer will close the record and issue a decision after determining that the information on the record is sufficient to render a decision.</P>
                              <P>(n) <E T="03">Oral hearing.</E> (1) The appellate officer may order an oral hearing under paragraphs (h)(2) and (m)(3)(i) of this section if he/she:</P>

                              <P>(i) Orders a hearing as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section; and<PRTPAGE P="561"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(ii) Determines that the issues to be resolved at hearing can best be resolved through the oral hearing process.</P>
                              <P>(2) After ordering an oral hearing, the appellate officer will:</P>
                              <P>(i) Provide the appellant with notification that an oral hearing has been ordered.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Provide the appellant with a statement of issues to be determined at hearing.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Provide the appellant with notification, at least 30 days in advance, of the place, date, and time of the oral hearing. Oral hearings will be held in Juneau, AK, at the prescribed date and time, unless the appellate officer determines, based upon good cause shown, that a different place, date, or time will better serve the interests of justice. A continuance of the oral hearing may be ordered at the sole discretion of the appellate officer if the appellant shows good cause for the continuance.</P>
                              <P>(3) The appellate officer may, either at his/her own discretion or on the motion of the appellant, order a pre-hearing conference, either in person or telephonically, to consider:</P>
                              <P>(i) The simplification of issues.</P>
                              <P>(ii) The possibility of obtaining stipulations, admissions of facts, and agreements to the introduction of documents.</P>
                              <P>(iii) The possibility of settlement or other means to facilitate resolution of the case.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Such other matters as may aid in the disposition of the proceedings.</P>
                              <P>(4) The appellate officer must provide the appellant with notification of a pre-hearing conference, if one is ordered, at least 30 days in advance of the conference. All action taken at the pre-hearing conference will be made part of the record.</P>
                              <P>(5) At the beginning of the oral hearing, the appellate officer may first seek to obtain stipulations as to material facts and the issues involved and may state any other issues on which he/she may wish to have evidence presented. Issues to be resolved at the hearing will be limited to those identified by the appellate officer as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. The appellant will then be given an opportunity to present his/her case.</P>
                              <P>(6) During the oral hearing, the appellant has the right to present reliable and material oral or documentary evidence and to conduct such cross-examination as may be required in the interests of justice.</P>
                              <P>(7) After the conclusion of the oral hearing, the appellant may be given time by the appellate officer to submit any supplementary information that may assist in the resolution of the case.</P>
                              <P>(8) The appellate officer will close the record and issue a decision after determining that the information on the record is sufficient to render a decision.</P>
                              <P>(o) <E T="03">Review by the Regional Administrator.</E> An appellate officer's decision is subject to review by the Regional Administrator, as provided in this paragraph (o).</P>
                              <P>(1) The Regional Administrator may affirm, reverse, modify, or remand the appellate officer's decision before the 30-day effective date of the decision provided in paragraph (k) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(2) The Regional Administrator may take any of these actions on or after the 30-day effective date by issuing a stay of the decision before the 30-day effective date. An action taken under paragraph (o)(1) of this section takes effect immediately.</P>
                              <P>(3) The Regional Administrator must provide a written explanation why an appellate officer's decision has been reversed, modified, or remanded.</P>
                              <P>(4) The Regional Administrator must promptly notify the appellant(s) of any action taken under this paragraph (o).</P>
                              <P>(5) The Regional Administrator's decision to affirm, reverse, or modify an appellate officer's decision is a final agency action for purposes of judicial review.</P>
                              <P>(p) <E T="03">Issuance of a non-transferable license</E>. A non-transferable license will be issued to a person upon acceptance of his or her appeal of an initial administrative determination denying an application for a license for license limitation groundfish or crab species under § 679.4(i). This non-transferable license authorizes a person to conduct directed fishing for groundfish or directed fishing for crab species and will have specific endorsements and designations <PRTPAGE P="562"/>based on the person's claims in his or her application for a license. This non-transferable license expires upon the resolution of the appeal.</P>
                              <CITA>[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 17753, Apr. 11, 1997; 63 FR 52657, Oct. 1, 1998]</CITA>
                              <EFFDNOT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 52657, Oct. 1, 1998, § 679.43 was amended by adding paragraph (p), effective Jan. 1, 2000.</P>
                              </EFFDNOT>
                            </SECTION>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.44</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Penalties.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>Any person committing, or a fishing vessel used in the commission of, a violation of the Magnuson-Stevens Act or Halibut Act, or any regulation issued under the Magnuson-Stevens Act or Halibut Act, is subject to the civil and criminal penalty provisions and civil forfeiture provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act or Halibut Act, to part 600 of this chapter, to 15 CFR part 904 (Civil Procedures), and to other applicable law. Penalties include but are not limited to permanent or temporary sanctions to QS and associated IFQ.</P>
                            </SECTION>
                          </SUBPART>
                          <SUBPART>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Groundfish Observer Program</HD>
                            <SOURCE>
                              <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                              <P>61 FR 56431, Nov. 1, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                            </SOURCE>
                            <SECTION>
                              <SECTNO>§ 679.50</SECTNO>
                              <SUBJECT>Groundfish Observer Program.</SUBJECT>
                              <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Operators of vessels possessing a Federal fisheries permit under § 679.4(b)(1) and processors that possess a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f)(1), must comply with this section. The owner of a fishing vessel subject to this part or a processor subject to this part must ensure that the operator or manager complies with this section and is jointly and severally liable for such compliance. Observer coverage for the CDQ fisheries obtained in compliance with paragraphs (c)(4) and (d)(4) of this section may not be used to comply with observer coverage requirements for non-CDQ groundfish fisheries specified in this section.</P>
                              <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purpose of the Groundfish Observer Program is to allow observers to collect Alaska fisheries data deemed by the Regional Administrator to be necessary and appropriate for management, compliance monitoring, and research of groundfish fisheries and for the conservation of marine resources or their environment.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Observer requirements for vessels.</E> (1) Observer coverage is required as follows:</P>
                              <P>(i) A mothership of any length that processes 1,000 mt or more in round-weight equivalent of groundfish during a calendar month is required to have an observer aboard the vessel each day it receives or processes groundfish during that month.</P>
                              <P>(ii) A mothership of any length that processes from 500 mt to 1,000 mt in round-weight equivalent of groundfish during a calendar month is required to have an observer aboard the vessel at least 30 percent of the days it receives or processes groundfish during that month.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Each mothership that receives pollock harvested by catcher vessels in the catcher vessel operational area during the second pollock season that starts on September 1 under § 679.23(e)(2) is required to have a second observer aboard, in addition to the observer required under paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section, for each day of the second pollock season until the chum salmon savings area is closed under § 679.21(e)(7)(vi), or October 15, whichever occurs first.</P>
                              <P>(iv) A catcher/processor or catcher vessel 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA or longer must carry an observer during 100 percent of its fishing days except for a vessel fishing for groundfish with pot gear as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(vii) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(v) A catcher/processor or catcher vessel equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA, but less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA, that participates for more than 3 fishing days in a directed fishery for groundfish in a calendar quarter must carry an observer during at least 30 percent of its fishing days in that calendar quarter and at all times during at least one fishing trip in that calendar quarter for each of the groundfish fishery categories defined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section in which the vessel participates.</P>

                              <P>(vi) A catcher/processor or catcher vessel fishing with hook-and-line gear that is required to carry an observer <PRTPAGE P="563"/>under paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section must carry an observer during at least one entire fishing trip using hook-and-line gear in the Eastern Regulatory Area of the GOA during each calendar quarter in which the vessel participates in a directed fishery for groundfish in the Eastern Regulatory Area using hook-and-line gear.</P>
                              <P>(vii) A catcher/processor or catcher vessel equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA fishing with pot gear that participates for more than 3 fishing days in a directed fishery for groundfish in a calendar quarter must carry an observer during at least 30 percent of its fishing days while using pot gear in that calendar quarter and during at least one entire fishing trip using pot gear in a calendar quarter for each of the groundfish fishery categories defined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section in which the vessel participates.</P>
                              <P>(viii) <E T="03">Red King Crab Savings Area.</E> (A) Any catcher/processor or catcher vessel used to fish for groundfish in the Red King Crab Savings area must carry an observer during 100 percent of its fishing days in which the vessel uses pelagic trawl gear, pot, jig, or longline gear.</P>
                              <P>(B) Any catcher/processor or catcher vessel used to fish for groundfish in the Red King Crab Savings Subarea and subject to this subarea being open to vessels fishing for groundfish with non-pelagic trawl gear under § 679.21(e)(3)(ii)(B), must carry an observer during 100 percent of its fishing days in which the vessel uses non-pelagic trawl gear.</P>
                              <P>(ix) <E T="03">Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure.</E> Any catcher/processor or catcher vessel used to fish for groundfish in the Nearshore Bristol Bay Trawl Closure area must carry an observer during 100 percent of its fishing days in which the vessel uses trawl gear.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Groundfish fishery categories requiring separate coverage.</E> Directed fishing for groundfish, during any fishing trip, that results:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Pollock fishery.</E> In a retained catch of pollock that is greater than the retained catch of any other groundfish species or species group that is specified as a separate groundfish fishery under this paragraph (c)(2).</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Pacific cod fishery.</E> In a retained catch of Pacific cod that is greater than the retained catch of any other groundfish species or species group that is specified as a separate groundfish fishery under this paragraph (c)(2).</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Sablefish fishery.</E> In a retained catch of sablefish that is greater than the retained catch of any other groundfish species or species group that is specified as a separate groundfish fishery under this paragraph (c)(2).</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Rockfish fishery</E>. In a retained aggregate catch of rockfish that is greater than the retained catch of any other groundfish species or species group that is specified as a separate groundfish fishery under this paragraph (c)(2).</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Flatfish fishery.</E> In a retained aggregate catch of all flatfish species, except Pacific halibut, that is greater than the retained catch of any other groundfish species or species group that is specified as a separate groundfish fishery under this paragraph (c)(2).</P>
                              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Other species fishery.</E> In a retained catch of groundfish that does not qualify as a pollock, Pacific cod, sablefish, rockfish, or flatfish fishery as defined under paragraphs (c)(2) (i) through (v) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Assignment of vessels to fisheries.</E> At the end of any fishing trip, a vessel's retained catch of groundfish species or species groups for which a TAC has been specified under § 679.20, in round-weight equivalent, will determine to which fishery category listed under paragraph (c)(2) of this section the vessel is assigned.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Catcher/processors.</E> A catcher/processor will be assigned to a fishery category based on the retained groundfish catch composition reported on the vessel's weekly production report submitted to the Regional Administrator under § 679.5(i).</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Catcher vessel delivery in Federal waters.</E> A catcher vessel that delivers to a mothership in Federal waters will be assigned to a fishery category based on the retained groundfish catch composition reported on the weekly production report submitted to the Regional Administrator for that week by the mothership under § 679.5(i).<PRTPAGE P="564"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Catcher vessel delivery in Alaska State waters.</E> A catcher vessel that delivers groundfish to a shoreside processor or to a mothership processor vessel in Alaska State waters will be assigned to a fishery category based on the retained groundfish catch composition reported on one or more ADF&amp;G fish tickets as required under Alaska Statutes at A.S. 16.05.690.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ fisheries.</E> Except as provided for under § 679.32(e), the owner or operator of a vessel groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2 must comply with the following minimum observer coverage requirements each day that the vessel is used to harvest, transport, process, deliver, or take deliveries of CDQ or PSQ species. The time required for the CDQ observer to complete sampling, data recording, and data communication duties shall not exceed 12 hours in each 24-hour period and the CDQ observer is required to sample no more than 9 hours in each 24-hour period.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Motherships or catcher/processors using trawl gear.</E> A mothership or catcher/processor using trawl gear must have at least two CDQ observers as described at paragraphs (h)(1)(i)(D) and (E) of this section aboard the vessel, at least one of whom must be certified as a lead CDQ observer.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Catcher/processors using hook-and-line gear.</E> A catcher/processor using hook-and-line gear must have at least two CDQ observers as described at paragraphs (h)(1)(i)(D) and (E) of this section aboard the vessel, unless NMFS approves a CDP authorizing the vessel to carry only one CDQ observer. At least one of the CDQ observers must be certified as a lead CDQ observer. A CDP authorizing the vessel to carry only one lead CDQ observer may be approved by NMFS if the CDQ group supplies vessel logbook or observer data that demonstrates that one CDQ observer can sample each CDQ set for species composition in one 12-hour shift per fishing day. NMFS will not approve a CDP that would require the observer to divide a 12-hour shift into shifts of less than 6 hours.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Catcher/processors using pot gear.</E> A catcher/processor using pot gear must have at least one lead CDQ observer as described at paragraph (h)(1)(i)(E) of this section aboard the vessel.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Catcher vessel.</E> A catcher vessel equal to or greater than 60 ft (18.29 m) LOA, except a catcher vessel that delivers only unsorted codends to a processor or another vessel, must have at least one lead CDQ observer as described at paragraph (h)(1)(i)(E) of this section aboard the vessel.</P>
                              <P>(d)<E T="03"> Observer requirements for shoreside processors.</E>  Observer coverage is required as follows. A shoreside processor that:</P>
                              <P>(1) Processes 1,000 mt or more in round-weight equivalent of groundfish during a calendar month is required to have an observer present at the facility each day it receives or processes groundfish during that month.</P>
                              <P>(2) Processes 500 mt to 1,000 mt in round-weight equivalent of groundfish during a calendar month is required to have an observer present at the facility at least 30 percent of the days it receives or processes groundfish during that month.</P>
                              <P>(3) Offloads pollock at more than one location on the same dock and has distinct and separate equipment at each location to process those pollock and that receives pollock harvested by catcher vessels in the catcher vessel operational area during the second pollock season that starts on September 1, under § 679.23(e)(2), is required to have an observer, in addition to the observer required under paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section, at each location where pollock is offloaded, for each day of the second pollock season until the chum salmon savings area is closed under § 679.21(e)(7)(vi), or October 15, whichever occurs first.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Groundfish CDQ fisheries.</E> Each shoreside processor required to have a Federal processor permit under § 679.4(f) and taking deliveries of CDQ or PSQ from vessels groundfish CDQ fishing as defined at § 679.2 must have at least one lead CDQ observer as described at paragraph (h)(1)(i)(E) of this section present at all times while CDQ is being received or processed. The time required for the CDQ observer to complete sampling, data recording, and data communication duties shall not exceed 12 hours in each 24-hour period, and the CDQ observer is required to <PRTPAGE P="565"/>sample no more than 9 hours in each 24-hour period.</P>
                              <P>(e) <E T="03">Inseason adjustments in observer coverage requirements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>(1) The Regional Administrator may adjust the observer coverage requirements set out under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section at any time to improve the accuracy, reliability, and availability of observer data, so long as the changes are based on one or more of the following:</P>
                              <P>(i) A finding that fishing methods, times, or areas, or catch or bycatch composition for a specific fishery or fleet component have changed significantly, or are likely to change significantly.</P>
                              <P>(ii) A finding that such modifications are necessary to improve data availability or quality in order to meet specific fishery management objectives.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> Observer coverage requirements may be adjusted in accordance with § 679.25(c). NMFS must publish changes in observer coverage requirements in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, with the reasons for the changes and any special instructions to vessels or shoreside processors required to carry observers, at least 10 calendar days prior to their effective date.</P>
                              <P>(f) <E T="03">Responsibilities</E>—(1) <E T="03">Vessel responsibilities.</E> An operator of a vessel required to carry one or more observers must:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Accommodations and food.</E> Provide, at no cost to observers or the United States, accommodations and food on the vessel for the observer or observers that are equivalent to those provided for officers, engineers, foremen, deck-bosses or other management level personnel of the vessel.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Safe conditions.</E> (A) Maintain safe conditions on the vessel for the protection of observers including adherence to all U.S. Coast Guard and other applicable rules, regulations, or statutes pertaining to safe operation of the vessel.</P>
                              <P>(B) Have on board:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A valid Commercial Fishing Vessel Safety Decal issued within the past 2 years that certifies compliance with regulations found in 33 CFR Chapter I and 46 CFR Chapter I;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A certificate of compliance issued pursuant to 46 CFR 28.710; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A valid certificate of inspection pursuant to 46 U.S.C. 3311.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Transmission of data.</E> Facilitate transmission of observer data by:</P>
                              <P>(A) <E T="03">Observer use of equipment.</E> Allowing observers to use the vessel's communication equipment and personnel, on request, for the entry, transmission, and receipt of work-related messages, at no cost to the observers or the United States.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Communication equipment requirements</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Hardware and software.</E> Providing for use by the observer a personal computer in working condition that contains a full 486DX 66Mhz or greater capacity processing chip, at least 16 megabytes of RAM, at least 75 megabytes of free hard disk storage, DOS version 6.0 or a successor version of the DOS operating system, Windows 3.1, 3.11, or Windows95 (or equivalent and compatible software approved by NMFS), a mouse, and a 3.5-inch floppy disk drive. The computer equipment specified in this paragraph (B) must be connected to either an INMARSAT Standard C unit capable of transmitting binary files or a communication device that provides a point-to-point modem connection to the NMFS host computer and supports one or more of the following protocols: ITU V.22, ITU V.22bis, ITU V.32, ITU V.32bis, or ITU V.34. Those processors that use other than an INMARSAT Standard C unit must have at least a 28.8kbs Hayes-compatible modem. The above-specified hardware and software requirements do not apply to processors that do not process groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">NMFS-supplied Software.</E> Ensuring that each mothership that is required to have a second observer aboard under paragraph (c)(iii) of this section, obtains the data entry software provided by the Regional Administrator for use by the observer.</P>
                              <P>(C) <E T="03">Functional and operational equipment.</E> Ensuring that the communication equipment that is on motherships as specified at paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, and that is used by observers to enter and transmit data, is fully functional and operational.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Vessel position.</E> Allow observers access to, and the use of, the vessel's navigation equipment and personnel, <PRTPAGE P="566"/>on request, to determine the vessel's position.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Access.</E> Allow observers free and unobstructed access to the vessel's bridge, trawl or working decks, holding bins, processing areas, freezer spaces, weight scales, cargo holds, and any other space that may be used to hold, process, weigh, or store fish or fish products at any time.</P>
                              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Prior notification.</E> Notify observers at least 15 minutes before fish are brought on board, or fish and fish products are transferred from the vessel, to allow sampling the catch or observing the transfer, unless the observers specifically request not to be notified.</P>
                              <P>(vii) <E T="03">Records.</E> Allow observers to inspect and copy the vessel's DFL, DCPL, product transfer forms, any other logbook or document required by regulations, printouts or tallies of scale weights, scale calibration records, bin sensor readouts, and production records.</P>
                              <P>(viii) <E T="03">Assistance.</E> Provide all other reasonable assistance to enable observers to carry out their duties, including, but not limited to:</P>
                              <P>(A) Measuring decks, codends, and holding bins.</P>
                              <P>(B) Providing the observers with a safe work area adjacent to the sample collection site.</P>
                              <P>(C) Collecting bycatch when requested by the observers.</P>
                              <P>(D) Collecting and carrying baskets of fish when requested by observers.</P>
                              <P>(E) Allowing observers to determine the sex of fish when this procedure will not decrease the value of a significant portion of the catch.</P>
                              <P>(ix) <E T="03">Transfer at sea.</E> (A) Ensure that transfers of observers at sea via small boat or raft are carried out during daylight hours, under safe conditions, and with the agreement of observers involved.</P>
                              <P>(B) Notify observers at least 3 hours before observers are transferred, such that the observers can collect personal belongings, equipment, and scientific samples.</P>
                              <P>(C) Provide a safe pilot ladder and conduct the transfer to ensure the safety of observers during transfers.</P>
                              <P>(D) Provide an experienced crew member to assist observers in the small boat or raft in which any transfer is made.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Shoreside processor responsibilities.</E> A manager of a shoreside processor must do the following:</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Safe conditions.</E> Maintain safe conditions at the shoreside processing facility for the protection of observers by adhering to all applicable rules, regulations, or statutes pertaining to safe operation and maintenance of the processing facility.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Operations information.</E> Notify the observers, as requested, of the planned facility operations and expected receipt of groundfish prior to receipt of those fish.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Transmission of data.</E> Facilitate transmission of observer data by:</P>
                              <P>(A) <E T="03">Observer use of equipment.</E> Allowing observers to use the shoreside processor's communication equipment and personnel, on request, for the entry, transmission, and receipt of work-related messages, at no cost to the observers or the United States.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Communication equipment requirements—</E>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Hardware and software.</E> Making available for use by the observer a personal computer in working condition that contains a full 486DX 66Mhz or greater capacity processing chip, at least 16 megabytes of RAM, at least 75 megabytes of free hard disk storage, DOS version 6.0 or a successor version of the DOS operating system, Windows 3.1, 3.11, or Windows95 (or equivalent and compatible software approved by NMFS), at least a 28.8kbs Hayes-compatible modem, a mouse, and a 3.5-inch floppy disk drive. The computer equipment specified in this paragraph (B) must be connected to a communication device that provides a point-to-point modem connection to the NMFS host computer and supports one or more of the following protocols: ITU V.22, ITU V.22bis, ITU V.32, ITU V.32bis, or ITU V.34. The above-specified hardware and software requirements do not apply to processors that do not process groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>)<E T="03"> NMFS-supplied software.</E> Ensuring that each shoreside processor that is required to have an additional observer under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, obtains the data entry software provided by the Regional Administrator for use by the observer.<PRTPAGE P="567"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(C) <E T="03">Functional and operational equipment.</E> Ensuring that the communication equipment that is in the shoreside processor as specified at paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B) of this section and that is used by observers to transmit data is fully functional and operational.</P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Access.</E> Allow observers free and unobstructed access to the shoreside processor's holding bins, processing areas, freezer spaces, weight scales, warehouses, and any other space that may be used to hold, process, weigh, or store fish or fish products at any time.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Document access.</E> Allow observers to inspect and copy the shoreside processor's DCPL, product transfer forms, any other logbook or document required by regulations; printouts or tallies of scale weights; scale calibration records; bin sensor readouts; and production records.</P>
                              <P>(vi) <E T="03">Assistance.</E> Provide all other reasonable assistance to enable the observer to carry out his or her duties, including, but not limited to:</P>
                              <P>(A) Assisting the observer in moving and weighing totes of fish.</P>
                              <P>(B) Cooperating with product recovery tests.</P>
                              <P>(C) Providing a secure place to store baskets of sampling gear.</P>
                              <P>(g) <E T="03">Procurement of observer services.</E> Owners of vessels or shoreside processors required to carry observers under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section must arrange for observer services from an observer contractor or contractors. A list of observer contractors is available upon request from the Observer Program Office.</P>
                              <P>(h) <E T="03">Certification and decertification of observers</E>—(1) <E T="03">Certification of observers</E>—(i) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> NMFS will certify individuals who:</P>
                              <P>(A) Meet education and/or experience standards available from the Observer Program Office.</P>
                              <P>(B) Have successfully completed a NMFS-approved observer training and/or briefing as prescribed by NMFS and available from the Observer Program Office.</P>
                              <P>(C) Have not been suspended or decertified under paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(D) For purposes of the groundfish CDQ fisheries, a NMFS-certified CDQ observer must meet the following requirements.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Be a prior observer in the groundfish fisheries off Alaska who has completed at least 60 days of observer data collection.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Receive the rating of 1 for “meets expectations” or 2 for “exceptional” by NMFS for his or her most recent deployment.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Successfully complete a NMFS-approved CDQ observer training and/or briefing as prescribed by NMFS and available from the Observer Program Office.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Comply with all of the other requirements of this section.</P>
                              <P>(E) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (h)(1)(i)(D) of this section, to be certified as a “lead CDQ observer”, an observer must meet the following requirements.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A “lead CDQ observer” on a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership must have completed two observer cruises (contracts) and sampled at least 100 hauls on a catcher/processor using trawl gear or a mothership.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A “lead CDQ observer” on a catcher vessel using trawl gear must have completed two observer cruises (contracts) and sampled at least 50 hauls on a catcher vessel using trawl gear.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A “lead CDQ observer” on a vessel using nontrawl gear must have completed two observer cruises (contracts) of at least 10 days each and sampled at least 60 sets on a vessel using nontrawl gear.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) A “lead CDQ observer” in a shoreside processing plant must have observed at least 30 days in a shoreside processing plant.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Term.</E> An observer's certification expires upon completion of a deployment. Observers can be decertified or suspended by NMFS under paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Standards of observer conduct</E>—(i) <E T="03">Conflict of interest.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>(A) Observers:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) May not have a direct financial interest, other than the provision of observer services, in a North Pacific fishery, including, but not limited to, vessels or shoreside facilities involved in the catching or processing of the <PRTPAGE P="568"/>products of the fishery, concerns selling supplies or services to these vessels or shoreside facilities, or concerns purchasing raw or processed products from these vessels or shoreside facilities.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) May not solicit or accept, directly or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor, entertainment, loan, or anything of monetary value from anyone who conducts activities that are regulated by NMFS, or who has interests that may be substantially affected by the performance or nonperformance of the observers’ official duties.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) May not serve as observers on any vessel or at any shoreside facility owned or operated by a person who previously employed the observers.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) May not solicit or accept employment as a crew member or an employee of a vessel or shoreside processor in a North Pacific fishery while under contract with an observer contractor.</P>
                              <P>(B) Provisions for remuneration of observers under this section do not constitute a conflict of interest under this paragraph (h)(2).</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Standards of behavior.</E> Observers must avoid any behavior that could adversely affect the confidence of the public in the integrity of the Observer Program or of the government, including but not limited to the following:</P>
                              <P>(A) Observers must diligently perform their assigned duties.</P>
                              <P>(B) Observers must accurately record their sampling data, write complete reports, and report honestly any suspected violations of regulations relevant to conservation of marine resources or their environment that are observed.</P>
                              <P>(C) Observers must not disclose collected data and observations made on board the vessel or in the processing facility to any person except the owner or operator of the observed vessel or processing facility, an authorized officer, or NMFS.</P>
                              <P>(D) Observers must refrain from engaging in any illegal actions or any other activities that would reflect negatively on their image as professional scientists, on other observers, or on the Observer Program as a whole. This includes, but is not limited to:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Engaging in excessive drinking of alcoholic beverages;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Engaging in the use or distribution of illegal drugs; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Becoming physically or emotionally involved with vessel or processing facility personnel.</P>
                              <P>(i) <E T="03">Certification and decertification of observer contractors</E>—(1) <E T="03">Certification of observer contractors</E>—(i) <E T="03">Application.</E> An applicant seeking to become an observer contractor must submit an application to the Regional Administrator describing the applicant's ability to carry out the responsibilities and duties of an observer contractor as set out in paragraph (i)(2) of this section and the arrangements and methods to be used. Observer contractors certified prior to January 1, 1998, and that have provided observer services during 1997, are exempt from this requirement to submit an application and are certified for the term specified in paragraph (i)(1)(iii) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Selection.</E> The Regional Administrator may select one or more observer contractors based on the information submitted by applicants under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section and on other selection criteria that are available from the Observer Program Office.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Term</E>. Observer contractors will be certified through December 31, 1998. Observer contractors can be decertified or suspended by NMFS under paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Responsibilities and duties of observer contractors</E> include but are not limited to the following:</P>
                              <P>(i) Recruiting, evaluating, and hiring qualified candidates to serve as observers, including minorities and women.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Ensuring that only observers provide observer services.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Providing observers as requested by vessels and processors to fulfill requirements under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(iv) Providing observers’ salary, benefits and personnel services in a timely manner.</P>

                              <P>(v) Providing all logistics to place and maintain the observers aboard the fishing vessels or at the site of the processing facility. This includes all travel arrangements, lodging and per diem, and any other services required to place observers aboard vessels or at processing facilities. Unless alternative <PRTPAGE P="569"/>arrangements are approved by the Observer Program Office:</P>
                              <P>(A) Observers must not be deployed on the same vessel or at the same shoreside processor for more than 90 days in a 12-month period.</P>
                              <P>(B) A deployment cannot exceed 90 days.</P>
                              <P>(C) A deployment cannot include assignments to more than four vessels and/or shoreside processors.</P>
                              <P>(vi) Supplying alternate observers or prospective observers if one or more observers or prospective observers are not approved by NMFS, fail to successfully complete observer training or briefing, are injured and must be replaced, or resign prior to completion of duties.</P>
                              <P>(vii) Maintaining communications with observers at sea and shoreside facilities. Each observer contractor must have an employee responsible for observer activities on call 24 hours a day to handle emergencies involving observers, or problems concerning observer logistics, whenever observers are at sea, stationed at shoreside facilities, in transit, or in port awaiting boarding.</P>
                              <P>(viii) In cooperation with vessel or processing facility owners, ensuring that all observers’ in-season catch messages and other required transmissions between observers and NMFS are delivered to NMFS within a time specified by the Regional Administrator.</P>
                              <P>(ix) Ensuring that observers complete mid-deployment data reviews when required.</P>
                              <P>(x) Ensuring that observers complete debriefing as soon as possible after the completion of their deployment and at locations specified by the Regional Administrator.</P>
                              <P>(xi) Ensuring all data, reports, and biological samples from observer deployments are complete and submitted to NMFS at the time of the debriefing interview.</P>
                              <P>(xii) Ensuring that all sampling and safety gear are returned to the Observer Program Office and that any gear and equipment lost or damaged by observers is replaced according to NMFS requirements.</P>
                              <P>(xiii) Monitoring observers’ performance to ensure satisfactory execution of duties by observers and observer conformance with NMFS’ standards of observer conduct under paragraph (h)(2) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(xiv) Providing the following information to the Observer Program Office by electronic transmission (e-mail), fax, or other method specified by NMFS.</P>
                              <P>(A) Observer training registration consisting of a list of individuals to be hired upon approval by NMFS and a copy of each person's academic transcripts, resume, and application for observer employment. The list must include the person's name and sex. The person's social security number is requested. Observer briefing registration consisting of a list of the observer's name, requested briefing class date, and briefing location. If the Observer Program Office has excused an observer from attending a briefing, the briefing registration must also include the names of observers excused from briefing, the date the observer was excused, and the name of the NMFS staff person granting the excuse. This information must be submitted to the Observer Program Office at least 5 working days prior to the beginning of a scheduled observer certification training or briefing session.</P>
                              <P>(B) Projected observer assignments that include the observer's name; vessel or shoreside processor assignment, type, and code; port of embarkation; target species; and area of fishing. This information must be submitted to the Observer Program Office prior to the completion of the training or briefing session.</P>
                              <P>(C) Observer deployment/logistics reports that include the observer's name, cruise number, current vessel or shoreside processor assignment and code, embarkation date, and estimated and actual disembarkation dates. This information must be submitted weekly as directed by the Observer Program Office.</P>
                              <P>(D) Observer debriefing registration that includes the observer's name, cruise number, vessel or shoreside processor name(s), and requested debriefing date.</P>

                              <P>(E) Copies of “certificates of insurance” that name the NMFS Observer Program Task Leader as a “certificate holder”. The certificates of insurance <PRTPAGE P="570"/>shall verify the following coverage provisions and state that the insurance company will notify the certificate holder if insurance coverage is changed or cancelled:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Maritime Liability to cover “seamen's” claims under the Merchant Marine Act (Jones Act) and General Maritime Law ($1 million minimum).</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Coverage under the U.S. Longshore and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act ($1 million minimum).</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) States Workers’ Compensation as required.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Commercial General Liability.</P>
                              <P>(F) Notification that, based upon a physical examination during the 12 months prior to an observer's deployment, an examining physician has certified that an observer does not have any health problems or conditions that would jeopardize the observer's safety or the safety of others while deployed, or prevent the observer from performing his or her duties satisfactorily, and that prior to examination, the certifying physician was made aware of the dangerous, remote and rigorous nature of the work. This information, including the date of the physical examination, must be submitted prior to the completion of the training or briefing session.</P>
                              <P>(G) A completed and unaltered copy of each type of signed and valid contract (including all attachments, appendices, addendums, and exhibits incorporated into the contract) an observer contractor has with those entities requiring observer services under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and with observers. Completed and unaltered copies of signed and valid contracts with  specific entities requiring observer services or with specific observers must be submitted to the Observer Program Office upon request. Types of signed and valid contracts include the contracts an observer contractor has with:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Vessels required to have observer coverage as specified at paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (iv) of this section,</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Vessels required to have observer coverage as specified at paragraphs (c)(1)(ii), (v), and (vii) of this section,</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Shoreside processors required to have observer coverage as specified at paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section,</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Shoreside processors required to have observer coverage as specified at paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section,</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Observers (to include contracts for the various compensation or salary levels of observers, the levels being based on observer experience).</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Required copies of contracts must be submitted by mail or faxed to: NMFS Observer Program Office, 7600 Sandpoint Way Northeast, Seattle, WA 98115-0070; fax number 206-526-4066.</P>
                              <P>(H) Reports of observer harassment, concerns about vessel or processor safety, or observer performance problems must be submitted within 24 hours after the observer contractor becomes aware of the problem.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Conflict of interest.</E> Observer contractors:</P>
                              <P>(i) Must not have a direct financial interest, other than the provision of observer services, in a North Pacific fishery, including, but not limited to, vessels or shoreside facilities involved in the catching or processing of the products of the fishery, concerns selling supplies or services to these vessels or shoreside facilities, or concerns purchasing raw or processed products from these vessels or shoreside facilities.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Must assign observers without regard to any preference by representatives of vessels and shoreside facilities based on observer race, gender, age, religion, or sexual orientation.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Must not solicit or accept, directly or indirectly, any gratuity, gift, favor, entertainment, loan, or anything of monetary value from anyone who conducts activities that are regulated by NMFS, or who has interests that may be substantially affected by the performance or nonperformance of the official duties of observer contractors.</P>
                              <P>(j) <E T="03">Suspension and Decertification Process—(1) Applicability.</E> This paragraph (j) sets forth the procedures for suspension and decertification of observers and observer contractors under this section.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Policy.</E> (i) NMFS must certify responsible and qualified observers and observer contractors only. Suspension and decertification are discretionary actions that, taken in accordance with this section, are appropriate means to effectuate this policy.<PRTPAGE P="571"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(ii) The serious nature of suspension and decertification requires that these actions be taken only in the public interest for the promotion of fishery conservation and management and not for purposes of punishment. NMFS may impose suspension or decertification only for the causes and in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section.</P>
                              <P>(iii) In addition to suspension and decertification, observers and observer contractors who violate provisions of this part may be subject to penalties, fines, and other sanctions as authorized by law.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Public availability of suspension or decertification records.</E> Public availability of suspension or decertification records will depend upon the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act and other applicable law.</P>
                              <P>(4) <E T="03">Effect and timing of suspension or decertification.</E> (i) Observers or observer contractors decertified or suspended must not provide services prescribed by this section to vessels and shoreside processors.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Suspension and decertification actions may be combined and imposed simultaneously.</P>
                              <P>(iii) Suspension or decertification of observer contractors includes all divisions or other organizational elements of observer contractors, unless the suspension or decertification decision is limited by its terms to specific divisions or organizational elements. The suspending or decertifying official may, at his or her sole discretion, include any affiliates of observer contractors if they are specifically named and given written notice of the suspension or proposed decertification and an opportunity to respond under paragraph (j)(5)(iii)(B) or (j)(6)(iii)(C) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(5) <E T="03">Suspension</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> (A) The suspending official may, in the public interest, suspend observers or observer contractors for any of the causes in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section, using the procedures in paragraph (j)(5)(iii) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(B) Suspension may be imposed on the basis of adequate evidence, pending the completion of investigation or legal proceedings, when NMFS determines that immediate action is necessary. In assessing the adequacy of the evidence, the suspending official should consider how much information is available, how credible it is given the circumstances, whether or not important allegations are corroborated, and what inferences can reasonably be drawn as a result.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Causes for suspension.</E> The suspending official may suspend observers or observer contractors:</P>
                              <P>(A) Upon a determination, based upon adequate evidence, that observers or observer contractors committed any acts or omissions constituting a cause for decertification under paragraph (j)(6)(ii) of this section; or</P>

                              <P>(B) Upon indictment for any of the causes for decertification in (j)(6)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) or (j)(6)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(A) <E T="03">Review.</E> The suspending official must review all available evidence and must promptly determine whether or not to proceed with suspension. The suspending official may refer the matter to the NMFS investigator for further investigation, or to the decertifying officer.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Notice of suspension.</E> When observers or observer contractors and any specifically named affiliates are suspended, they must be immediately advised personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) That they have been suspended and that the suspension is based on an indictment or other adequate evidence that observers or observer contractors have committed acts or omissions constituting grounds for suspension under (j)(5)(ii) of this section. Such acts or omissions may be described in terms sufficient to place observers or observer contractors on notice without disclosing NMFS’ evidence.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) That the suspension is for a temporary period pending the completion of an investigation and such decertification proceedings as may ensue.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Of the cause(s) relied upon under paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section for imposing suspension.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Of the effect of the suspension.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) That, within 30 days after receipt of the notice, the observers or observer contractors may submit, in writing, documentary evidence and argument in <PRTPAGE P="572"/>opposition to the suspension, including any additional specific documentary evidence that raises a genuine dispute over the material facts.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) That additional proceedings to determine disputed material facts may be conducted unless:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The action is based on an indictment; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) A determination is made, on the basis of NOAA General Counsel advice, that the substantial interests of the government in pending or contemplated legal proceedings based on the same facts as the suspension would be prejudiced.</P>
                              <P>(C) <E T="03">Dispute.</E> For suspensions not based on an indictment, if NMFS determines that the observers’ or observer contractors’ submission in opposition raises a genuine dispute over facts material to the suspension and if no determination has been made, on the basis of NOAA General Counsel advice, that substantial interests of the government in pending or contemplated legal proceedings based on the same facts as the suspension would be prejudiced, the suspending official:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Must afford observers or observer contractors an opportunity to submit additional documentary evidence upon a showing that such documentary evidence was unavailable during the 30-day period following receipt of the notice of suspension.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) May, at his or her sole discretion, afford observers or observer contractors an opportunity to appear in person, present witnesses, and confront any person NMFS presents. The suspending official must make an audio tape of the proceedings and make a copy available at cost to observers or observer contractors upon request, unless observers or observer contractors and NMFS, by mutual agreement, waive the requirement for an audio tape.</P>
                              <P>(D) <E T="03">Suspending official's decision.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) The suspending official's decision must be based on all the information in the administrative record, including any submission made by observers or observer contractors on action based on an indictment:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) In which observers or observer contractors’ submissions do not raise a genuine dispute over material facts; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) In which additional proceedings to determine disputed material facts have been denied on the basis of NOAA General Counsel advice.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) In actions in which additional proceedings are necessary as to disputed material facts, written findings of fact must be prepared. The suspending official must base the decision on the facts as found, together with any information and argument submitted by observers or observer contractors and any other information in the administrative record.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The suspending official may refer matters involving disputed material facts to another official for findings of fact. The suspending official may reject any such findings, in whole or in part.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The suspending official's decision must be made after the conclusion of the proceedings with respect to disputed facts.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Prompt written notice of the suspending official's decision to affirm, modify, or terminate the notice of suspension issued under this paragraph (j)(5) must be served on observers or observer contractors and any affiliates involved, personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business.</P>
                              <P>(E) <E T="03">Period of suspension.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) Suspension is for a temporary period pending the completion of any investigation and any ensuing legal proceedings or decertification proceedings, including any administrative review under paragraph (j)(7) of this section, unless sooner terminated by the suspending official or as provided under this paragraph (j). If suspension is in effect, the decertifying official will expedite any related decertification proceedings.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If legal proceedings or decertification proceedings are not initiated within 12 months after the date of the suspension notice, the suspension must be terminated.</P>
                              <P>(F) <E T="03">Scope of suspension for observer contractors.</E> The scope of suspension must be the same as that for decertification under paragraph (j)(6)(v), except that the procedures set out under paragraph (j)(5) must be used in imposing suspension.<PRTPAGE P="573"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(6) <E T="03">Decertification</E>—(i) <E T="03">General.</E> The decertifying official may, in the public interest, decertify observers or observer contractors for any of the causes in paragraph (j)(6)(ii) of this section using the procedures in paragraph (j)(6)(iii) of this section. The existence of a cause for decertification does not necessarily require that observers or observer contractors be decertified; the seriousness of the acts or omissions and any mitigating factors should be considered in making any decertification decision. The existence or nonexistence of any mitigating factors is not necessarily determinative of an observers’ or observer contractors’ present fitness. Accordingly, if a cause for decertification exists, observers or observer contractors have the burden of demonstrating, to the satisfaction of the decertifying official, present fitness and that decertification is not necessary.</P>
                              <P>(ii) <E T="03">Causes for decertification</E>—(A) <E T="03">Observers.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) The decertifying official may decertify observers for a conviction of or civil judgment for the following:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Commission of fraud or other violation in connection with obtaining or attempting to obtain certification, or in performing the duties of observers as prescribed by NMFS;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Commission of any other offense indicating a lack of integrity or honesty that seriously and directly affects the present fitness of observers.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The decertifying official may decertify observers, based upon a preponderance of the evidence, upon a determination that observers have:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Failed to satisfactorily perform the duties of observers as prescribed by NMFS; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Failed to abide by the standards of conduct for observers as prescribed under paragraph (h)(2) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Observer contractors.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) The decertifying official may decertify observer contractors for a conviction of or civil judgment for the following:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Commission of fraud or other violation in connection with obtaining or attempting to obtain certification, or in performing the responsibilities and duties of observer contractors as prescribed under paragraph (i)(2) of this section;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Commission of any other offense indicating a lack of business integrity or business honesty that seriously and directly affects the present fitness of observer contractors.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The decertifying official may decertify observer contractors, based upon a preponderance of the evidence, upon a determination that observer contractors have:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Failed to satisfactorily perform the responsibilities and duties of observer contractors as prescribed under paragraph (i)(2) of this section; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) A conflict of interest as set out under paragraph (i)(3) of this section.</P>
                              <P>(iii) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(A) <E T="03">Investigation and referral.</E> NMFS personnel must promptly report to the NMFS investigator matters appropriate for further investigation. The NMFS investigator must investigate matters so referred and submit the investigative material to the decertifying official or, if appropriate, to the suspending official.</P>
                              <P>(B) <E T="03">Review.</E> The decertifying official must review all available evidence and must promptly determine whether or not to proceed with decertification. The decertifying official may refer the matter to the NMFS investigator for further investigation or, if appropriate, to the suspending official.</P>
                              <P>(C) <E T="03">Notice of proposed decertification.</E> If the decertifying official determines to proceed with decertification, he or she must serve a notice of proposed decertification upon observers or observer contractors and any specifically named affiliates, personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business, advising:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) That decertification is being considered.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Of the reasons for the proposed decertification in terms sufficient to put observers or observer contractors on <PRTPAGE P="574"/>notice of the conduct or transaction(s) upon which it is based.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Of the cause(s) relied upon under paragraph (j)(6)(ii) of this section for proposing decertification.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) That, within 30 days after receipt of the notice, observers or observer contractors may submit, in writing, documentary evidence and argument in opposition to the proposed decertification, including any additional specific documentary evidence that raises a genuine dispute over the material facts.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Of NMFS’ procedures governing decertification decision making.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Of the effect of the issuance of the notice of proposed decertification.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">7</E>) Of the potential effect of an actual decertification.</P>
                              <P>(D) <E T="03">Dispute.</E> In actions not based upon a conviction or civil judgment, if it is found that observers’ or observer contractors’ submissions raise a genuine dispute over facts material to the proposed decertification, the decertifying official:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Must afford observers or observer contractors an opportunity to submit additional documentary evidence upon a showing that such documentary evidence was unavailable during the 30-day period following receipt of the notice of proposed decertification.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) May, at his or her sole discretion, afford observers or observer contractors an opportunity to appear in person, present witnesses, and confront any person NMFS presents. The decertifying official must make an audio tape of the proceedings and make a copy available at cost to observers or observer contractors upon request, unless observers or observer contractors and NMFS, by mutual agreement, waive the requirement for an audio tape.</P>
                              <P>(E) <E T="03">Decertifying official's decision.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) In actions based upon a conviction or judgment, or in which there is no genuine dispute over material facts, the decertifying official must make a decision on the basis of all the information in the administrative record, including any submission made by observers or observer contractors. The decision must be made after receipt of any timely information and argument submitted by observers or observer contractors.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) In actions in which additional proceedings are necessary as to disputed material facts, written findings of fact must be prepared. The decertifying official must base the decision on the facts as found, together with any information and argument submitted by observers or observer contractors and any other information in the administrative record.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The decertifying official may refer matters involving disputed material facts to another official for findings of fact. The decertifying official may reject any such findings, in whole or in part.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The decertifying official's decision must be made after the conclusion of the proceedings with respect to disputed facts.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) In any action in which the proposed decertification is not based upon a conviction or civil judgment, the cause for decertification may be established by a preponderance of the evidence.</P>
                              <P>(F) <E T="03">Notice of decertifying official's decision.</E> (<E T="03">1</E>) If the decertifying official decides to impose decertification, observers or observer contractors and any affiliates involved must be given prompt notice personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business. Such notice must:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Refer to the notice of proposed decertification.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Specify the reasons for decertification.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Advise that the decertification is effective immediately, unless the decertifying official determines that there is a compelling reason for maintaining certification for a specified period under conditions and restrictions necessary and appropriate to protect the public interest or promote fishery conservation and management and states the reasons in the notice.</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If decertification is not imposed, the decertifying official must promptly notify observers or observer contractors and any affiliates involved, by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business.<PRTPAGE P="575"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(iv) <E T="03">Period of decertification.</E> (A) Decertification must be in force indefinitely or until rescinded.</P>
                              <P>(B) The decertifying official may rescind decertification, upon observers’ or observer contractors’ request, supported by documentation, for reasons such as:</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Newly discovered material evidence;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Reversal of the conviction or civil judgment upon which the decertification was based;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Bona fide change in ownership or management;</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Elimination of other causes for which the decertification was imposed; or</P>
                              <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Other reasons the decertifying official deems appropriate.</P>
                              <P>(v) <E T="03">Scope of decertification.</E> (A) The improper conduct of any officer, director, shareholder, partner, employee, or other individual associated with observer contractors may be imputed to the observer contractors when the conduct occurred in connection with the performance of duties for or on behalf of observer contractors, or with observer contractors’ knowledge, approval, or acquiescence. Observer contractors’ acceptance of the benefits derived from the conduct must be evidence of such knowledge, approval, or acquiescence.</P>
                              <P>(B) The improper conduct of observer contractors may be imputed to any officer, director, shareholder, partner, employee, or other individual associated with observer contractors who participated in, knew of, or had reason to know of the observer contractors’ conduct.</P>
                              <P>(7) <E T="03">Administrative review of suspension or decertification.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>(i) Observers or observer contractors may petition for review of a suspension decision issued under paragraph (j)(5)(iii) of this section or a decertification decision issued under paragraph (j)(6)(iii) of this section within 30 days after the date the decision was served. The petition must be addressed to the appeals officer identified in the notice of suspension or decertification. Any petitioned suspension will remain in effect pending the appeals officer's written decision to affirm, modify or terminate the suspension.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Administrative review is discretionary. Petitions for discretionary review may be filed only upon one or more of the following grounds:</P>
                              <P>(A) A finding of material fact is clearly erroneous based upon the administrative record;</P>
                              <P>(B) A substantial and important question of policy or discretion is involved; or</P>
                              <P>(C) A prejudicial error has occurred.</P>
                              <P>(iii) If the appeals officer declines review based on the written petition, observers or observer contractors must be immediately advised of the decision to decline review personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business.</P>
                              <P>(iv) If the appeals officer grants review based on the written petition, he or she may request further written explanation from observers, observer contractors, or the decertifying officer or suspending officer. The appeals officer will then render a written decision to affirm, modify, or terminate the suspension or decertification or return the matter to the suspending or decertifying official for further findings. The appeals officer must base the decision on the administrative records compiled under paragraphs (j)(5) or (j)(6) of this section, as appropriate. The appeals officer will serve the decision on observers or observer contractors and any affiliates involved, personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the last known residence or place of business.</P>
                              <P>(v) An appeals officer's decision imposing suspension, or decertification or an unpetitioned suspending, or decertifying official's decision is the final administrative decision of the U.S. Department of Commerce.</P>
                              <P>(k) <E T="03">Release of observer data to the public</E>—(1) <E T="03">Summary of weekly data</E>. The following information collected by observers for each catcher processor and catcher vessel during any weekly reporting period may be made available to the public:</P>
                              <P>(i) Vessel name and Federal permit number.</P>
                              <P>(ii) Number of chinook salmon and “other salmon” observed.</P>

                              <P>(iii) The ratio of total round weight of halibut or Pacific herring to the <PRTPAGE P="576"/>total round weight of groundfish in sampled catch.</P>

                              <P>(iv) The ratio of number of king crab or <E T="03">C. bairdi</E> Tanner crab to the total round weight of groundfish in sampled hauls.</P>
                              <P>(v) The number of observed trawl hauls or fixed gear sets.</P>
                              <P>(vi) The number of trawl hauls that were basket sampled.</P>
                              <P>(vii) The total weight of basket samples taken from sampled trawl hauls.</P>
                              <P>(2) <E T="03">Haul-specific data.</E> (i) The information listed in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) (A) through (M) of this section and collected by observers from observed hauls on board vessels using trawl gear to participate in a directed fishery for groundfish other than rockfish, Greenland turbot, or Atka mackerel may be made available to the public:</P>
                              <P>(A) Date.</P>
                              <P>(B) Time of day gear is deployed.</P>
                              <P>(C) Latitude and longitude at beginning of haul.</P>
                              <P>(D) Bottom depth.</P>
                              <P>(E) Fishing depth of trawl.</P>
                              <P>(F) The ratio of the number of chinook salmon to the total round weight of groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(G) The ratio of the number of other salmon to the total round weight of groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(H) The ratio of total round weight of halibut to the total round weight of groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(I) The ratio of total round weight of herring to the total round weight of groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(J) The ratio of the number of king crab to the total round weight of groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(K) The ratio of the number of C. <E T="03">bairdi</E> Tanner crab to the total round weight of groundfish.</P>
                              <P>(L) Sea surface temperature (where available).</P>
                              <P>(M) Sea temperature at fishing depth of trawl (where available).</P>
                              <P>(ii) The identity of the vessels from which the data in paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section are collected will not be released.</P>
                              <P>(3) <E T="03">Competitive harm.</E> In exceptional circumstances, the owners and operators of vessels may provide to the Regional Administrator written justification at the time observer data are submitted, or within a reasonable time thereafter, that disclosure of the information listed in paragraphs (k) (1) and (2) of this section could reasonably be expected to cause substantial competitive harm. The determination whether to disclose the information will be made pursuant to 15 CFR 4.7.</P>
                              <CITA>[61 FR 56431, Nov. 1, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 63761, Dec. 2, 1996; 61 FR 65989, Dec. 16, 1996; 62 FR 60182, Nov. 7, 1997; 62 FR 63891, Dec. 3, 1997; 62 FR 67760, Dec. 30, 1997; 63 FR 11168, Mar. 6, 1998; 63 FR 30409, June 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </SECTION>
                            <APPENDIX>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, App. A</EAR>
                              <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 679—Performance and Technical Requirements for Scales Used To Weigh Catch at Sea in the Groundfish Fisheries Off Alaska</HD>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">1.Introduction</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">2.Belt Scales</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.1Applicability</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2Performance Requirements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.1Maximum Permissible Errors</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.1.1Laboratory Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.1.2Zero Load Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.1.3Material Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.2Minimum Flow Rate (<E T="61">S</E>min)</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.3Minimum Totalized Load (<E T="61">S</E>min)</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.4Influence Quantities</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.4.1Temperature</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.2.4.2Power Supply</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3Technical Requirements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1Indicators and Printers</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.1General</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.2Values Defined</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.3Units</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.4Value of the Scale Division</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.5Range of Indication</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.6Resettable and Non-resettable Values</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.7Rate of Flow Indicator</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.8Printed Information</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.9Permanence of Markings</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.10Power Loss</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.11Adjustable Components</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.12Audit Trail</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.1.13Adjustments to Scale Weights</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2Weighing Elements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2.1Speed Measurement</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2.2Conveyer Belt</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2.3Overload Protection</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2.4Speed Control</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2.5Adjustable Components</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.2.6Motion Compensation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.3Installation Conditions</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.4Marking</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.3.4.1Presentation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.1Minimum Test Load</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.2Laboratory Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.2.1Influence Quantity and Disturbance Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.2.2Zero-Load Tests<PRTPAGE P="577"/>
                              </FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.2.3Material Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.3Annual Scale Inspections</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.3.1Zero-Load Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2.4.3.2Material Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">3. Automatic Hopper Scales</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.1Applicability</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2Performance Requirements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.1Maximum Permissible Errors</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.1.1Laboratory Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.1.2Increasing and Decreasing Load Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.2Minimum Weighment (<E T="61">S</E>min)</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.3Minimum Totalized Load (Lot)</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.4Influence Quantities</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.4.1Temperature</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.4.1.1Operating Temperature</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.2.4.2Power Supply</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3Technical Requirements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1Indicators and Printers</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.1General</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.2Values Defined</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.3Units</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.4Value of the Scale Division</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.5Weighing Sequence</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.6Printing Sequence</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.7Printed Information</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.8Permanence of Markings</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.9Range of Indication</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.10Non-resettable Values</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.11Power Loss</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.12Adjustable Components</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.13Audit Trail</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.14Zero-Load Adjustment</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.14.1Manual</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.14.2Semi-automatic</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.15Damping Means</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.1.16Adjustments to Scale Weights</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.2Interlocks and Gate Control</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.3Overfill Sensor</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.4Weighing Elements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.4.1Overload Protection</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.4.2Adjustable Components</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.4.3Motion Compensation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.5Installation Conditions</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.6Marking</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.3.6.1Presentation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.4Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.4.1Standards</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.4.2Laboratory Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.4.2.1Influence Quantity and Disturbance Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.4.2.2Performance Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3.4.3Annual Scale Inspections</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">4. Platform Scales and Hanging Scales</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.1Applicability</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2Performance Requirements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1Maximum Permissible Errors</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1.1Laboratory Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.1.2Increasing and Decreasing Load and Shift Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.2Accuracy Classes</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.3Minimum Load</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.4Influence Quantities</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.4.1Temperature</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.4.1.1Operating Temperature</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.2.4.2Power Supply</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3Technical Requirements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1Indicators and Printers</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.1General</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.2Values Defined</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.3Units</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.4Value of the Scale Division</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.5Printed Information</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.6Permanence of Markings</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.7Power Loss</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.8Adjustable Components</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.9Zero-Load Adjustment</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.9.1Manual</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.9.2Semi-automatic</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.1.10Damping Means</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.2Weighing Elements</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.2.1Overload Protection</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.2.2Adjustable Components</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.2.3Motion Compensation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.3Installation Conditions</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.4Marking</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.3.4.1Presentation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.4Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.4.1Standards</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.4.2Laboratory Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.4.2.1Influence Quantities and Disturbance Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.4.2.2Performance Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4.4.3Annual Scale Inspections</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">5. Definitions</FP>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Annex A to Appendix A to Part 679—Influence Quantity and Disturbance Tests</HD>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">A.1General</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">A.2Test considerations</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">A.3Tests</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.1Static Temperatures</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.2Damp Heat, Steady State</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.3Power Voltage Variation</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.4Short Time Power Reduction</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.5Bursts</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.6Electrostatic Discharge</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A.3.7Electromagnetic Susceptibility</FP>
                              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">A.4 Bibliography</FP>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Introduction</HD>
                              <P>(a) This appendix to part 679 contains the performance and technical requirements for scales to be approved by NMFS for use to weigh, at sea, catch from the groundfish fisheries off Alaska. The performance and technical requirements in this document have not been reviewed or endorsed by the National Conference on Weights and Measures. Regulations implementing the requirements of this appendix and additional requirements for and with respect to scales used to weigh catch at sea are found at 50 CFR 679.28(b).</P>
                              <P>(b) Revisions, amendments, or additions to this appendix may be made after notice and opportunity for public comments. Send requests for revisions, amendments, or additions to the Sustainable Fisheries Division, Alaska Region, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802.</P>
                              <P>(c) <E T="03">Types of Scales Covered by Appendix</E>—This appendix contains performance and technical requirements for belt, automatic hopper, platform, and hanging scales.<PRTPAGE P="578"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>(d) <E T="03">Testing and Approval of Scales Used to Weigh Catch at Sea</E>—Scales used to weigh catch at sea are required to comply with four categories of performance and technical requirements: (1) Type evaluation; (2) initial inspection after installation while the vessel is tied up at a dock and is not under power at sea; (3) annual reinspection while the vessel is tied up at a dock and is not under power at sea; and (4) daily at-sea tests of the scale's accuracy. This appendix contains only the performance and technical requirements for type evaluation and initial and annual reinspections by an authorized scale inspector.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Belt Scales</HD>
                              <P>2.1<E T="03">Applicability.</E> The requirements in this section apply to a scale or scale system that employs a conveyor belt in contact with a weighing element to determine the weight of a bulk commodity being conveyed across the scale.</P>
                              <P>2.2<E T="03">Performance Requirements</E>—2.2.1 <E T="03">Maximum Permissible Errors.</E> For laboratory tests of a scale and initial inspections and annual reinspections of an installed scale when the vessel is tied up at a dock and is not under power at sea, the following maximum permissible errors (MPEs) are specified:</P>
                              <P>2.2.1.1<E T="03">Laboratory Tests.</E> See annex A to this appendix A for procedures for disturbance tests and influence factors.</P>
                              <P>a. <E T="03">Disturbances.</E>
                                <E T="61">±</E>0.18 percent of the weight of the load totalized.</P>
                              <P>b. <E T="03">Influence Factors.</E>
                                <E T="61">±</E>0.25 percent of the weight of the load totalized.</P>
                              <P>c. <E T="03">Temperature Effect at Zero Flow Rate.</E> The difference between the values obtained at zero flow rate taken at temperatures that differ by 10° C <E T="61">±</E>0.2° C must not be greater than 0.035 percent of the weight of the load totalized at the maximum flow-rate for the time of the test.</P>
                              <P>2.2.1.2<E T="03">Zero Load Tests.</E> For zero load tests conducted in a laboratory or on a scale installed on a vessel and conducted when the vessel is tied up at a dock and not under power at sea, <E T="61">±</E>0.1 percent of the value of the minimum totalized load or 1 scale division (d), whichever is greater.</P>
                              <P>2.2.1.3<E T="03">Material Tests.</E> For material tests conducted in a laboratory or on a scale installed on a vessel and conducted when the vessel is tied up at a dock and not under power at sea, <E T="61">±</E>1.0 percent of the known weight of the test material.</P>
                              <P>2.2.2<E T="03">Minimum Flow Rate (Qmin).</E> The minimum flow rate must be specified by the manufacturer and must not be greater than 35 percent of the rated capacity of the scale in kilograms per hour (kg/hr) or metric tons per hour (mt/hr).</P>
                              <P>2.2.3<E T="03">Minimum Totalized Load</E>                                                                                           (<E T="61">S</E>min). The minimum totalized load must not be less than the greater of—</P>
                              <P>a. Two percent of the load totalized in 1 hour at the maximum flow rate;</P>
                              <P>b. The load obtained at the maximum flow rate in 1 revolution of the belt; or</P>
                              <P>c. A load equal to 800 scale divisions (d).</P>
                              <P>2.2.4<E T="03">Influence Quantities.</E> The following requirements apply to influence factor tests conducted in the laboratory.</P>
                              <P>2.2.4.1<E T="03">Temperature.</E> A belt scale must comply with the performance and technical requirements at a range of temperatures from −10° C to +40° C. However, for special applications the temperature range may be different, but the range must not be less than 30° C and must be so specified on the scale's descriptive markings.</P>
                              <P>2.2.4.2<E T="03">Power Supply.</E> A belt scale must comply with the performance and technical requirements when operated within a range of −15 percent to +10 percent of the power supply specified on the scale's descriptive markings.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1<E T="03">Technical Requirements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>2.3.1<E T="03">Indicators and Printers.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>2.3.1.1<E T="03">General.</E> A belt scale must be equipped with an indicator capable of displaying both the weight of fish in each haul or set and the cumulative weight of all fish or other material weighed on the scale between annual inspections (“the cumulative weight”), a rate of flow indicator, and a printer. The indications and printed representations must be clear, definite, accurate, and easily read under all conditions of normal operation of the belt scale.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.2<E T="03">Values Defined.</E> If indications or printed representations are intended to have specific values, these must be defined by a sufficient number of figures, words, or symbols, uniformly placed with reference to the indications or printed representations and as close as practicable to the indications or printed representations but not so positioned as to interfere with the accuracy of reading.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.3<E T="03">Units.</E> The weight of each haul or set must be indicated in kilograms, and the cumulative weight must be indicated in either kilograms or metric tons and decimal subdivisions.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.4<E T="03">Value of the Scale Division.</E> The value of the scale division (d) expressed in a unit of weight must be equal to 1, 2, or 5, or a decimal multiple or sub-multiple of 1, 2, or 5.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.5<E T="03">Range of Indication.</E> The range of the weight indications and printed values for each haul or set must be from 0 kg to 999,999 kg and for the cumulative weight must be from 0 to 99,999 metric tons.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.6<E T="03">Resettable and Non-resettable Values.</E> The means to indicate the weight of fish in each haul or set must be resettable to zero. The means to indicate the cumulative weight must not be resettable to zero without breaking a security means and must be reset only upon direction of NMFS or an authorized scale inspector.<PRTPAGE P="579"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>2.3.1.7<E T="03">Rate of Flow Indicator.</E> Permanent means must be provided to produce an audio or visual signal when the rate of flow is less than the minimum flow rate or greater than 98 percent of the maximum flow rate.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.8<E T="03">Printed Information.</E> The information printed must include—</P>
                              <P>a. For catch weight:</P>
                              <P>i. The vessel name;</P>
                              <P>ii. The Federal fisheries or processor permit number of the vessel;</P>
                              <P>iii. The haul or set number;</P>
                              <P>iv. The month, day, year, and time (to the nearest minute) weighing catch from the haul or set started;</P>
                              <P>v. The month, day, year, and time (to the nearest minute) weighing catch from the haul or set ended;</P>
                              <P>vi. The total weight of catch in each haul or set;</P>
                              <P>vii. The total cumulative weight of all fish or other material weighed on the scale; and</P>
                              <P>viii. The date and time the information is printed.</P>
                              <P>b. For the audit trail:</P>
                              <P>i. The vessel name;</P>
                              <P>ii. The Federal fisheries or processor permit number of the vessel;</P>
                              <P>iii. The date and time (to the nearest minute) that the adjustment was made;</P>
                              <P>iv. The name or type of adjustment being made; and</P>
                              <P>v. The initial and final values of the parameter being changed.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.9<E T="03">Permanence of Markings.</E> All required indications, markings, and instructions must be distinct and easily readable and must be of such character that they will not tend to become obliterated or illegible.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.10<E T="03">Power Loss.</E> In the event of a power failure, means must be provided to retain in a memory the weight of fish in each haul or set for which a printed record has not yet been made, the cumulative weight, and the information on the audit trail.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.11<E T="03">Adjustable Components.</E> An adjustable component that when adjusted affects the performance or accuracy of the scale must be held securely in position and must not be capable of adjustment without breaking a security means unless a record of the adjustment is made on the audit trail described in 2.3.1.12.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.12<E T="03">Audit Trail.</E> An audit trail in the form of an event logger must be provided to document changes made using adjustable components. The following information must be provided in an electronic form that cannot be changed or erased by the scale operator, can be printed at any time, and can be cleared by the scale manufacturer's representative upon direction by NMFS or by an authorized scale inspector:</P>
                              <P>a. The date and time (to the nearest minute) of the change;</P>
                              <P>b. The name or type of adjustment being made; and</P>
                              <P>c. The initial and final values of the parameter being changed.</P>
                              <P>2.3.1.13<E T="03">Adjustments to Scale Weights.</E> The indicators and printer must be designed so that the scale operator cannot change or adjust the indicated and printed weight values.</P>
                              <P>2.3.2<E T="03">Weighing Elements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>2.3.2.1<E T="03">Speed Measurement.</E> A belt scale must be equipped with means to accurately sense the belt travel and/or speed whether the belt is loaded or empty.</P>
                              <P>2.3.2.2<E T="03">Conveyer Belt.</E> The weight per unit length of the conveyor belt must be practically constant. Belt joints must be such that there are no significant effects on the weighing results.</P>
                              <P>2.3.2.3<E T="03">Overload Protection.</E> The load receiver must be equipped with means so that an overload of 150 percent or more of the capacity does not affect the metrological characteristics of the scale.</P>
                              <P>2.3.2.4<E T="03">Speed Control.</E> The speed of the belt must not vary by more than 5 percent of the nominal speed.</P>
                              <P>2.3.2.5<E T="03">Adjustable Components.</E> An adjustable component that can affect the performance of the belt scale must be held securely in position and must not be capable of adjustment without breaking a security means.</P>
                              <P>2.3.2.6<E T="03">Motion Compensation.</E> A belt scale must be equipped with automatic means to compensate for the motion of a vessel at sea so that the weight values indicated are within the MPEs. Such means shall be a reference load cell and a reference mass weight or other equally effective means. When equivalent means are utilized, the manufacturer must provide NMFS with information demonstrating that the scale can weigh accurately at sea.</P>
                              <P>2.3.3<E T="03">Installation Conditions.</E> A belt scale must be rigidly installed in a level condition.</P>
                              <P>2.3.4<E T="03">Marking.</E> A belt scale must be marked with the—</P>
                              <P>a. Name, initials, or trademark of the manufacturer or distributer;</P>
                              <P>b. Model designation;</P>
                              <P>c. Non-repetitive serial number;</P>
                              <P>d. Maximum flow rate (Qmax);</P>
                              <P>e. Minimum flow rate (Qmin);</P>
                              <P>f. Minimum totalized load (<E T="61">S</E>min);</P>
                              <P>g. Value of a scale division (d);</P>
                              <P>h. Belt speed;</P>
                              <P>i. Weigh length;</P>
                              <P>j. Maximum capacity (Max);</P>
                              <P>k. Temperature range (if applicable); and</P>
                              <P>l. Mains voltage.</P>
                              <P>2.3.4.1<E T="03">Presentation.</E> The markings must be reasonably permanent and of such size, shape, and clarity to provide easy reading in normal conditions of use. They must be grouped together in a place visible to the operator.</P>
                              <P>2.4Tests.</P>
                              <P>2.4.1<E T="03">Minimum Test Load.</E> The minimum test load must be the greater of—<PRTPAGE P="580"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>a. 2 percent of the load totalized in 1 hour at the maximum flow rate;</P>
                              <P>b. The load obtained at maximum flow rate in one revolution of the belt; or</P>
                              <P>c. A load equal to 800 scale divisions.</P>
                              <P>2.4.2<E T="03">Laboratory Tests.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>2.4.2.1<E T="03">Influence Quantity and Disturbance Tests.</E> Tests must be conducted according to annex A and the results of these tests must be within the values specified in section 2.2.1.1.</P>
                              <P>2.4.2.2<E T="03">Zero-Load Tests.</E> A zero-load test must be conducted for a time equal to that required to deliver the minimum totalized load (“min). At least two zero-load tests must be conducted prior to a material test. The results of these tests must be within the values specified in section 2.2.1.2.</P>
                              <P>2.4.2.3<E T="03">Material Tests.</E> At least one material test must be conducted with the weight of the material or simulated material equal to or greater than the minimum test load. The results of these tests must be within the values specified in section 2.2.1.3.</P>
                              <P>2.4.3<E T="03">Annual Inspections.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>2.4.3.1<E T="03">Zero-Load Tests.</E> A zero-load test must be conducted for a time equal to that required to deliver the minimum totalized load (<E T="61">S</E>min). At least one zero-load test must be conducted prior to each material test. The results of this test must be within the values specified in section 2.2.1.2.</P>
                              <P>2.4.3.2<E T="03">Material Tests.</E> At least one material or simulated material test must be conducted with the weight of the material or simulated material equal to or greater than the minimum test load. The results of these tests must be within the values specified in section 2.2.1.3.</P>
                              <P>3. <E T="03">Automatic Hopper Scales</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.1<E T="03">Applicability.</E> The requirements in this section apply to a scale or scale system that is designed for automatic weighing of a bulk commodity in predetermined amounts.</P>
                              <P>3.2<E T="03">Performance Requirements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.2.1<E T="03">Maximum Permissible Errors.</E> For laboratory tests of a scale and initial inspection and annual reinspections of an installed scale when the vessel is tied up at a dock and is not under power at sea, the following MPEs are specified:</P>
                              <P>3.2.1.1<E T="03">Laboratory Tests.</E> See annex A to appendix A for procedures for disturbance test and influence factors.</P>
                              <P>a. <E T="03">Disturbances.</E> Significant fault (sf) (<E T="61">±</E>scale division).</P>
                              <P>b. <E T="03">Influence Factors.</E>
                                <E T="61">±</E>1 percent of test load.</P>
                              <P>3.2.1.2<E T="03">Increasing and Decreasing Load Tests.</E> For increasing and decreasing load tests conducted in a laboratory or on a scale installed on a vessel tied up at a dock and not under power at sea, <E T="61">±</E>1.0 percent of the test load.</P>
                              <P>3.2.2<E T="03">Minimum Weighment</E> (<E T="61">S</E>min). The minimum weighment must not be less than 20 percent of the weighing capacity, or a load equal to 100 scale intervals (d), except for the final weighment of a lot.</P>
                              <P>3.2.3<E T="03">Minimum Totalized Load (Lot).</E> The minimum totalized load must not be less than 4 weighments.</P>
                              <P>3.2.4<E T="03">Influence Quantities.</E> The following requirements apply to influence factor tests conducted in the laboratory:</P>
                              <P>3.2.4.1<E T="03">Temperature.</E> A hopper scale must comply with the metrological and technical requirements at temperatures from -10° C to +40° C. However, for special applications the temperature range may be different, but the range must not be less than 30° C and must be so specified on the scale's descriptive markings.</P>
                              <P>3.2.4.1.1<E T="03">Operating Temperature.</E> A hopper scale must not display or print any usable weight values until the operating temperature necessary for accurate weighing and a stable zero-balance condition have been attained.</P>
                              <P>3.2.4.2<E T="03">Power Supply.</E> A hopper scale must comply with the performance and technical requirements when operated within -15 percent to +10 percent of the power supply specified on the scale's descriptive markings.</P>
                              <P>3.3<E T="03">Technical Requirements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.3.1<E T="03">Indicators and Printers.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.3.1.1<E T="03">General.</E> a. A hopper scale must be equipped with an indicator and printer that indicates and prints the weight of each load and a no-load reference value; and a printer that prints the total weight of fish in each haul or set and the total cumulative weight of all fish and other material weighed on the scale between annual inspections (“the cumulative weight”). The indications and printed information must be clear, definite, accurate, and easily read under all conditions of normal operation of the hopper scale.</P>

                              <P>b. A no-load reference value may be a positive or negative value in terms of scale divisions or zero. When the no-load reference value is zero, the scale must return to a zero indication (within <E T="61">±</E> 0.5 scale division) when the load receptor (hopper) is empty following the discharge of all loads, without the intervention of either automatic or manual means.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.2<E T="03">Values Defined.</E> If indications or printed representations are intended to have specific values, these must be defined by a sufficient number of figures, words, or symbols, uniformly placed with reference to the indications or printed representations and as close as practicable to the indications or printed representations but not so positioned as to interfere with the accuracy of reading.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.3<E T="03">Units.</E> The weight of each haul or set must be indicated in kilograms, and the cumulative weight must be indicated in either kilograms or metric tons and decimal subdivisions.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.4<E T="03">Value of the Scale Division.</E> The value of the scale division (d) expressed in a <PRTPAGE P="581"/>unit of weight must be equal to 1, 2, or 5, or a decimal multiple or sub-multiple of 1, 2, or 5.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.5<E T="03">Weighing Sequence.</E> For hopper scales used to receive (weigh in), the no-load reference value must be determined and printed only at the beginning of each weighing cycle. For hopper scales used to deliver (weigh out), the no-load reference value must be determined and printed only after the gross-load weight value for each weighing cycle has been indicated and printed.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.6<E T="03">Printing Sequence.</E> Provision must be made so that all weight values are indicated until the completion of the printing of the indicated values.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.7<E T="03">Printed Information.</E> The information printed must include—</P>
                              <P>a. For catch weight:</P>
                              <P>i. The vessel name;</P>
                              <P>ii. The Federal fisheries or processor permit number of the vessel;</P>
                              <P>iii. The haul or set number;</P>
                              <P>iv. The month, day, year, and time (to the nearest minute) weighing catch from the haul or set started;</P>
                              <P>v. The month, day, year, and time (to the nearest minute) weighing catch from the haul or set ended;</P>
                              <P>vi. The total weight of catch in each haul or set;</P>
                              <P>vii. The total cumulative weight of all fish or other material weighed on the scale; and</P>
                              <P>viii. The date and time the information is printed.</P>
                              <P>b. For the audit trail:</P>
                              <P>i. The vessel name;</P>
                              <P>ii. The Federal fisheries or processor permit number of the vessel;</P>
                              <P>iii. The date and time (to the nearest minute) of the change;</P>
                              <P>iv. The name or type of adjustment being made; and</P>
                              <P>v. The initial and final values of the parameter being changed.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.8<E T="03">Permanence of Markings.</E> All required indications, markings, and instructions must be distinct and easily readable and must be of such character that they will not tend to become obliterated or illegible.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.9<E T="03">Range of Indication.</E> The range of the weight indications and printed values for each haul or set must be from 0 kg to 999,999 kg and for the cumulative weight must be from 0 to 99,999 metric tons.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.10<E T="03">Non-Resettable Values.</E> The cumulative weight must not be resettable to zero without breaking a security means and must be reset only upon direction by NMFS or by an authorized scale inspector.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.11<E T="03">Power Loss.</E> In the event of a power failure, means must be provided to retain in a memory the weight of fish in each haul or set for which a printed record has not yet been made, the cumulative weight, and the information on the audit trail described in 3.3.1.13.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.12<E T="03">Adjustable Components.</E> An adjustable component that, when adjusted, affects the performance or accuracy of the scale must not be capable of adjustment without breaking a security means, unless a record of the adjustment is made on the audit trail described in 3.3.1.13.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.13<E T="03">Audit Trail.</E> An audit trail in the form of an event logger must be provided to document changes made using adjustable components. The following information must be provided in an electronic form that cannot be changed or erased by the scale operator, can be printed at any time, and can be cleared by the scale manufacturer's representative upon direction of NMFS or by an authorized scale inspector:</P>
                              <P>a. The date and time (to the nearest minute) of the change;</P>
                              <P>b. The name or type of adjustment being made; and</P>
                              <P>c. The initial and final values of the parameter being changed.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.14<E T="03">Zero-Load Adjustment.</E> A hopper scale must be equipped with a manual or semi-automatic means that can be used to adjust the zero-load balance or no-load reference value.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.14.1<E T="03">Manual.</E> A manual means must be operable or accessible only by a tool outside of, or entirely separate from, this mechanism or enclosed in a cabinet.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.14.2<E T="03">Semi-Automatic.</E> A semi-automatic means must be operable only when the indication is stable within <E T="61">±</E>1 scale division and cannot be operated during a weighing cycle (operation).</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.15<E T="03">Damping Means.</E> A hopper scale must be equipped with effective automatic means to bring the indications quickly to a readable stable equilibrium. Effective automatic means must also be provided to permit the recording of weight values only when the indication is stable within plus or minus one scale division.</P>
                              <P>3.3.1.16<E T="03">Adjustments to Scale Weights.</E> The indicators and printer must be designed so that the scale operator cannot change or adjust the indicated and printed weight values.</P>
                              <P>3.3.2<E T="03">Interlocks and Gate Control.</E> A hopper scale must have operating interlocks so that—</P>
                              <P>a. Product cannot be weighed if the printer is disconnected or subject to a power loss;</P>
                              <P>b. The printer cannot print a weight if either of the gates leading to or from the weigh hopper is open;</P>
                              <P>c. The low paper sensor of the printer is activated;</P>
                              <P>d. The system will operate only in the sequence intended; and</P>
                              <P>e. If the overfill sensor is activated, this condition is indicated to the operator and is printed.</P>
                              <P>3.3.3<E T="03">Overfill Sensor.</E> The weigh hopper must be equipped with an overfill sensor that will cause the feed gate to close, activate an <PRTPAGE P="582"/>alarm, and stop the weighing operation until the overfill condition has been corrected.</P>
                              <P>3.3.4<E T="03">Weighing Elements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.3.4.1<E T="03">Overload Protection.</E> The weigh hopper must be equipped with means so that an overload of 150 percent or more of the capacity of the hopper does not affect the metrological characteristics of the scale.</P>
                              <P>3.3.4.2<E T="03">Adjustable Components.</E> An adjustable component that can affect the performance of the hopper scale must be held securely in position and must not be capable of adjustment without breaking a security means.</P>
                              <P>3.3.4.3<E T="03">Motion Compensation.</E> A hopper scale must be equipped with automatic means to compensate for the motion of a vessel at sea so that the weight values indicated are within the MPEs. Such means shall be a reference load cell and a reference mass weight or other equally effective means. When equivalent means are utilized, the manufacturer must provide NMFS with information demonstrating that the scale can weigh accurately at sea.</P>
                              <P>3.3.5<E T="03">Installation Conditions.</E> A hopper scale must be rigidly installed in a level condition.</P>
                              <P>3.3.6<E T="03">Marking.</E> A hopper scale must be marked with the following:</P>
                              <P>a. Name, initials, or trademark of the manufacturer or distributer;</P>
                              <P>b. Model designation;</P>
                              <P>c. Non-repetitive serial number;</P>
                              <P>d. Maximum capacity (Max);</P>
                              <P>e. Minimum capacity (min);</P>
                              <P>f. Minimum totalized load (<E T="61">S</E>min);</P>
                              <P>g. Minimum weighment;</P>
                              <P>h. Value of the scale division (d);</P>
                              <P>i. Temperature range (if applicable); and</P>
                              <P>j. Mains voltage.</P>
                              <P>3.3.6.1<E T="03">Presentation.</E> Descriptive markings must be reasonably permanent and grouped together in a place visible to the operator.</P>
                              <P>3.4<E T="03">Tests.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.4.1<E T="03">Standards.</E> The error of the standards used must not exceed 25 percent of the MPE to be applied.</P>
                              <P>3.4.2<E T="03">Laboratory Tests.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>3.4.2.1<E T="03">Influence Quantity and Disturbance Tests.</E> Tests must be conducted according to annex A and the results of these tests must be within the values specified in section 3.2.1.1.</P>
                              <P>3.4.2.2<E T="03">Performance Tests.</E> Performance tests must be conducted as follows:</P>
                              <P>a. <E T="03">Increasing load test.</E> At least five increasing load tests must be conducted with test loads at the minimum load, at a load near capacity, and at 2 or more critical points in between; and</P>
                              <P>b. <E T="03">Decreasing load test.</E> A decreasing load test must be conducted with a test load approximately equal to one-half capacity when removing the test loads of an increasing load test.</P>
                              <P>3.4.3<E T="03">Annual Inspections.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>At least two increasing load tests and two decreasing load tests must be conducted as specified in 3.4.2.2. Additionally, tests must be conducted with test loads approximately equal to the weight of loads at which the scale is normally used.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">4. Platform Scales and Hanging Scales</HD>
                              <P>4.1<E T="03">Applicability.</E> The requirements in this section apply to platform and hanging scales used to weigh total catch. Platform scales used only as observer sampling scales or to determine the known weight of fish for a material test of another scale are not required to have a printer under sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.1.5 or an audit trail under section 4.3.1.8.</P>
                              <P>4.2<E T="03">Performance Requirements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>4.2.1<E T="03">Maximum Permissible Errors.</E> For laboratory tests of a scale and initial inspection and annual reinspections of an installed scale while the vessel is tied up at a dock and is not under power at sea, the following MPEs are specified:</P>
                              <P>4.2.1.1<E T="03">Laboratory Tests.</E> See annex A to this appendix A for procedures for disturbance tests and influence factors.</P>
                              <P>a. <E T="03">Disturbances.</E> Significant fault (<E T="61">±</E>1 scale division); and</P>
                              <P>b. <E T="03">Influence Factors.</E> See Table 1 in section 4.2.1.2.</P>
                              <P>4.2.1.2<E T="03">Increasing and Decreasing Load and Shift Tests.</E> Increasing and decreasing load and shift tests conducted in a laboratory or on a scale installed on a vessel while the vessel is tied up at a dock and is not under power at sea, see Table 1 as follows:</P>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,xs50,8" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 1—Influence Factors</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Test load in scale divisions (d)</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Class III <SU>1</SU>
                                  </CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Class IIII</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Maximum permissible error (d)</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">0 &lt; m<SU>2</SU> ≤ 500 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 &lt; m ≤ 50 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0.5</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">500 &lt; m ≤ 2000 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>50 &lt; m ≤ 200 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">2000 &lt; m </ENT>
                                  <ENT>200 &lt; m </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1.5</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <SU>1</SU> Scale accuracy classes are defined in section 4.2.2, table 2.</TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <SU>2</SU> Mass or weight of the test load in scale divisions.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <P>4.2.2<E T="03">Accuracy Classes.</E> Scales are divided into two accuracy classes, class III and class IIII. The accuracy class of a scale is designated by the manufacturer. The design of each accuracy class with respect to number of scale divisions (n) and the value of the scale division (d) is specified according to table 2:</P>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs32,r25,8,8" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 2—Accuracy Classes</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Accuracy class</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Value of scale division (d)</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Number of scale divisions (n)</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Minimum</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Maximum</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">III </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">5 g or greater </ENT>
                                  <ENT>500 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>10,000</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">IIII </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">5 g or greater </ENT>
                                  <ENT>100 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1,000</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <PRTPAGE P="583"/>
                              <P>4.2.3<E T="03">Minimum Load:</E> For a Class III scale, 20d; for a Class IIII scale, 10d.</P>
                              <P>4.2.4<E T="03">Influence Quantities.</E> The following requirements apply to influence factor tests conducted in the laboratory.</P>
                              <P>4.2.4.1<E T="03">Temperature.</E> A scale must comply with the performance and technical requirements at temperatures from −10° C to +40° C. However, for special applications the temperature range may be different, but the range must not be less than 30° C and must be so specified on the descriptive markings.</P>
                              <P>4.2.4.1.1<E T="03">Operating Temperature.</E> A scale must not display or print any usable weight values until the operating temperature necessary for accurate weighing and a stable zero-balance condition have been attained.</P>
                              <P>4.2.4.2<E T="03">Power Supply.</E> A scale must comply with the performance and technical requirements when operated within −15 percent to +10 percent of the power supply specified on the scale's descriptive markings.</P>
                              <P>4.3<E T="03">Technical Requirements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>4.3.1<E T="03">Indicators and Printers.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>4.3.1.1<E T="03">General.</E> A scale must be equipped with an indicator and a printer. The indications and printed information must be clear, definite, accurate, and easily read under all conditions of normal operation of the scale.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.2<E T="03">Values Defined.</E> If indications or printed representations are intended to have specific values, these must be defined by a sufficient number of figures, words, or symbols, uniformly placed with reference to the indications or printed representations and as close as practicable to the indications or printed representations but not so positioned as to interfere with the accuracy of reading.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.3<E T="03">Units.</E> The weight units indicated must be in terms of kilograms and decimal subdivisions.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.4<E T="03">Value of the Scale Division.</E> The value of the scale division (d) expressed in a unit of weight must be equal to 1, 2, or 5, or a decimal multiple or sub-multiple of 1, 2, or 5.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.5<E T="03">Printed Information.</E> The information printed must include—</P>
                              <P>a. For catch weight:</P>
                              <P>i. The vessel name;</P>
                              <P>ii. The Federal fisheries or processor permit number of the vessel;</P>
                              <P>iii. The haul or set number;</P>
                              <P>iv. The month, day, year, and time (to the nearest minute) of weighing; and</P>
                              <P>v. Net weight of the fish.</P>
                              <P>b. For the audit trail:</P>
                              <P>i. The vessel name;</P>
                              <P>ii. The Federal fisheries or processor permit number of the vessel;</P>
                              <P>iii. The date and time (to the nearest minute) of the change;</P>
                              <P>iv. The name or type of adjustment being made; and</P>
                              <P>v. The initial and final values of the parameter being changed.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.6<E T="03">Permanence of Markings.</E> All required indications, markings, and instructions must be distinct and easily readable and must be of such character that they will not tend to become obliterated or illegible.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.7<E T="03">Power Loss.</E> In the event of a power failure, means must be provided to retain in a memory the weight of the last weighment if it is a non-repeatable weighment.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.8<E T="03">Adjustable Components.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>a. An adjustable component that, when adjusted, affects the performance or accuracy of the scale must be held securely in position and must not be capable of adjustment without breaking a security means.</P>
                              <P>b. An audit trail in the form of an event logger must be provided to document changes made using adjustable components. The following information must be provided in an electronic form that cannot be changed or erased by the scale operator, can be printed at any time, and can be cleared by the scale manufacturer's representative upon direction of NMFS or an authorized scale inspector:</P>
                              <P>i. The date and time (to the nearest minute) of the change;</P>
                              <P>ii. The name or type of adjustment being made; and</P>
                              <P>iii. The initial and final values of the parameter being changed.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.9<E T="03">Zero-Load Adjustment.</E> A scale must be equipped with a manual or semi-automatic means that can be used to adjust the zero-load balance or no-load reference value.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.9.1<E T="03">Manual.</E> A manual means must be operable or accessible only by a tool outside of or entirely separate from this mechanism or enclosed in a cabinet.</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.9.2<E T="03">Semi-automatic.</E> A semi-automatic means must meet the provisions of 4.3.1.8 or must be operable only when the indication is stable within <E T="61">±</E>1 scale division and cannot be operated during a weighing cycle (operation).</P>
                              <P>4.3.1.10<E T="03">Damping Means.</E> A scale must be equipped with effective automatic means to bring the indications quickly to a readable stable equilibrium. Effective automatic means must also be provided to permit the recording of weight values only when the indication is stable within plus or minus one scale division.</P>
                              <P>4.3.2<E T="03">Weighing Elements.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>4.3.2.1<E T="03">Overload Protection.</E> The scale must be so designed that an overload of 150 percent or more of the capacity does not affect the metrological characteristics of the scale.</P>
                              <P>4.3.2.2<E T="03">Adjustable Components.</E> An adjustable component that can affect the performance of the scale must be held securely in position and must not be capable of adjustment without breaking a security means.</P>
                              <P>4.3.2.3<E T="03">Motion Compensation.</E> A platform scale must be equipped with automatic means to compensate for the motion of a <PRTPAGE P="584"/>vessel at sea so that the weight values indicated are within the MPEs. Such means shall be a reference load cell and a reference mass weight or other equally effective means. When equivalent means are utilized, the manufacturer must provide NMFS with information demonstrating that the scale can weigh accurately at sea.</P>
                              <P>4.3.3<E T="03">Installation Conditions.</E> A platform scale must be rigidly installed in a level condition. When in use, a hanging scale must be freely suspended from a fixed support or a crane.</P>
                              <P>4.3.4<E T="03">Marking.</E> A scale must be marked with the following:</P>
                              <P>a. Name, initials, or trademark of the manufacturer or distributor;</P>
                              <P>b. Model designation;</P>
                              <P>c. Non-repetitive serial number;</P>
                              <P>d. Accuracy class (III or IIII);</P>
                              <P>e. Maximum capacity (Max);</P>
                              <P>f. Minimum capacity (min);</P>
                              <P>g. Value of a scale division (d);</P>
                              <P>h. Temperature range (if applicable); and</P>
                              <P>i. Mains voltage.</P>
                              <P>4.3.4.1<E T="03">Presentation.</E> Descriptive markings must be reasonably permanent and grouped together in a place visible to the operator.</P>
                              <P>4.4 <E T="03">Tests.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>4.4.1<E T="03">Standards.</E> The error of the standards used must not exceed 25 percent of the MPE applied.</P>
                              <P>4.4.2<E T="03">Laboratory Tests.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>4.4.2.1<E T="03">Influence Quantities and Disturbance Tests.</E> Tests must be conducted according to annex A to this appendix A, and the results of these tests must be within the values specified in section 4.2.1.1.</P>
                              <P>4.4.2.2<E T="03">Performance Tests.</E> Performance tests must be conducted as follows:</P>
                              <P>a. <E T="03">Increasing load test.</E> At least five increasing load tests must be conducted with test loads at the minimum load, at a load near capacity, and at 2 or more critical points in between.</P>
                              <P>b. <E T="03">Shift test (platform scales only).</E> A shift test must be conducted during the increasing load test at one-third capacity test load centered in each quadrant of the platform.</P>
                              <P>c. <E T="03">Decreasing load test.</E> A decreasing load test must be conducted with a test load approximately equal to one-half capacity when removing the test loads of an increasing load test.</P>
                              <P>4.4.3<E T="03">Annual Scale Inspections.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>At least two increasing load tests, shift tests, and decreasing load tests must be conducted as specified in section 4.4.2.2. Additionally tests must be conducted with test loads approximately equal to the weight of loads at which the scale is normally used. The results of all tests must be as specified in Table 1 in section 4.2.1.2.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">5. <E T="03">Definitions</E>
                              </HD>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Adjustable component</E>—Any component that, when adjusted, affects the performance or accuracy of the scale, e.g., span adjustment or automatic zero-setting means. Manual or semi-automatic zero-setting means are not considered adjustable components.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Audit trail</E>—An electronic count and/or information record of the changes to the values of the calibration or configuration parameters of a scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Automatic hopper scale</E>—A hopper scale adapted to the automatic weighing of a bulk commodity (fish) in predetermined amounts. Capacities vary from 20 kg to 50 mt. It is generally equipped with a control panel, with functions to be set by an operator, including the start of an automatic operation. (See definition of hopper scale).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Belt scale</E>—A scale that employs a conveyor belt in contact with a weighing element to determine the weight of a bulk commodity being conveyed. It is generally a part of a system consisting of an input conveyor, the flow scale, and an output conveyor. The conveyor belt may be constructed of various materials, including vulcanized rubber, canvas, and plastic. The capacity is generally specified in terms of the amount of weight that can be determined in a specified time, and can vary from, for example, 1 ton per hour to 100 or more tons per hour. An operator generally directs the flow of product onto the input conveyor.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Calibration mode</E>—A means by which the span of a scale can be adjusted by placing a known “test weight” on the scale and manually operating a key on a key board.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Disturbances</E>—An influence that may occur during the use of a scale but is not within the rated operating conditions of the scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Event logger</E>—A form of audit trail containing a series of records where each record contains the identification of the parameter that was changed, the time and date when the parameter was changed, and the new value of the parameter.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Final weighment</E>—The last partial load weighed on a hopper scale that is part of the weight of many loads.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Hanging scale</E>—A scale that is designed to weigh a load that is freely suspended from an overhead crane or it may be permanently installed in an overhead position. The load receiver may be a part of the scale such as a pan suspended on chains, or simply a hook that is used to “pick-up” the container of the commodity to be weighed. The technology employed may be mechanical, electro-mechanical, or electronic. The loads can be applied either manually or by such means as a crane.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Hopper scale—</E>A scale designed for weighing individual loads of a bulk commodity (fish). The load receiver is a cylindrical or rectangular container mounted on a weighing element. The weighing element may be mechanical levers, a combination of levers and a load cell, or all load cells. The capacity can vary from less than 20 kg to greater than 50 <PRTPAGE P="585"/>mt. The loads are applied from a bulk source by such means as a conveyor or storage hopper. Each step of the weighing process, that is the loading and unloading of the weigh hopper, is controlled by an operator.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Indicator—</E>That part of a scale that indicates the quantity that is being weighed.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Influence factor—</E>A value of an influence quantity, e.g., 10°, that specifies the limits of the rated operating conditions of the scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Influence quantity—</E>A quantity that is not the subject of the measurement but which influences the measurement obtained within the rated operating conditions of the scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Influence quantity and disturbance tests—</E>Tests conducted in a laboratory to determine the capability of the scale under test to perform correctly in the environmental influences in which they are used and when subjected to certain disturbances that may occur during the use of the scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Initial verification—</E>The first evaluation (inspection and test) of a production model of a weighing instrument that has been type evaluated to determine that the production model is consistent with the model that had been submitted for type evaluation.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Known weight test—</E>A test in which the load applied is a test weight with a known value simulating the weight of the material that is usually weighed.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Load receiver—</E>That part of the scale in which the quantity is placed when being weighed.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Material test—</E>A test using a material that is the same or similar to the material that is usually weighed, the weight of which has been determined by a scale other than the scale under test.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Maximum flow-rate—</E>The maximum flow-rate of material specified by the manufacturer at which a belt scale can perform correctly.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Minimum flow-rate—</E>The minimum flow-rate specified by the manufacturer at which a belt scale can perform correctly.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Minimum load—</E>The smallest weight load that can be determined by the scale that is considered to be metrologically acceptable.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Minimum totalized load—</E>The smallest weight load that can be determined by a belt scale that is considered to be metrologically acceptable.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Minimum weighment—</E>The smallest weight that can be determined by a hopper scale that is considered to be metrologically acceptable.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Motion compensation—</E>The means used to compensate for the motion of the vessel at sea.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">No-load reference value—</E>A weight value obtained by a hopper scale when the load receiver (hopper) is empty of the product that was or is to be weighed.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Non-repeatable weighment—</E>A process where the product after being weighed is disposed of in such a manner that it cannot be retrieved to be reweighed.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of scale divisions (n)—</E>The number of scale divisions of a scale in normal operation. It is the quotient of the scale capacity divided by the value of the scale division. n=Max/d</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Performance requirements—</E>A part of the regulations or standards that applies to the weighing performance of a scale, e.g., MPEs.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Performance test—</E>A test conducted to determine that the scale is performing within the MPE applicable.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Periodic verification—</E>A verification of a weighing instrument at an interval that is specified by regulation or administrative ruling.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Platform scale—</E>A scale by the nature of its physical size, arrangement of parts, and relatively small capacity (generally 220 kg or less) that is adapted for use on a bench or counter or on the floor. A platform scale can be self contained, that is, the indicator and load receiver and weighing elements are all comprised of a single unit, or the indicator can be connected by cable to a separate load receiver and weighing element. The technology used may be mechanical, electro-mechanical, or electronic. Loads are applied manually.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Rated capacity—</E>The maximum flow-rate in terms of weight per unit time specified by the manufacturer at which a belt scale can perform correctly.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Scale division (d)—</E>The smallest digital subdivision in units of mass that is indicated by the weighing instrument in normal operation.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Sealing—</E>A method used to prevent the adjustment of certain operational characteristics or to indicate that adjustments have been made to those operational characteristics.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Security seals or means—</E>A physical seal such as a lead and wire seal that must be broken in order to change the operating or performance characteristics of the scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Significant fault—</E>An error greater than the value specified for a particular scale. For a belt scale: A fault greater than 0.18 percent of the weight value equal to the minimum totalized load. For all other scales: 1 scale division (d). A significant fault does not include faults that result from simultaneous and mutually independent causes in the belt scale; faults that imply the impossibility of performing any measurement; transitory faults that are momentary variations in the indications that cannot be interpreted, memorized, or transmitted as a measurement result; faults so serious that they will inevitably be noticed by those interested in the measurement.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Simulated material test—</E>A test in which the load applied is test material simulating the weight of the material that is usually weighed.<PRTPAGE P="586"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Simulated test—</E>A test in which the weight indications are developed by means other than weight, e.g., a load cell simulator.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Stationary installation—</E>An installation of a scale in a facility on land or a vessel that is tied-up to a dock or in dry dock.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Subsequent verification—</E>Any evaluation of a weighing instrument following the initial verification.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Suitability for use—</E>A judgement that must be made that certain scales by nature of their design are appropriate for given weighing applications.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Technical requirements—</E>A part of the regulations or standards that applies to the operational functions and characteristics of a scale, e.g., capacity, scale division, tare.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Testing laboratory—</E>A facility for conducting type evaluation examinations of a scale that can establish its competency and proficiency by such means as ISO Guide 25, ISO 9000, EN 45011, NVLAP, NTEP.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Type evaluation—</E>A process for evaluating the compliance of a weighing instrument with the appropriate standard or regulation.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">User requirements—</E>A part of the regulations or standards that applies to the operator/owner of the scale.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Weighment</E>—A single complete weighing operation.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Annex A to Appendix A to Part 679—Influence Quantity and Disturbance Tests</HD>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">A.1General</E>—Included in this annex are tests that are intended to ensure that electronic scales can perform and function as intended in the environment and under the conditions specified. Each test indicates, where appropriate, the reference condition under which the intrinsic error is determined.</P>
                              <P>A.2<E T="03">Test Considerations</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>A.2.1All electronic scales of the same category must be subjected to the same performance test program.</P>
                              <P>A.2.2Tests must be carried out on fully operational equipment in its normal operational state. When equipment is connected in other than a normal configuration, the procedure must be mutually agreed to by NMFS and the applicant.</P>
                              <P>A.2.3When the effect of one factor is being evaluated, all other factors must be held relatively constant, at a value close to normal. The temperature is deemed to be relatively constant when the difference between the extreme temperatures noted during the test does not exceed 5° C and the variation over time does not exceed 5° C per hour.</P>
                              <P>A.2.4 Before the start of a test, the equipment under test (EUT) must be energized for a period of time at least equal to the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer. The EUT must remain energized throughout the duration of the test.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">A.3Tests</E>
                              </P>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r75,xs45" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Test</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Characteristics under test</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Conditions applied</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.1Static temperatures </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Influence factor </ENT>
                                  <ENT>MPE</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.2Damp heat, steady state </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Influence factor </ENT>
                                  <ENT>MPE</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.3Power voltage variation </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Influence factor </ENT>
                                  <ENT>MPE</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.4Short time power reduction </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Disturbance </ENT>
                                  <ENT>sf</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.5Bursts </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Disturbance </ENT>
                                  <ENT>sf</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.6Electrostatic discharge </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Disturbance </ENT>
                                  <ENT>sf</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A.3.7Electromagnetic susceptibility </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Disturbance </ENT>
                                  <ENT>sf</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.3Tests</HD>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">A.3.1Static Temperatures</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Dry heat (non condensing) and cold.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Object of the test:</E> To verify compliance with the applicable MPE under conditions of high and low temperature.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See Bibliography (1).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test procedure in brief:</E> The test consists of exposure of the EUT to the high and low temperatures specified in section 2.2.4.1 for belt scales, section 3.2.4.1 for automatic hopper scales, and section 4.2.3.1 for platform scales and hanging scales, under “free air” condition for a 2-hour period after the EUT has reached temperature stability. The EUT must be tested during a weighing operation consisting of:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales</E>—the totalization of the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E>, 2 times each at approximately the minimum flow rate, an intermediate flow rate, and the maximum flow rate.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales</E>—tested with at least five different test loads or simulated loads under the following conditions:</P>
                              <P>a. At a reference temperature of 20° C following conditioning.</P>
                              <P>b. At the specified high temperature, 2 hours after achieving temperature stabilization.</P>
                              <P>c. At the specified low temperature, 2 hours after achieving temperature stabilization.</P>

                              <P>d. At a temperature of 5° C, 2 hours after achieving temperature stabilization.<PRTPAGE P="587"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>e. After recovery of the EUT at the reference temperature of 20° C.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test severities:</E> Duration: 2 hours.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> At least one cycle.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Maximum allowable variations:</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>a. All functions must operate as designed.</P>
                              <P>b. All indications must be within the applicable MPEs.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Conduct of test:</E> Refer to the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Publications mentioned in section A.4 Bibliography (a) for detailed test procedures.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Supplementary information to the IEC test procedures.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Preconditioning:</E> 16 hours.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Condition of EUT:</E> Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer. Power is to be “on” for the duration of the test. Adjust the EUT as close to a zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test Sequence:</HD>
                              <P>a. Stabilize the EUT in the chamber at a reference temperature of 20° C. Conduct the tests as specified in the test procedure in brief and record the following data:</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Test load,</P>
                              <P>v. Indication,</P>
                              <P>vi. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>vii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>b. Increase the temperature in the chamber to the high temperature specified. Check by measurement that the EUT has reached temperature stability and maintain the temperature for 2 hours. Following the 2 hours, repeat the tests and record the test data indicated in this A.3.1 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>c. Reduce the temperature in the chamber as per the IEC procedures to the specified low temperature. After temperature stabilization, allow the EUT to soak for 2 hours. Following the 2 hours, repeat the tests and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.1 Test Sequence section.</P>

                              <P>d. Raise the temperature in the chamber as per the IEC procedures to 5° C. After temperature stabilization, allow the EUT to soak for 2 hours. Following the 2 hours, repeat the tests and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.1 Test Sequence section. <E T="04">Note:</E> This test relates to a −10° C to +40° C range. For special ranges, it may not be necessary.</P>
                              <P>e. Raise the temperature in the chamber as per the IEC procedures and to the 20° C reference temperature. After recovery, repeat the tests and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.1 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">A.3.2Damp Heat, Steady State</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Damp heat, steady state.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Object of the test:</E> To verify compliance with the applicable MPE under conditions of high humidity and constant temperature.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See section A.4 Bibliography (b)</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test procedure in brief:</E> The test consists of exposure of the EUT to a constant temperature at the upper limit of the temperature range and of a constant relative humidity of 85 percent for a 2-day period. The EUT must be tested during a weighing operation consisting of the following:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales</E>—the totalization of the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E>, 2 times each at approximately the minimum flow rate, an intermediate flow rate, and the maximum flow rate.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales</E>—tested with at least five different test loads or simulated loads at a reference temperature of 20° C and a relative humidity of 50 percent following conditioning, and at the upper limit temperature and a relative humidity of 85 percent 2 days following temperature and humidity stabilization.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test severities:</HD>
                              <P>Temperature: upper limit.</P>
                              <P>Humidity: 85 percent (non-condensing).</P>
                              <P>Duration: 2 days.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> At least one test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Maximum Allowable Variations:</HD>
                              <P>a. All functions must operate as designed.</P>
                              <P>b. All indications must be within the applicable MPE.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Conduct of the test:</E> Refer to the IEC Publications mentioned in section A.4 Bibliography (b) for detailed test procedures.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Supplementary information to the IEC test procedures.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Preconditioning:</E> None required.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Condition of EUT:</HD>
                              <P>a. Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer. Power is to be “on” for the duration of the test.</P>
                              <P>b. The handling of the EUT must be such that no condensation of water occurs on the EUT.</P>
                              <P>c. Adjust the EUT as close to a zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test Sequence:</HD>
                              <P>a. Allow 3 hours for stabilization of the EUT at a reference temperature of 20° C and a relative humidity of 50 percent. Following stabilization, conduct the tests as specified in the test procedures in brief and record the following data:</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Test load,</P>
                              <P>v. Indication,<PRTPAGE P="588"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>vi. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>vii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>b. Increase the temperature in the chamber to the specified high temperature and a relative humidity of 85 percent. Maintain the EUT at no load for a period of 2 days. Following the 2 days, repeat the tests and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.2 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>c. Allow full recovery of the EUT before any other tests are performed.</P>
                              <P>A.3.3<E T="03">Power Voltage Variation</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>A.3.3.1<E T="03">AC Power Supply</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Variation in AC mains power supply (single phase).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Object of the test:</E> To verify compliance with the applicable MPEs under conditions of varying AC mains power supply.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See section A.4 Bibliography (c).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test procedure in brief:</E> The test consists of subjecting the EUT to AC mains power during a weighing operation consisting of the following:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales</E>—while totalizing the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E> at the maximum flow rate.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales</E>—at no load and a test load between 50 percent and 100 percent of weighing capacity.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test severities:</E> Mains voltage:</P>
                              <P>Upper limit U (nom) +10 percent.</P>
                              <P>Lower limit U (nom) −15 percent.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> At least one cycle.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Maximum allowable variations:</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>a. All functions must operate correctly.</P>
                              <P>b. All indications must be within MPEs specified in sections 2, 3, or 4 of this appendix to part 679.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Conduct of the test:</HD>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Preconditioning:</E> None required.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test equipment:</HD>
                              <P>a. Variable power source,</P>
                              <P>b. Calibrated voltmeter, and</P>
                              <P>c. Load cell simulator, if applicable.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Condition of EUT:</HD>
                              <P>a. Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer.</P>
                              <P>b. Adjust the EUT as close to a zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test sequence:</HD>

                              <P>a. Stabilize the power supply at nominal voltage <E T="61">±</E>2 percent.</P>
                              <P>b. Conduct the tests specified in the test procedure in brief and record the following data:</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Power supply voltage,</P>
                              <P>v. Test load,</P>
                              <P>vi. Indications,</P>
                              <P>vii. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>viii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>c. Reduce the power supply to −15 percent nominal.</P>
                              <P>d. Repeat the test and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.3 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>e. Increase the power supply to +10 percent nominal.</P>
                              <P>f. Repeat the test and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.3 Test Sequence section.</P>

                              <P>g. Unload the EUT and decrease the power supply to nominal power <E T="61">±</E>2 percent.</P>
                              <P>h. Repeat the test and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.3 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="02">Note:</E> In case of three-phase power supply, the voltage variation must apply for each phase successively. Frequency variation applies to all phases simultaneously.</P>
                              <P>A.3.3.2<E T="03">DC Power Supply</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>Under consideration.</P>
                              <P>A.3.4<E T="03">Short Time Power Reduction</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Short time interruptions and reductions in mains voltage.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Object of the test:</E> To verify compliance with the applicable significant fault under conditions of short time mains voltage interruptions and reductions.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See section A.4 Bibliography (d) IEC Publication 1000-4-11 (1994).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test procedure in brief:</E> The test consists of subjecting the EUT to voltage interruptions from nominal voltage to zero voltage for a period equal to 8-10 ms, and from nominal voltage to 50 percent of nominal for a period equal to 16-20 ms. The mains voltage interruptions and reductions must be repeated ten times with a time interval of at least 10 seconds. This test is conducted during a weighing operation consisting of the following:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales</E>—while totalizing at the maximum flow rate at least the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E> (or a time sufficient to complete the test).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales</E>—tested with one small test load or simulated load.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test severities:</E> One hundred percent voltage interruption for a period equal to 8-10 ms. Fifty percent voltage reduction for a period equal to 16-20 ms.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> Ten tests with a minimum of 10 seconds between tests.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Maximum allowable variations:</E> The difference between the weight indication due to the disturbance and the indication without the disturbance either must not exceed 1d or the EUT must detect and act upon a significant fault.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Conduct of the Test:</HD>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Preconditioning:</E> None required.<PRTPAGE P="589"/>
                              </P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test equipment:</HD>
                              <P>a. A test generator suitable to reduce the amplitude of the AC voltage from the mains. The test generator must be adjusted before connecting the EUT.</P>
                              <P>b. Load cell simulator, if applicable.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Condition of EUT:</HD>
                              <P>a. Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer.</P>
                              <P>b. Adjust the EUT as close to zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test sequence:</HD>
                              <P>a. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>b. Totalize as indicated in this A.3.4 Test Sequence section and record the—</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Power supply voltage,</P>
                              <P>v. Test load,</P>
                              <P>vi. Indications,</P>
                              <P>vii. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>viii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>c. Interrupt the power supply to zero voltage for a period equal to 8-10 ms. During interruption observe the effect on the EUT and record, as appropriate.</P>
                              <P>d. Repeat the steps four times in this A.3.4 Test Sequence section, making sure that there is a 10 second interval between repetitions. Observe the effect on the EUT.</P>
                              <P>e. Reduce the power supply to 50 percent of nominal voltage for a period equal to 16-20 ms. During reduction observe the effect on the EUT and record, as appropriate.</P>
                              <P>f. Repeat the steps four times in this A.3.4 Test Sequence section, making sure that there is a 10 second interval between repetitions. Observe the effect on the EUT.</P>
                              <P>A.3.5<E T="03">Bursts</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Electrical bursts.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Object of the test:</E> To verify compliance with the provisions in this manual under conditions where electrical bursts are superimposed on the mains voltage.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See section A.4 Bibliography (e)</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test Procedure in brief:</HD>
                              <P>The test consists of subjecting the EUT to bursts of double exponential wave-form transient voltages. Each spike must have a rise in time of 5 ns and a half amplitude duration of 50 ns. The burst length must be 15 ms, the burst period (repetition time interval) must be 300 ms. This test is conducted during a weighing operation consisting of the following:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales—</E>while totalizing at the maximum flow rate at least the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E> (or a time sufficient to complete the test).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales—</E>tested with one small test load or simulated load.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test severities:</E> Amplitude (peak value) 1000 V.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> At least 10 positive and 10 negative randomly phased bursts must be applied at 1000 V.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Maximum allowable variations:</E> The difference between the indication due to the disturbance and the indication without the disturbance either must not exceed the values given in sections 2.2.1.1b., 3.2.1.1b., and 4.2.1.1b, of this appendix, or the EUT must detect and act upon a significant fault.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Conduct of the test:</E> Refer to the IEC Publication referenced in section A.4 Bibliography (e) for detailed test procedures.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Supplementary information to the IEC test procedures:</E>
                              </P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test equipment:</HD>
                              <P>A burst generator having an output impedance of 50 ohms.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test conditions:</HD>
                              <P>The burst generator must be adjusted before connecting the EUT. The bursts must be coupled to the EUT both on common mode and differential mode interference.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Condition of EUT:</HD>
                              <P>a. Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer.</P>
                              <P>b. Adjust the EUT as close to a zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test Sequence:</HD>
                              <P>a. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>b. Conduct the test as indicated in this A.3.5 Test Sequence section and record the—</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Test load,</P>
                              <P>v. Indication,</P>
                              <P>vi. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>vii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>c. Subject the EUT to at least 10 positive and 10 negative randomly phased bursts at the 1000 V mode. Observe the effect on the EUT and record, as appropriate.</P>
                              <P>d. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>e. Repeat the test and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.5 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>A.3.6<E T="03">Electrostatic Discharge</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Electrostatic discharge (ESD).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Object of the test:</E> To verify compliance with the provisions of this manual under conditions of electrostatic discharges.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See section A.4 Bibliography (f)<PRTPAGE P="590"/>
                              </P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                <E T="03">Test procedure in brief:</E>
                              </HD>
                              <P>A capacitor of 150 pF is charged by a suitable DC voltage source. The capacitor is then discharged through the EUT by connecting one terminal to ground (chassis) and the other via 150 ohms to surfaces which are normally accessible to the operator. This test is conducted during a weighing operation consisting of the following:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales—</E>while totalizing at the maximum flow rate at least the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E> (or a time sufficient to complete the test).</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales—</E>test with one small test load or simulated load.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                <E T="03">Test severities</E>
                              </HD>
                              <P>Air Discharge: up to and including 8 kV.</P>
                              <P>Contact Discharge: up to and including 6 kV.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> At least 10 discharges must be applied at intervals of at least 10 seconds between discharges.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                <E T="03">Maximum allowable variations:</E>
                              </HD>
                              <P>The difference between the indication due to the disturbance and the indication without the disturbance either must not exceed the values indicated in sections 2.2.1.1 b., 3.2.1.1 b., and 4.2.1.1 b. of this appendix, or the EUT must detect and act upon a significant fault.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Conduct of the test:</E> Refer to the IEC Publication mentioned in section A.4 Bibliography (d) for detailed test procedures.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Supplementary information to the IEC test procedures.</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Preconditioning:</E> None required.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Condition of EUT:</HD>
                              <P>a. The EUT without a ground terminal must be placed on a grounded plate which projects beyond the EUT by at least 0.1 m on all sides. The ground connection to the capacitor must be as short as possible.</P>
                              <P>b. Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer. Power is to be “on” for the duration of the test.</P>
                              <P>c. The EUT must be operating under standard atmospheric conditions for testing.</P>
                              <P>d. Adjust the EUT as close to a zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test sequence:</HD>
                              <P>a. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>b. Conduct test as indicated in this A.3.6 Test Sequence section and record the—</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Power supply voltage,</P>
                              <P>v. Test load,</P>
                              <P>vi. Indication,</P>
                              <P>vii. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>viii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>c. Approach the EUT with the discharge electrode until discharge occurs and then remove it before the next discharge. Observe the effect of the discharge on the EUT and record, as appropriate.</P>
                              <P>d. Repeat the above step at least nine times, making sure to wait at least 10 seconds between successive discharges. Observe the effect on the EUT and record as appropriate.</P>
                              <P>e. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>f. Repeat the test and record the test data as indicated in this A.3.6 Test Sequence section.</P>
                              <P>A.3.7<E T="03">Electromagnetic Susceptibility</E>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test method:</E> Electromagnetic fields (radiated).</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Object of the Test:</HD>
                              <P>To verify compliance with the provisions in this manual under conditions of electromagnetic fields.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Reference to standard:</E> See section A.4 Bibliography (g).</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test procedure in brief:</HD>
                              <P>a. The EUT is placed in an EMI chamber and tested under normal atmospheric conditions. This test is first conducted at one load in a static mode, and the frequencies at which susceptibility is evident are noted. Then tests are conducted at the problem frequencies, if any, during a weighing operation consisting of the following:</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For belt scales</E>—while totalizing at the maximum flow rate at least the <E T="61">S</E>
                                <E T="52">min</E> (or a time sufficient to complete the test). It is then exposed to electromagnetic field strengths as specified in the Test severities in this section A.3.7 of this annex to appendix A of this part.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">For platform, hanging, and automatic hopper scales—</E>tested with one small test load.</P>
                              <P>b. The field strength can be generated in various ways:</P>
                              <P>i. The strip line is used at low frequencies (below 30 MHz or in some cases 150 MHz) for small EUT's;</P>
                              <P>ii. The long wire is used at low frequencies (below 30 MHz) for larger EUT's;</P>
                              <P>iii. Dipole antennas or antennas with circular polarization placed 1 m from the EUT are used at high frequencies.</P>
                              <P>c. Under exposure to electromagnetic fields the EUT is again tested as indicated above.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Test severities:</E> Frequency range: 26-1000 MHz.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Field strength:</E> 3 V/m.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Modulation:</E> 80 percent AM, 1 kHz sine wave.<PRTPAGE P="591"/>
                              </P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Number of test cycles:</E> Conduct test by continuously scanning the specified frequency range while maintaining the field strength.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Maximum allowable variations:</E> The difference between the indication due to the disturbance and the indication without the disturbance either must not exceed the values given in this manual, or the EUT must detect and act upon a significant fault.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Conduct of the test:</E> Refer to the IEC Publication referenced in section A.4 Bibliography (g) for detailed information on test procedures.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Supplementary information to the IEC test procedures.</E>
                              </P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test conditions:</HD>
                              <P>a. The specified field strength must be established prior to the actual testing (without the EUT in the field). At least 1 m of all external cables must be included in the exposure by stretching them horizontally from the EUT.</P>

                              <P>b. The field strength must be generated in two orthogonal polarizations and the frequency range scanned slowly. If antennas with circular polarization, <E T="03">i.e.,</E> log-spiral or helical antennas, are used to generate the electromagnetic field, a change in the position of the antennas is not required. When the test is carried out in a shielded enclosure to comply with international laws prohibiting interference to radio communications, care needs to be taken to handle reflections from the walls. Anechoic shielding might be necessary.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Condition of EUT:</HD>
                              <P>a. Normal power supplied and “on” for a time period equal to or greater than the warm-up time specified by the manufacturer. Power is to be “on” for the duration of the test. The EUT must be operating under standard atmospheric conditions for testing.</P>
                              <P>b. Adjust the EUT as close to a zero indication as practicable prior to the test.</P>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Test sequence:</HD>
                              <P>a. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>b. Conduct the test as indicated in this A.3.7 Test Sequence section and record the—</P>
                              <P>i. Date and time,</P>
                              <P>ii. Temperature,</P>
                              <P>iii. Relative humidity,</P>
                              <P>iv. Test load,</P>
                              <P>v. Indication,</P>
                              <P>vi. Errors, and</P>
                              <P>vii. Functions performance.</P>
                              <P>c. Following the IEC test procedures, expose the EUT at zero load to the specified field strengths while slowly scanning the three indicated frequency ranges.</P>
                              <P>d. Observe and record the effect on the EUT.</P>
                              <P>e. Repeat the test and observe and record the effect.</P>
                              <P>f. Stabilize all factors at nominal reference conditions.</P>
                              <P>g. Repeat the test and record the test data.</P>
                              <P>A.4Bibliography</P>
                              <P>Below are references to Publications of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), where mention is made in the tests in annex A to appendix A of this part.</P>
                              <P>a. IEC Publication 68-2-1 (1974): Basic environmental testing procedures. Part 2: Tests, Test Ad: Cold, for heat dissipating equipment under test (EUT), with gradual change of temperature.</P>
                              <P>IEC Publication 68-2-2 (1974): Basic environmental testing procedures, Part 2: Tests, Test Bd: Dry heat, for heat dissipating equipment under test (EUT) with gradual change of temperature.</P>
                              <P>IEC Publication 68-3-1 (1974): Background information, Section 1: Cold and dry heat tests.</P>
                              <P>b. IEC Publication 68-2-56 (1988): Environmental testing, Part 2: Tests, Test Cb: Damp heat, steady state. Primarily for equipment.</P>
                              <P>IEC Publication 68-2-28 (1980): Guidance for damp heat tests.</P>
                              <P>c. IEC Publication 1000-4-11 (1994): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques, Section 11. Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests. Section 5.2 (Test levels—Voltage variation). Section 8.2.2 (Execution of the test-voltage variation).</P>
                              <P>d. IEC Publication 1000-4-11 (1994): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques, Section 11: Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests. Section 5.1 (Test levels—Voltage dips and short interruptions. Section 8.2.1 (Execution of the test-voltage dips and short interruptions) of the maximum transit speed and the range of operating speeds.</P>
                              <P>e. IEC Publication 1000-4-4 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques—Section 4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test. Basic EMC publication.</P>
                              <P>f. IEC Publication 1000-4-2 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques—Section 2: Electrostatic discharge immunity test. Basic EMC Publication.</P>
                              <P>g. IEC Publication 1000-4-3 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques—Section 3: Radiated, radio-frequency electromagnetic field immunity test.</P>
                              <CITA>[63 FR 5845, Feb. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                              
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <PRTPAGE P="592"/>
                                <GID>ER19JN96.000</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 1</EAR>
                              <WIDE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 1 to Part 679—BSAI Statistical and Reporting Areas</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">a.</E> Map</HD>
                                
                                <PRTPAGE P="593"/>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 1 to Part 679—BSAI Statistical and Reporting Areas</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">b.</E> Coordinates of Reporting Areas</HD>
                              </WIDE>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs36,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Code</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Description</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">300 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Russian waters.</E> Those waters inside the Russian 200 mile limit as described in the current editions of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part) and NOAA chart INT 814 Bering Sea (Northern Part).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">400 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Chukchi Sea.</E> North of a diagonal line between 66°00′ N, 169°42.5′ W (Cape Dezhneva, Russia); and 65°37.5′ N, 168°7.5′ W (Cape Prince of Wales, Alaska) and to the limits of the U.S. EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart INT 814 Bering Sea (Northern Part).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">508 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South of 58°00′ N between the intersection of 58°00′ N lat with the Alaska Peninsula and 160°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">509 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South of 58°00′ N lat between 163°00′ W long and 165°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">512 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South of 58°00′ N lat, north of the Alaska Peninsula between 160°00′ W long and 162°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">513 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Between 58°00′ N lat and 56°30′ N lat, and between 165°00′ W long and 170°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">514 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>North of 58°00′ N to the southern boundary of the Chukchi Sea, area 400, and east of 170°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">516 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South of 58°00′ N lat, north of the Alaska Peninsula, and between 162°00′ and 163°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">517 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South of 56°30′ N lat, between 165°00′ W long and 170°00′ W long; and north of straight lines between</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°30′ N lat, 165°00′ W long,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°30′ N lat, 167°00′ W long, and</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>55°46′ N lat, 170°00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">518 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Bogoslof District:</E> South of a straight line between 55°46′ N lat, 170°00′ W long and 54°30′ N lat, 167°00′ W long, and between 167°00′ W long and 170°00′ W long, and north of the Aleutian Islands and straight lines between the islands connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>52°49.2′ N, 169°40.4′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>52°49.8′ N, 169°06.3′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>53°23.8′ N, 167°50.1′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>53°18.7′ N, 167°51.4′ W.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">519 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South of a straight line between 54°30′ N lat, 167°00′ W long and 54°30′ N lat, 164°54′ W long; east of 167°00′ W long; west of Unimak Island; and north of the Aleutian Islands and straight lines between the islands connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>53°59.0′ N, 166°17.2′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°02.9′ N, 166°03.0′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°07.7′ N, 165°40.6′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°08.9′ N, 165°38.8′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°11.9′ N, 165°23.3′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54°23.9′ N, 164°44.0′ W.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">521 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>The area bounded by straight lines connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>55°46′ N, 170°00′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>59°25′ N, 179°20′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>60°00′ N, 179°20′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>60°00′ N, 171°00′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>58°00′ N, 171°00′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>58°00′ N, 170°00′ W,</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>55°46′ N, 170°00′ W.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">523 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>The area bounded by straight lines connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>59°25′ N, 179°20′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>55°46′ N, 170°00′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>55°00′ N, 170°00′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>55°00′ N, 180°00′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>and north to the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">524 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>The area west of 170°00′ W bounded south by straight lines connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>58°00′ N, 170°00′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>58°00′ N, 171°00′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>60°00′ N, 171°00′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>60°00′ N, 179°20′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>59°25′ N, 179°20′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>and to the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">530 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>The area north of 55°00′ N lat and west of 180°00′ W long to the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">541 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Eastern Aleutian District.</E> The area south of 55°00′ N lat, west of 170°00′ W long, and east of 177°00′ W long and bounded on the south by the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current editions of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part) and NOAA chart 530 (San Diego to Aleutian Islands and Hawaiian Islands).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">542 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Central Aleutian District.</E> The area south of 55°00′ N lat, west of 177°00′ W long, and east of 177°00′ E long and bounded on the south by the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current editions of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part) and NOAA chart 530 (San Diego to Aleutian Islands and Hawaiian Islands).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">543 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Western Aleutian District.</E> The area south of 55°00′ N lat and west of 177°00′ E long, and bounded on the south and west by the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current editions of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part) and NOAA chart 530 (San Diego to Aleutian Islands and Hawaiian Islands).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">550 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Donut Hole.</E> International waters of the Bering Sea outside the limits of the EEZ and Russian economic zone as depicted on the current edition of NOAA chart INT 813 Bering Sea (Southern Part).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <E T="03">Statistical Area.</E> A statistical area is the part of a reporting area contained in the EEZ.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="594"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 2</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.009</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47378, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </APPENDIX>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47378, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 2 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="595"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 3</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER19JN96.002</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <WIDE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 3 to Part 679—Gulf of Alaska Statistical and Reporting Areas</HD>
                                <P/>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">a.</E> Map</HD>
                                <P>
                                  
                                  <PRTPAGE P="596"/>
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 3b to Part 679—Gulf of Alaska Statistical and Reporting Areas</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">b.</E> Coordinates of Reporting Areas</HD>
                              </WIDE>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs36,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Code</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Description</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">610 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Western Regulatory Area, Shumagin District.</E> Along the south side of the Aleutian Islands and straight lines between the islands and the Alaska Peninsula connecting the following coordinates in the order listed:</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>52° 49.2′ N, 169° 40.4′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>52° 49.8′ N, 169° 06.3′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>53° 23.8′ N, 167° 50.1′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>53° 18.7′ N, 167° 51.4′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>53° 59.0′ N, 166° 17.2′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54° 02.9′ N, 166° 03.0′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54° 07.7′ N, 165° 40.6′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54° 0.89′ N, 165° 38.8′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54° 11.9′ N, 165° 23.3′ W;</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>54° 23.9′ N, 164° 44.0′ W; and southward to the</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                  <ENT>limits of the US EEZ as described in the current editions of NOAA chart INT 813 (Bering Sea, Southern Part) and NOAA chart 500 (West Coast of North America, Dixon Entrance to Unimak Pass), between 170° 00′ W long and 159° 00′ W long.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">620 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Central Regulatory Area, Chirikof District.</E> Along the south side of the Alaska Peninsula, between 159° 00′ W long and 154° 00′ W long, and southward to the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart 500 (West Coast of North America, Dixon Entrance to Unimak Pass).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">630 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Central Regulatory Area, Kodiak District.</E> Along the south side of continental Alaska, between 154° 00′ W long and 147° 00′ W long, and southward to the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart 500 (West Coast of North America, Dixon Entrance to Unimak Pass). Excluding area 649.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">640 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Eastern Regulatory Area, West Yakutat District.</E> Along the south side of continental Alaska, between 147° 00′ W long and 140° 00′ W long, and southward to the limits of the US EEZ, as described in the current edition of NOAA chart 500 (West Coast of North America, Dixon Entrance to Unimak Pass). Excluding area 649.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">649 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Prince William Sound.</E> Includes those waters of the State of Alaska inside the base line as specified in Alaska State regulations at 5 AAC 28.200.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">650 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Eastern Regulatory Area, Southeast Outside District.</E> East of 140° 00′ W long and southward to the limits of the US EEZ as described in the current edition of NOAA chart 500 (West Coast of North America, Dixon Entrance to Unimak Pass). Excluding area 659.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">659 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Southeast Inside District.</E> As specified in Alaska State regulations at 5 AAC 28.105(a)(1) and (2).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">690 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Gulf of Alaska outside the U.S. EEZ</E> as described in the current editions of NOAA chart INT 813 (Bering Sea, Southern Part) and NOAA chart 500 (West Coast of North America, Dixon Entrance to Unimak Pass).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <E T="03">Statistical Area.</E> A statistical area is the part of a reporting area contained in the EEZ.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="597"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 4</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="456" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER19JN96.003</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <WIDE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 4 to Part 679—Herring Savings Areas in the BSAI</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">a.</E> Map</HD>
                              </WIDE>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[61 FR 31230, June 19, 1996; 61 FR 40481, Aug. 2, 1996]</CITA>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="598"/>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s500" COLS="1" OPTS="L0,tp9,1/1,g1,t1,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Figure 4 to Part 679—Herring Savings Areas in the BSAI</TTITLE>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s500" COLS="1" OPTS="L0,tp9,1/1,g1,t1,i1">
                                <TTITLE>b.Coordinates</TTITLE>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="22"/>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r250" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Name</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Description and effective date</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Summer Herring Savings Area 1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>That part of the Bering Sea subarea that is south of 57° N. lat and between 162° and 164° W. long from 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 15 through 1200 hours, A.l.t. July 1 of a fishing year.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Summer Herring Savings Area 2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>That part of the Bering Sea subarea that is south of 56° 30′ N. lat and between 164° and 167° W. long from 1200 hours, A.l.t., July 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t. August 15 of a fishing year.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Winter Herring Savings Area </ENT>
                                  <ENT>That part of the Bering Sea subarea that is between 58° and 60° N. lat and between 172° and 175° W. long from 1200 hours, A.l.t. September 1 of the current fishing year through 1200 hours, A.l.t. March 1 of the succeeding fishing year.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="599"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 5</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="460" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER19JN96.004</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <WIDE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 5 to part 679—Kodiak Island Areas Closed to Nonpelagic Trawl Gear</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">a.</E> Map</HD>
                                
                                <PRTPAGE P="600"/>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 5 to Part 679—Kodiak Island Areas Closed to Nonpelagic Trawl Gear</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="11">b.</E> Coordinates</HD>
                              </WIDE>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,i1">
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Name and description of<LI>reference area</LI>
                                  </CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">North latitude/West longitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Reference point</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="03">Alitak Flats and Towers Areas</E>—All waters of Alitak flats and the Towers Areas enclosed by a line connecting the following 7 points in the order listed:
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°59′4″154°31′1″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Low Cape.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">b </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°00′0″155°00′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">c </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°17′0″155°00′0′ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">d </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°17′0″153°52′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">e </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°33′5″153°52′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Cape Sitkinak.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">f </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°54′5″153°32′5″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>East point of Twoheaded Island.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">g </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°56′0″153°35′5″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Kodiak Island, thence, along the coastline.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°59′4″154°31′1″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Low Cape.
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="03">Marmot Flats Area</E>—All waters enclosed by a line connecting the following five points in the clockwise order listed:
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">58°00′0″152°30′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">b </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">58°00′0″151°47′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">c </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°37′0″151°47′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">d </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°37′0″152°10′1″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Cape Chiniak, then along the coastline of Kodiak Island to North Cape.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">e </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°54′5″152°30′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">58°00′0″152°30′0″
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="03">Chirikof Island Area</E>—All waters surrounding Chirikof Island enclosed by a line connecting the following four points in the counter-clockwise order listed:
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°07′0″155°13′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">b </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°07′0″156°00′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">c </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">55°41′0″156°00′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">d </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">55°41′0″155°13′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°07′0″155°13′0″
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="03">Barnabas Area</E>—All waters enclosed by a line connecting the following six points in the counter clockwise order listed a57° 00′ 0″ 153° 18′ 0″ Black Point
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">b </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">56°56′0″153°09′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT/>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">c </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°22′0″152°18′5″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>South Tip of Ugak Island.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">d </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°23′5″152°17′5″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>North Tip of Ugak Island.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">e </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°25′3″152°20′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Narrow Cape, thence, along the coastline of Kodiak Island.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">f </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°04′2″153°30′0″ </ENT>
                                  <ENT>Cape Kasick to Black Point, including inshore waters.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">a </ENT>
                                  <ENT O="xl">57°00′0″153°18′0″</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="601"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 6</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER19JN96.005</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <WIDE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                                  <E T="14">Figure</E> 6 to Part 679—Length Overall of a Vessel</HD>
                              </WIDE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="602"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 7</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="395" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.010</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47379, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47379, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 7 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="603"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 8</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.011</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47380, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47380, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 8 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="604"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 9</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="418" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.012</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47381, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47381, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 9 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="605"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 10</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="437" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.013</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47382, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47382, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 10 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="606"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 11</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="420" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.014</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47383, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47383, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 11 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="607"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 12</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER13OC98.001</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 54614, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47384, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 12 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998. At 63 FR 54613, Oct. 13, 1998, figure 12 to part 679 was correctly added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="608"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 13</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="422" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.016</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <PRTPAGE P="609"/>
                                <GID>ER04SE98.017</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47385, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47385, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 13 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="610"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 14</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="436" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.018</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47387, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47387, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 14 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="611"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Fig. 15</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="448" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.019</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="612"/>
                              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure 15 to Part 679. Regulatory Areas for the Pacific Halibut Fishery b. Coordinates</HD>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 2A</E> includes all waters off the states of California, Oregon, and Washington;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 2B</E> includes all waters off British Columbia;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 2C</E> includes all waters off Alaska that are east of a line running 340° true from Cape Spencer Light (58°11′57<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 136°38′18<E T="61">″</E> W. long.) and south and east of a line running 205° true from said light;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 3A</E> includes all waters between Area 2C and a line extending from the most northerly point on Cape Aklek (57°41′15<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 155°35′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long.) to Cape Ikolik (57°17′17<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 154°47′18<E T="61">″</E> W. long.), then along the Kodiak Island coastline to Cape Trinity (56°44′50<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 154°08′44<E T="61">″</E> W. long.), then 140° true;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 3B</E> includes all waters between Area 3A and a line extending 150° true from Cape Lutke (54°29′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 164°20′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long.) and south of 54°49′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat. in Isanotski Strait;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 4A</E> includes all waters in the GOA west of Area 3B and in the Bering Sea west of the closed area defined below that are east of 172°00′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long. and south of 56°20′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat.;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 4B</E> includes all waters in the Bering Sea and the GOA west of Area 4A and south of 56°20′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat.;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 4C</E> includes all waters in the Bering Sea north of Area 4A and north of the closed area defined below which are east of 171°00′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long., south of 58°00′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., and west of 168°00′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long.;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 4D</E> includes all waters in the Bering Sea north of Areas 4A and 4B, north and west of Area 4C, and west of 168°00′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long.;</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Area 4E</E> includes all waters in the Bering Sea north and east of the closed area defined below, east of 168°00′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long., and south of 65°34′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat.</P>
                              <P>
                                <E T="03">Closed areas</E>
                              </P>

                              <P>All waters in the Bering Sea north of 54°49′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat. in Isanotski Strait that are enclosed by a line from Cape Sarichef Light (54°36′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 164°55′42<E T="61">″</E> W. long.) to a point at 56°20′00<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 168°30′00″ W. long.; thence to a point at 58°21′25<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 163°00′00<E T="61">″</E> W. long.; thence to Strogonof Point (56°53′18<E T="61">″</E> N. lat., 158°50′37<E T="61">″</E> W. long.); and then along the northern coasts of the Alaska Peninsula and Unimak Island to the point of origin at Cape Sarichef Light.</P>

                              <P>In Area 2A, all waters north of Point Chehalis, WA (46°53′18<E T="61">″</E> N. lat.).</P>
                              <CITA>[63 FR 47388, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                              <EFFDNOT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47388, Sept. 4, 1998, figure 15 to part 679 was added, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </EFFDNOT>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="613"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 1</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER13OC98.000</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 54612, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47369, Sept. 4, 1998, table 1 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998. At 63 FR 54612, Oct. 13, 1998, table 1 to part 679 was correctly revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="614"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 2</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="443" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.002</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47371, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>

                                <P>At 63 FR 47371, Sept. 4, 1998, table 2 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998 at 63 FR 13011, Mar. 17, 1998, Table 2 to 50 CFR part 679 was amended by adding species code 207 Gunnels; 208 Pricklebacks, warbonnets, eelblennys, cockscombs and shannys (family <E T="03">Stichaeidae)</E> 209 Bristlemouths, lightfishes, and anglemouths (family <E T="03">Gonostomatidae</E>); 210 Pacific sandfish; 772 Lanternfishes; 773 Deep-sea smelts (family <E T="03">Bathyladidae</E>; 774 Pacific sand lance; and 800 Krill (order <E T="03">Euphausiacea</E>); in numerical order effective Apr. 16, 1998 to Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="615"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 3</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>EC15NO91.212</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <PRTPAGE P="616"/>
                                <GID>EC15NO91.213</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <PRTPAGE P="617"/>
                                <GID>EC15NO91.214</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47372, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 54613, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
                                <P>1. At 63 FR 47372, Sept. 4, 1998, table 3 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>

                                <P>2. At 63 FR 54613, Oct. 13, 1998, in table 3 to part 679, the table heading  was corrected by inserting an asterisk after “Product Recovery” and by inserting two asterisks after “conversion rates”, effective Oct. 5, 1998. At 63 FR 11168, Mar. 6, 1998, Table 3 was amended by removing footnote reference 1 and redesignating footnotes 2 and 3 as 1 and 2, ef <PRTPAGE P="618"/>fective Apr. 6, 1998 to Oct. 5, 1998. At 63 FR 54613, Oct. 13, 1998, table 3 to part 679 was corrected by adding the footnotes denoted by asterisks, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 4</EAR>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 4 to Part 679—Bering Sea Subarea Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Island</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">From</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Latitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Longitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">To</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Latitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Longitude</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">3-nm NO TRANSIT ZONES described at part 227.12(a)(2) of this title</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">a. Year-round Trawl Closures (Trawling Prohibited Within 10 nm).</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">Sea Lion Rocks </ENT>
                                  <ENT>55°28.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>163°12.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ugamak Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°14.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°13.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akun Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°32.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°31.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akutan Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°03.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°00.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°05.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°05.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Bogoslof Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>53°56.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>168°02.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ogchul Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>53°00.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>168°24.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Adugak Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°55.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>169°10.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="01">Walrus Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>57°11.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>169°56.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">b. Seasonal Trawl Closures (During January 1 through April 15, or a date earlier than April 15, if adjusted under part 679, Trawling Prohibited Within 20 nm).</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">Sea Lion Rocks </ENT>
                                  <ENT>55°28.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>163°12.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akun Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°32.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°31.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akutan Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°03.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°00.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°05.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°05.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ugamak Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°14.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°13.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Seguam Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°21.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°35.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°21.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°33.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Agligadak Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°06.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°54.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <E T="02">Note:</E> The bounds of each rookery extend in a clockwise direction from the first set of geographic coordinates, along the shoreline at mean lower low water, to the second set of coordinates; if only one set of geographic coordinates is listed, the rookery extends around the entire shoreline of the island at mean lower low water.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 5</EAR>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 5 to Part 679—Aleutian Islands Subarea Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Island</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">From</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Latitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Longitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">To</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Latitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Longitude</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">3-nm NO TRANSIT ZONES described at part 227.12(a)(2) of this title</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">a. Year-round Trawl Closures (Trawling Prohibited Within 10 nm).</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">Yunaska Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°42.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>170°38.5′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°41.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>170°34.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Seguam Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°21.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°35.0′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°21.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°33.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Agligadak Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°06.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°54.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Kasatochi Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°10.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>175°31.0′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°10.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>175°29.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Adak Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°36.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>176°59.0′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°38.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>176°59.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Gramp Rock</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°29.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>178°20.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Tag Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°33.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>178°34.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ulak Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°20.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>178°57.0′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°18.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>178°59.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Semisopochnoi</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°58.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>179°45.5′ E</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°57.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>179°46.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Semisopochnoi</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°01.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>179°37.5′ E</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°01.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>179°39.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Amchitka Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°22.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>179°28.0′ E</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°21.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>179°25.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Amchitka Is./Column Rocks</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°32.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>178°49.5′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ayugadak Point</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°45.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>178°24.5′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Kiska Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°57.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>177°21.0′ E</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°56.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>177°20.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Kiska Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°52.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>177°13.0′ E</ENT>
                                  <ENT>51°53.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>177°12.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Buldir Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°20.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>175°57.0′ E</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°23.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>175°51.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Agattu Is./Gillion Pt</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°24.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>173°21.5′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Agattu Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°23.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>173°43.5′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°22.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>173°41.0′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="01">Attu Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°54.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°28.5′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°57.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°31.5′ E</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">b. Seasonal Trawl Closures (During January 1 through April 15, or a date earlier than April 15, if adjusted under part 679.20. Trawling Prohibited Within 20 nm).</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">Seguam Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°21.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°35.0′ W</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°21.0′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°33.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Agligadak Island</ENT>
                                  <ENT>52°06.5′ N</ENT>
                                  <ENT>172°54.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <E T="02">Note:</E> Each rookery extends in a clockwise direction from the first set of geographic coordinates, along the shoreline at mean lower low water, to the second set of coordinates; if only one set of geograhic coordinates is listed, the rookery extends around the entire shoreline of the island at mean lower low water.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="619"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 6</EAR>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 6 to Part 679—Gulf of Alaska Steller Sea Lion Protection Areas</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Island</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">From</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Latitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Longitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">To</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Latitude</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="2">Longitude</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">3-nm NO TRANSIT ZONES described at part 227.12(a)(2) of this title</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">a. Year-round Trawl Closures (Trawling Prohibited Within 10 nm).</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">Outer Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>59°20.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>150°23.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>59°21.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>150°24.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Sugarloaf Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>58°53.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>152°02.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Marmot Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>58°14.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>151°47.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>58°10.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>151°51.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Chirikof Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>55°46.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>155°39.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>55°46.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>155°43.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Chowiet Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>56°00.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>156°41.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>56°00.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>156°42.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Atkins Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>55°03.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>159°18.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Chernabura Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°47.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>159°31.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°45.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>159°33.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Pinnacle Rock </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°46.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>161°46.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Clubbing Rocks-N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°43.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>162°26.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Clubbing Rocks-S </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°42.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>162°26.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ugamak Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°14.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°13.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akun Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°32.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°31.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akutan Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°03.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°00.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°05.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°05.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="01">Ogchul Island </ENT>
                                  <ENT>53°00.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>168°24.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                  <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">b. Seasonal Trawl Closures (During January 1 through April 15, or a date earlier than April 15, if adjusted under part 679.20. Trawling Prohibited Within 20 nm).</E>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                  <ENT I="01">Akun I. </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°32.5′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°18.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>165°31.5′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Akutan I. </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°03.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°00.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°05.5′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>166°05.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Ugamak I. </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°14.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W </ENT>
                                  <ENT>54°13.0′ N </ENT>
                                  <ENT>164°48.0′ W</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <E T="02">Note:</E> The bounds of each rookery extend in a clockwise direction from the first set of geographic coordinates, along the shoreline at mean lower low water, to the second set of coordinates; if only one set of geographic coordinates is listed, the rookery extends around the entire shoreline of the island at mean lower low water.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="620"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 7</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="357" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.006</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47375, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47375, Sept. 4, 1998, table 7 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs30,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 8 to Part 679—Harvest Zone Codes for Use with Product Transfer Reports and Vessel Activity Reports</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Harvest zone</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Description</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">A</ENT>
                                  <ENT>EEZ off Alaska.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">D</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Donut Hole.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">F</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Foreign Waters Other than Russia.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">I</ENT>
                                  <ENT>International Waters other than Donut Hole and Seamounts.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">R</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Russian waters.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">S</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Seamounts in International waters.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">U</ENT>
                                  <ENT>U.S. EEZ other than Alaska.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 9</EAR>
                              <PRTPAGE P="621"/>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
                                <TTITLE>Table 9 to Part 679—Required Logbooks, Reports and Forms From Participants in the Federal Groundfish Fisheries</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1">Name of logbook/Form</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Catcher-vessel</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Catcher-processor</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Mothership</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Shoreside processor</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Buying station</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL)</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL)</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Daily Cumulative Logbook (DCL)</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Check-in/Check-out Report</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">U.S. Vessel Activity Report (VAR)</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Weekly Production Report (WPR)</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Daily Production Report (DPR)*</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Product Transfer Report (PTR)</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                                  <ENT>No</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>* When required by Regional Administrator.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[61 FR 31302, June 19, 1996; 61 FR 40481, Aug. 2, 1996]</CITA>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="622"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 10</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="470" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>EC15NO91.215</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47376, Sept. 4, 1998; 63 FR 54613, Oct. 13, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
                                <P>1. At 63 FR 47376, Sept. 4, 1998, table 10 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998.</P>

                                <P>2. At 63 FR 54613, Oct. 13, 1998, in table 10 to part 679, the heading was corrected by removing the word “Current”; and by removing the word “Aggregate” in the third from the last column, and centering it over the next-to-last column heading “Forage fish”, effective Oct. 5, 1998. At 63 FR 11168, Mar. 6, 1998, table 10, footnote 2 was revised to <PRTPAGE P="623"/>read, “Aggregate Rockfish” means any rockfish except in the Southeast Outside District where demersal shelf rockfish (DSR) is a separate category, effective Apr. 6, 1998 to Oct. 5, 1998. At 63 FR 13011, Mar. 17, 1998, table 10 was amended by adding a column for “Aggregate Forage Fish” between “Atka mackeral” and “Other species”, and adding footnote 5 to read, “Forage fish are defined at § 679.2”, effective Apr. 16, 1998 to Oct. 5, 1998.</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              
                              <PRTPAGE P="624"/>
                              <EAR>Pt. 679, Table 11</EAR>
                              <GPH DEEP="420" SPAN="2">
                                <GID>ER04SE98.008</GID>
                              </GPH>
                              <CITA TYPE="W">[63 FR 47377, Sept. 4, 1998]</CITA>
                            </TEXT>
                            <TEXT>
                              <WEFFDNO>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
                                <P>At 63 FR 47377, Sept. 4, 1998, table 11 to part 679 was revised, effective Oct. 5, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text follows:</P>
                              </WEFFDNO>
                              <STARS/>
                              <PRTPAGE P="625"/>
                              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7" COLS="16" OPTS="L2,b1,tp9,p7,7/8,i1">
                                <TTITLE>
                                  <E T="04">Tabler</E> 11.—<E T="04">Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area Retainable Percentages</E>
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                  <CHED H="1"/>
                                  <CHED H="1">Pollock</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Pacific cod</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Atka mackerel</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Arrow-tooth</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Yellowfin sole</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Other flatfish</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Rock sole</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Flathea d sole</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Greenland turbot</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Sable-fish</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Shortraker rougheye (AI)</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Aggregated rockfish</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Squid</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Aggregate forage fish</CHED>
                                  <CHED H="1">Other species</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="21">Basis Species <SU>1</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Pollock </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Pacific cod </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Atka mackerel </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Arrowtooth </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>0</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Yellowfin sole </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Other flatfish </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Rock sole </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Flathead sole </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>7 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Greenland turbot </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>7 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Sablefish </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>7 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Other rockfish </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>7 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Other red rockfish-BS </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Pacific ocean perch </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>7 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Sharpchin/Northern-AI </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>7 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Shortraker/Rougheye-AI </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>15 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Squid </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Other species </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>na <SU>4</SU>
                                  </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                  <ENT I="01">Aggregated amount non-groundfish species </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>35 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>1 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>5 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>2 </ENT>
                                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <SU>1</SU> For definition of species, see Table 1 of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands groundfish specifications.</TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>

                                  <SU>2</SU> Aggregated rockfish of the genera <E T="03">Sebastes</E> and <E T="03">Sebastolobus</E> except in the Aleutian Islands Subarea where shortraker and rougheye rockfish is a separate category.</TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <SU>3</SU> Forage fish are defined at § 679.2.</TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                  <SU>4</SU> na = not applicable.</TNOTE>
                              </GPOTABLE>
                            </TEXT>
                          </SUBPART>
                        </SUPERSED>
                      </EFFDNOT>
                    </SECTION>
                  </SUBPART>
                </SUPERSED>
              </EFFDNOT>
            </SECTION>
          </SUPERSED>
        </EFFDNOT>
      </SECTION>
    </SUBPART>
  </PART>
</CFRGRANULE>
